Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Copyright © 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,without prior written permission of the publisher.© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/428/2009.Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.Kode file IP2_BING9B_PG09.
Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati; Editor: Marta Yuliani, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan,Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).
PT Intan Pariwara
Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: [email protected] Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: [email protected]
iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.
Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi
Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar.Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks,tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar.
Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi pesertadidik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluanguntuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik.
Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika pesertadidik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya denganmenata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik.
Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulisdalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapakdemi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajartadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidikuntuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak adayang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh.
Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitasterbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan?Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatanpembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitaspembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, pesertadidik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dankemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, ataumengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagaifenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas.
Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagaisarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangunpemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain.Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa.
Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR jugamemberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatumateri. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokusbelajar peserta didik tetap terjaga.
Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihanyang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yanglazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soaltersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti.
Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawanperangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkanposisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna.
Klaten, Oktober 2009
Penyusun
Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas IX Semester 2
Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahunb. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikankesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiappeserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45,5–50,5
Mata Pelajaran AlokasiWaktu
Minggu EfektifPer Semester
Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester
(jam pembelajaran)
Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester
(menit)
Jumlah JamPer Semester(@ 60 menit)
KomponenAlokasiWaktu
Minggu EfektifPer Tahun
Ajaran
Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun
(jam pembelajaran)
Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun
(menit)
Jumlah JamPer Tahun
(@ 60 menit)
A. Mata Pelajaran
1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
2. PendidikanKewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
8. Seni Budaya danKeterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
9. PendidikanJasmani, Olahraga,dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51
B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untukKeseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs
iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs
vPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi DasarMata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas IX, Semester 2
Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar
7.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, danberterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkantindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan
7.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterimauntuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tuturmemberi berita yang menarik perhatian, dan memberi komentar terhadap berita
8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secaraakurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalamteks berbentuk narrative dan report
9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasalisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupansehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan
9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasalisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupansehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memberi berita yang menarik perhatian danmemberi komentar terhadap berita
10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan meng-gunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksidalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakanragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalamkonteks kehidupan sehari-hari berbentuk narrative dan report
11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhanaberbentuk narrative dan report dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterimauntuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
11.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek secara akurat, lancar danberterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
11.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat,lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalamteks berbentuk narrative dan report
12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untukberinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksidalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report
Mendengarkan7. Memahami makna dalam per-
cakapan transaksional daninterpersonal lisan pendeksederhana untuk berinteraksi dalamkonteks kehidupan sehari-hari
8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisanfungsional dan monolog pendeksederhana berbentuk narrative danreport untuk berinteraksi dalamkonteks kehidupan sehari-hari
Berbicara9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam
percakapan transaksional daninterpersonal dan monolog pendeksederhana berbentuk narrative danreport untuk berinteraksi dalamkonteks kehidupan sehari-hari
10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam tekslisan fungsional dan monologpendek sederhana berbentuknarrative dan report untuk ber-interaksi dalam konteks kehidupansehari-hari
Membaca11. Memahami makna teks tulis
fungsional dan esei pendeksederhana berbentuk narrative danreport untuk berinteraksi dalamkonteks kehidupan sehari-hari
Menulis12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks
tulis fungsional dan esei pendeksederhana berbentuk narrative danreport untuk berinteraksi dalamkonteks kehidupan sehari-hari
vi Kegiatan Tatap Mukavi Daftar Isi
SILABUS 1– 24
– Unit 1 Narratives– Unit 2 Reports
UNIT 1 Narratives 25– 86
– Telling about Interesting News or Information and Responding to It– Genre: Narrative– The Past Perfect Tense– Noun Phrases– Poems and Diaries
Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester 87– 96
UNIT 2 Reports 97–156
– Expressing Politeness– Genre: Report– Coordinating Conjunctions– Special Finites: ‘May’ and ‘Might’; ‘Can’ and ‘Could’– Contest Announcements and Letters
Latihan Ujian Nasional 157–169
Daftar Pustaka 170
1PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
SIL
AB
US
Un
it 1 N
arratives
Nam
a S
eko
lah
:S
MP
/M
Ts . . .
Ke
la
s/S
em
es
te
r:
IX
/2
Mata P
elajaran
:B
ah
asa In
gg
ris
Un
it
:1
Ge
nre
:N
arra
tiv
e
Stan
dar K
om
peten
si:
Me
nd
en
ga
rk
an
7.
Mem
ah
am
i m
akn
a d
alam
p
ercakap
an
tran
saksio
nal d
an
in
terp
erso
nal lisan
p
en
dek sed
erh
an
a u
ntu
k b
erin
teraksi d
alam
ko
nteks keh
id
up
an
se
ha
ri-h
ari.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
3
40'
7.2 M
erespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
in
te
rp
erso
na
l
(bersosialisasi)
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterim
a untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari
yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
mem
beri berita
yang m
enarik
perhatian, dan
me
mb
eri
ko
men
tar
terh
ad
ap
berita
.
•P
ercakapan-
percakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal yang
mem
uat ungkapan
mem
beri berita
yang m
enarik
perhatian dan
kom
entar terhadap
be
rita
.
•B
ereaksi atau
merespons dengan
benar terhadap
tindak tutur
mem
beri berita
yang m
enarik
perhatian dan
mem
beri kom
entar
terhadap berita.
•B
uku P
R
Ba
ha
sa
Inggris S
MP
/
MT
s IX
B
Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 1–5.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
1.
Mem
pelajari berbagai
percakapan yang
mem
uat ungkapan
mem
beri berita yang
menarik perhatian, dan
mem
beri kom
entar
terhadap berita.
2.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
apersepsi.
3.
Menyim
ak, lalu
menirukan percakapan
yang dibacakan guru.
4.
Menyim
ak pertanyaan
yang dibacakan guru,
lalu m
enjaw
abnya
secara lisan.
5.
Menyim
ak ungkapan
yang dibacakan guru,
lalu m
eresponsnya
dengan ungkapan yang
sesuai.
•N
on tes
•Tes lisan
•N
on tes
•Tes lisan
•Tes lisan
•U
raian
objektif
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•M
en
iru
ka
n
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•R
ead the
follow
ing dialogs.
•A
nsw
er the
follow
ing
questions.
•Listen to your
teacher and
repeat after him
/
her.
•Listen to your
teacher. A
nsw
er
his/her questions
based on the
dialogs in Task A
.
•Listen to your
teacher. G
ive
suitable
responses.
2 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k d
an
Uraian
M
ateri
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
6.
Melengkapi
percakapan
berdasarkan
percakapan yang
dibacakan guru.
7.
Mem
ilih jaw
aban yang
tepat berdasarkan
percakapan yang
disim
ak.
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Isian
•P
ilih
an
ga
nd
a
•Listen to your
teacher. C
om
plete
the follow
ing
dialog based on
what you have
heard.
•Listen to your
teacher. C
hoose
A, B
, C
or D
for
the correct
answ
er.
Stan
dar K
om
peten
si:
Me
nd
en
ga
rk
an
8.
Mem
ah
am
i m
akn
a d
alam
teks lisan
fu
ng
sio
nal d
an
m
on
olo
g p
en
dek sed
erh
an
a b
erb
en
tu
k n
arrative d
an
rep
ort u
ntu
k b
erin
teraksi d
alam
ko
nteks keh
id
up
an
seh
ari-h
ari.
8.1 M
erespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks lisan
fungsional
pendek
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
be
rte
rim
a
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari.
1.
Mem
pelajari teks lisan
fungsional pendek
berbentuk puisi.
2.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
apersepsi.
3.
Mem
pelajari teks tulis
fungsional pendek
berbentuk buku
ha
ria
n.
•N
on tes
•Tes lisan
•N
on tes
•U
raian
objektif
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•U
raian
objektif
•R
ead the
follow
ing poem
.
•A
nsw
er the
follow
ing
questions.
•R
ead the
follow
ing diary.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
•Teks lisan
fungsional
pendek berbentuk
puisi (poem
s).
•M
em
aham
i m
akna
yang terdapat
dalam
teks lisan
fungsional pendek
berbentuk puisi
sederhana dan
buku harian secara
akurat, lancar, dan
be
rte
rim
a.
2
40'
•B
uku P
R
Ba
ha
sa
Inggris S
MP
/
MT
s IX
B Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 22–24.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
3PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
4.
Menyim
ak kalim
at-
kalim
at yang
dibacakan guru,
menulisnya, lalu
mem
bacanya dengan
nyaring.
5.
Menyim
ak puisi yang
dibacakan guru, lalu
menjaw
ab pertanyaan
berdasarkan puisi
tersebut.
6.
Melengkapi puisi
sederhana
berdasarkan puisi
yang telah
diperdengarkan, lalu
mem
bacanya dengan
nyaring.
7.
Menjaw
ab
pertanyaan-
pertanyaan benar-
salah berdasarkan
puisi yang telah
diperdengarkan.
8.
Menyim
ak dan
mem
pelajari tentang
monolog narrative.
9.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
apersepsi.
•Tes lisan
•Tes lisan
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•N
on tes
•Tes lisan
•D
ikte
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•Isian
•P
ernyataan
benar/salah
•U
raian
objektif
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•Listen to your
teacher and w
rite
dow
n his/her
sentences.
•Listen to your
teacher carefully.
Answ
er the
follow
ing
questions.
•Listen to your
teacher.
Com
plete the
follow
ing poem
based on w
hat
you have heard.
•Y
our teacher is
going to read the
poem
in Task C
once again.
Listen to him
/her
carefully. A
re the
follow
ing
statem
ents true
(T
) or false (F
)
based on the
poem
?
•R
ead the
follow
ing
monolog.
•A
nsw
er the
follow
ing
questions.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k d
an
Uraian
M
ateri
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
8.2 M
erespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
monolog
pendek
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar, dan
berterim
a untuk
berinteraksi
•M
onolog narrative.
•K
osakata yang
terkait dengan
topik yang dipilih.
•M
erespons m
akna
gagasan yang
terdapat dalam
monolog pendek
sederhana secara
akurat, lancar, dan
berterim
a dalam
teks narrative.
•B
uku P
R
Ba
ha
sa
Inggris S
MP
/
MT
s IX
B Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 7–8,
12–14.
3
40'
4 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
Ko
mp
eten
si
Dasar
Materi P
oko
k d
an
Uraian
M
ateri
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Waktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Tekn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari
dalam
teks
berbentuk
narrative dan
re
po
rt
10.
Menyim
ak kalim
at
yang dibacakan guru,
lalu m
enuliskannya di
secarik kertas.
11.
Menjodohkan kalim
at
yang telah ditulis pada
kegiatan sebelum
nya
dengan gam
bar yang
tepat.
12.
Mem
ilih jaw
aban yang
tepat berdasarkan
teks narrative yang
telah diperdengarkan.
13.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
berdasarkan teks
cerita yang dibacakan
gu
ru
.
14.
Menyebutkan arti
kata-kata yang
tersedia berdasarkan
cerita pada kegiatan
sebelum
nya.
15.
Melengkapi teks
berdasarkan teks
yang dibacakan guru.
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes lisan
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•D
ikte
•M
enjodoh-
kan
•P
ilih
an
ga
nd
a
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•U
raian
•Isian
•Your teacher w
ill
read som
e
sentences. W
rite
them
dow
n on
a sheet of paper.
•M
atch the
sentences you
have w
ritten in
Task A
w
ith the
follow
ing pictures
correctly.
•Listen to your
teacher. C
hoose
A, B
, C
or D
for
the correct
answ
er.
•Listen to your
teacher carefully.
Answ
er the
follow
ing
questions based
on w
hat you have
heard.
•Your teacher w
ill
read the story in
Task D
once again.
Find the m
eanings
of the follow
ing
words based on
the story.
•Listen to your
teacher carefully.
Com
plete the
follow
ing text w
ith
the correct w
ords
based on w
hat
you have heard.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
5PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Stan
dar K
om
peten
si:
Be
rb
ic
ara
9.
Men
gu
ng
kap
kan
m
akn
a d
alam
p
ercakap
an
tran
saksio
nal d
an
in
terp
erso
nal p
en
dek sed
erh
an
a u
ntu
k b
erin
teraksi d
alam
ko
nteks keh
id
up
an
se
ha
ri-h
ari.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
•B
uku P
R S
MP
IX
B
Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 5–7.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
3
40'
9.2 M
em
aham
i
dan m
erespons
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
sederhana
dengan m
eng-
gunakan ragam
bahasa lisan
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterim
a untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
sehari-hari yang
melibatkan
tindak tutur:
mem
beri berita
yang m
enarik
perhatian dan
mem
beri
kom
entar
terhadap berita.
•P
ercakapan-
percakapan
transaksional dan
interpersonal yang
mem
uat ungkapan
mem
beri berita
yang m
enarik
perhatian dan
mem
beri kom
entar
terhadap berita.
1.
Secara berpasangan,
mem
eragakan
percakapan yang
tersedia.
2.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
berdasarkan
percakapan-
percakapan pada
kegiatan sebelum
nya.
3.
Melengkapi
percakapan dengan
kalim
at yang tersedia
di dalam
kotak.
4.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
yang dibacakan guru
berdasarkan
percakapan yang telah
disediakan.
5.
Menyusun kalim
at
acak m
enjadi
percakapan yang baik.
6.
Mem
beri respons
terhadap ungkapan-
ungkapan yang
dibacakan tem
an.
Lakukan secara
bergantian.
•M
elakukan
berbagai tindak
tutur dalam
w
acana
lisan transaksional/
interpersonal yang
mem
uat m
em
beri
berita yang m
enarik
perhatian dan
mem
beri kom
entar
terhadap berita.
•M
engem
bangkan
wacana
transaksional/
in
te
rp
erso
na
l
pendek m
enjadi
sebuah obrolan
atau interaksional
yang lebih panjang.
•Tes unjuk
kerja
•Tes lisan
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes unjuk
kerja
•U
njuk kerja
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•Isian
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•M
enyusun
kalim
at
acak
•U
njuk kerja
•P
ractice the
follow
ing dialogs
with your friend.
•A
nsw
er the
follow
ing
questions based
on the dialogs in
Task A
.
•C
om
plete the
follow
ing dialogs
with the suitable
expressions from
the box.
•R
ead the
follow
ing dialog.
Listen to your
teacher and
answ
er his/her
questions
correctly.
•P
ut the follow
ing
sentences in the
correct order to
get a good dialog.
•W
ork in pairs. Y
our
partner w
ill say
the follow
ing
expressions. G
ive
suitable
responses. D
o it
in turns.
6 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
•Tes unjuk
kerja
•U
njuk kerja
•S
uppose one of
your best friends
will m
ove out to
another city. Tell
the new
s to
another friend.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
7.
Mem
buat percakapan
berdasarkan situasi,
lalu m
em
eragakannya.
10.1 M
eng-
ungkapkan
makna dalam
bentuk teks
lisan fungsional
pendek
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam
bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar
dan berterim
a
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari.
1.
Mem
baca nyaring
puisi-puisi yang
tersedia dengan
pelafalan yang tepat
secara bergantian.
2.
Mencari arti kata.
3.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
berdasarkan teks
pada kegiatan
sebelum
nya
4.
Menjelaskan isi puisi
yang tersedia.
•Tes lisan
•Tes tulis
•Tes lisan
•Tes unjuk
kerja
•M
em
baca
nyaring
•U
raian
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•U
njuk kerja
•R
ecite the
follow
ing poem
s.
Do it in turns.
•W
hat do the
follow
ing w
ords
mean?
•R
ead the poem
s
in Task A
once
again and answ
er
the follow
ing
questions.
•In turns, recite the
follow
ing poem
in
front of the class.
Explain w
hat it
tells you about.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
Stan
dar K
om
peten
si:
Be
rb
ic
ara
10.
Men
gu
ng
kap
kan
m
akn
a d
alam
teks lisan
fu
ng
sio
nal p
en
dek d
an
m
on
olo
g p
en
dek sed
erh
an
a yan
g b
erb
en
tu
k n
arrative d
an
rep
ort u
ntu
k
berin
teraksi d
alam
ko
nteks keh
id
up
an
seh
ari-h
ari.
•Teks lisan
fungsional pendek
berbentuk puisi
(poem
s).
•M
elakukan m
onolog
dalam
bentuk puisi
dan catatan harian
dengan lancar dan
be
rte
rim
a.
2
40'
•B
uku P
R
Ba
ha
sa
Inggris S
MP
/
MT
s IX
B
Intan P
ariw
ara
hal. 25–26.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia
dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
7PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
•B
uku P
R
Ba
ha
sa
Inggris S
MP
/
MT
s IX
B Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 14–15.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
2
40'
5.
Mengekspresikan
perasaan dalam
bentuk puisi.
6.
Mem
baca teks yang
tersedia dengan lafal
yang lancar, benar,
dan berterim
a.
7.
Mencari sinonim
kata-
kata yang tersedia di
dalam
teks yang ada
di kegiatan
sebelum
nya.
8.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
benar-salah
berdasarkan teks
pada kegiatan
sebelum
nya.
9.
Secara berkelom
pok
mem
eragakan cerita
yang tersedia dengan
lafal dan intonasi yang
tepat.
10.
Mencari cerita yang
menarik dari berbagai
sum
ber, lalu
menceritakan kem
bali
dengan kata-kata
se
nd
iri.
•M
onolog narrative.
•K
osakata yang
terkait tem
a yang
dip
ilih
.
10.2 M
eng-
ungkapkan
makna dalam
monolog
pendek
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam
bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterim
a
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari
dalam
teks
berbentuk
narrative dan
re
po
rt.
•N
ow
, try to
express your
feeling through
a poem
.
•R
ead the
follow
ing text w
ith
proper
pronunciation.
•F
ind the
synonym
s of the
follow
ing w
ords in
the text in Task A
.
•A
re the follow
ing
statem
ents true
(T
) or false (F
)
based on the
story in Task A
?
Correct the false
ones.
•W
ork in groups.
Perform
the story
of ‘T
he Legend of
Pesut M
ahakam
’
with proper
pronunciation.
•G
et an interesting
story from
a new
spaper,
magazine, story
book or the
Internet. R
etell
the story using
your ow
n w
ords.
•U
njuk kerja
•M
em
baca
nyaring
•U
raian
•P
ernyataan
benar/salah
•U
njuk kerja
•U
njuk kerja
•Tes unjuk
kerja
•Tes lisan
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes unjuk
kerja
•Tes unjuk
kerja
•M
elakukan m
onolog
dalam
teks
berbentuk narrative
dengan ragam
bahasa lisan secara
lancar dan
be
rte
rim
a.
8 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
Stan
dar K
om
peten
si:
Me
mb
ac
a
11.
Mem
ah
am
i m
akn
a d
alam
teks tu
lis fu
ng
sio
nal d
an
esei p
en
dek sed
erh
an
a b
erb
en
tu
k n
arrative d
an
rep
ort u
ntu
k b
erin
teraksi d
alam
ko
nteks
keh
id
up
an
seh
ari-h
ari
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
•B
uku P
R S
MP
IX
B
Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 26–29.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
2
40'
11.1 M
em
baca
nyaring
be
rm
aka
na
teks fungsional
dan esei
pendek
berbentuk
narrative dan
report dengan
ucapan,
tekanan dan
intonasi yang
be
rte
rim
a
untuk
berintaraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari.
11.2
Merespons
makna yang
terdapat dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterim
a yang
be
rka
ita
n
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari.
•Teks tulis
fungsional pendek
berbentuk diary.
1.
Mem
baca nyaring
sebuah catatan
harian, lalu m
enjaw
ab
pertanyaan
berdasarkan teks
tersebut.
2.
Melengkapi teks
dengan m
enggunakan
kata-kata yang
disediakan.
3.
Mencari m
akna kata-
kata yang tersedia.
4.
Mem
ilih jaw
aban yang
tepat berdasarkan
teks yang telah
dibaca.
•M
em
baca nyaring
secara berm
akna
wacana pendek
sederhana.
•M
erespons m
akna
yang terdapat
dalam
teks
fungsional pendek
berbentuk diary
dengan benar.
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•Isian
•U
raian
•P
ilih
an
ga
nd
a
•R
ead the
follow
ing diary
and answ
er the
questions.
•C
om
plete the
follow
ing diary
with the suitable
words from
the
box.
•R
ead the diary.
Find the
meanings of the
words that follow
.
•R
ead the diaries
and choose A
, B
,
C or D
for the
correct answ
er.
9PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k d
an
Uraian
M
ateri
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
•Teks narrative.
•T
he past perfect
tense.
•N
oun phrases.
11.3
Merespons
makna dan
langkah
retorika dalam
esei pendek
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterim
a untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari
dalam
teks
berbentuk
narrative dan
re
po
rt.
5.
Menyim
ak dan
mem
pelajari tentang
teks narrative beserta
struktur teksnya.
6.
Mem
baca dan
mem
pelajari tentang
the past perfect tense.
7.
Mem
baca dan
mem
pelajari tentang
noun phrases.
8.
Mem
baca cerita yang
tersedia, lalu m
encari
makna kata dari kata-
kata yang tersedia
berdasarkan cerita
tersebut.
9.
Menjaw
ab pertanyaan
berdasarkan teks
sebelum
nya.
10.
Menceritakan kem
bali
cerita ’T
he Legend of
Tanjung Lesung
’
menggunakan kata-
kata sendiri.
11.
Mencari sinonim
dari
kata-kata yang
tersedia dalam
bacaan yang ada
pada kegiatan
sebelum
nya.
12.
Mencari m
akna kata-
kata yang tersedia.
•M
engidentifikasi
makna gagasan
(ideasional) dan
inform
asi faktual
dalam
teks, m
ain
ideas, supporting
ideas, details.
•M
erespons m
akna
yang terdapat
dalam
teks narrative
dengan benar.
•N
on tes
•N
on tes
•N
on tes
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•U
raian
objektif
•U
raian
objektif
•U
raian
objektif
•U
raian
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•U
raian
•U
raian
•U
raian
•R
ead the
follow
ing text.
•R
ead the
follow
ing
sentences.
•R
ead the
follow
ing
sentences.
•R
ead the
follow
ing story
with proper
pronunciation.
Find the
meanings of the
words that follow
.
•A
nsw
er the
follow
ing
questions based
on the story in
Task A
.
•R
etell the story of
‘T
he Legend of
Tanjung Lesung’
using your ow
n
words.
•F
ind the
synonym
s of the
follow
ing w
ords in
the story in Task
A.
•R
ead the
follow
ing w
ords
and find their
meanings.
4
40'
•B
uku P
R
Ba
ha
sa
Inggris S
MP
/
MT
s IX
B Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 8–12,
15–20.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
10 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k d
an
Uraian
M
ateri
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
•R
ead the w
ords in
Task E
once
again, and then
find their
antonym
s.
•R
ead the text.
Answ
er the
questions that
follow
.
•R
ead the text and
choose A
, B
, C
or
D for the correct
answ
er.
•C
om
plete the
follow
ing text w
ith
the suitable
words from
the
box.
•C
om
bine these
pairs of sentences
using the past
perfect tense.
•C
om
plete the
sentences w
ith
the proper w
ords.
Mind the tenses.
•U
nderline the
noun phrases in
the follow
ing
sentences.
•P
ut the follow
ing
words in the
correct order to get
good sentences.
Begin the
sentences w
ith
the bold-typed
words.
•U
raian
•Jaw
aban
singkat
•P
ilih
an
ga
nd
a
•Isian
•U
raian
•Isian
•Identifikasi
•M
enyusun
kata acak
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
13.
Mencari antonim
dari
kata-kata yang
tersedia.
14.
Mem
baca teks, lalu
menjaw
ab pertanyaan
berdasarkan teks
tersebut.
15.
Mem
ilih jaw
aban yang
tepat berdasarkan teks
yang dibaca.
16.
Melengkapi cerita
dengan kata-kata yang
tersedia di dalam
kotak.
17.
Menggabungkan dua
kalim
at m
enjadi satu
kalim
at yang
be
rm
akn
a.
18.
Melengkapi kalim
at
dengan bentuk kata
kerja yang tepat.
19.
Menggarisbaw
ahi
noun phrases (frasa
benda) yang ada pada
kalim
at-kalim
at yang
tersedia.
20.
Menyusun kem
bali
kata-kata yang diacak.
11PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Stan
dar K
om
peten
si:
Men
ulis
12.
Men
gu
ng
kap
kan
m
akn
a d
alam
teks tu
lis fu
ng
sio
nal d
an
esei p
en
dek sed
erh
an
a b
erb
en
tu
k n
arrative d
an
rep
ort u
ntu
k b
erin
teraksi d
alam
ko
nteks keh
id
up
an
seh
ari-h
ari.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
•B
uku P
R S
MP
IX
B
Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 29.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
2
40'
12.1 M
eng-
ungkapkan
makna dalam
bentuk teks
tulis fungsional
pendek
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam
bahasa
tulis secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterim
a
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari.
12.2 M
eng-
ungkapkan
makna dan
langkah
retorika dalam
esei pendek
sederhana
dengan m
eng-
gunakan ragam
bahasa tulis
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterim
a untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
se
ha
ri-h
ari
dalam
teks
berbentuk
narrative dan
re
po
rt.
•Teks tulis
fungsional pendek
berbentuk diary.
•Teks narrative.
•T
he past perfect
tense.
•N
oun phrases.
1.
Melanjutkan catatan
harian dengan kata-
kata sendiri.
2.
Menulis catatan harian
bebas, lalu
mem
bacakannya di
depan kelas.
3.
Menuliskan bentuk
past participle dari
kata-kata kerja yang
tersedia.
4.
Mem
buat kalim
at
bebas m
enggunakan
kata-kata dari
kegiatan sebelum
nya.
5.
Mengoreksi kata-kata
yang salah ejaan atau
tulisan, lalu m
em
baca
nyaring teks tersebut.
•M
enulis berbagai
teks untuk
kom
unikasi sehari-
hari seperti diary
dengan benar dan
be
rte
rim
a.
•M
enulis berbagai
teks terutam
a yang
berbentuk narrative
dengan langkah
retorika dan struktur
teks yang benar
dan berterim
a.
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•U
raian
•U
raian
•U
raian
•U
raian
•U
raian
•F
inish the
follow
ing diary
using your ow
n
words.
•W
rite your ow
n
diary based on
your one-w
eek
activity.
•W
rite the past
participles of the
follow
ing verbs.
•M
ake ten
sentences using
the w
ords in Task
A. U
se the past
perfect tense.
•H
ere is a story,
but there are
som
e w
ords
which are
misspelled or
misw
ritten. F
ind
and correct them
.
•B
uku P
R S
MP
IX
B
Intan
Pariw
ara
hal. 20–22.
•K
am
us
Inggris–
Indonesia dan
Indonesia–
Inggris.
•B
uku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
3
40'
12 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives
•R
ead a legend
from
a m
agazine,
new
spaper, story
book or the
Internet. R
ew
rite
the story using
your ow
n w
ords.
•M
ake sentences
using the past
perfect tense
based on the
pictures and the
clues.
•M
ake five
sentences using
the past perfect
tense.
•Let’s com
pete.
Work in groups of
four. E
xpand each
word below
to
make proper
noun phrases.
The w
inner is the
group that can
make the longest
proper noun
phrases.
•M
ake sentences
using the phrases
you have w
ritten
in Task G
.
•E
sai
•U
raian
•U
raian
•U
raian
•U
raian
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
•Tes tulis
6.
Menulis kem
bali cerita
yang telah dibaca, lalu
mem
bacanya di
depan kelas.
7.
Menulis kalim
at
menggunakan the
past perfect tense
berdasarkan gam
bar
dan kata kunci yang
tersedia.
8.
Mem
buat kalim
at
menggunakan the
past perfect tense.
9.
Secara bekelom
pok,
mem
buat noun
phrases (frase benda)
berdasarkan kata-kata
yang telah disediakan.
10.
Mem
buat kalim
at
menggunakan noun
phrases (frase benda)
dari kegiatan
sebelum
nya.
Ko
mp
eten
si
Da
sa
r
Materi P
oko
k/
Pem
belajaran
Keg
iatan
P
em
belajaran
In
dikato
r
Alo
kasi
Wa
ktu
Su
mb
er B
elajar
Pen
ilaian
Te
kn
ik
Ben
tu
k
In
stru
men
Co
nto
h
In
stru
men
13PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
SIL
AB
US
Un
it 2
Rep
ort
s
Nam
a S
eko
lah
:S
MP
/MT
s . .
.K
elas
/Sem
este
r:
IX/2
Mat
a P
elaj
aran
:B
ahas
a In
gg
ris
Un
it:
2G
enre
:R
epor
tS
tan
dar
Ko
mp
eten
si:
Men
den
gar
kan
7.M
emah
ami m
akn
a d
alam
per
caka
pan
tran
saks
ion
al d
an in
terp
erso
nal
lisa
n p
end
ek s
eder
han
a u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi d
alam
ko
nte
ks k
ehid
up
anse
har
i-h
ari.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
3 4
0'7.
1 M
eres
pon
mak
na y
ang
terd
apat
dal
ampe
rcak
apan
tran
saks
iona
l(t
o ge
t thi
ngs
done
) da
nin
terp
erso
nal
(ber
sosi
alis
asi)
pend
ekse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ida
lam
kon
teks
kehi
dupa
nse
hari-
hari
yang
mel
ibat
kan
tinda
k tu
tur
men
gung
kapk
anke
sant
unan
.
•P
erca
kapa
ntr
ansa
ksio
nal d
anin
terp
erso
nal y
ang
mem
uat
ungk
apan
untu
km
engu
ngka
pkan
kesa
ntun
an.
•B
erea
ksi a
tau
mer
espo
ns d
enga
nbe
nar
terh
adap
tinda
k tu
tur
yang
mel
ibat
kan
tidak
tutu
rm
engu
ngka
pkan
kesa
ntun
an.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
39–4
2.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
1.M
emah
ami
perc
akap
an y
ang
ada
dan
mem
pela
jari
ungk
apan
-ung
kapa
nke
sant
unan
.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i.
3.M
enyi
mak
per
caka
pan
yang
dib
acak
an g
uru.
4.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
soa
lbe
rdas
ar p
erca
kapa
nya
ng d
ibac
akan
gur
u.
5.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
yang
ada
ber
dasa
rkan
perc
akap
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
6.M
emba
ca p
erca
kapa
nya
ng a
da, l
alu
men
jaw
ab p
erta
nyaa
nya
ng d
ibac
akan
gur
u.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s lis
an
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g di
alog
.
•A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns b
elow
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
e th
efo
llow
ing
dial
ogba
sed
on w
hat
you
have
hea
rd.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
dial
og in
Task
A.
•R
ead
the
dial
ogs
and
answ
er y
our
teac
her’s
ques
tions
.
14 Silabus Unit 2 Reports
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
7.M
enyi
mak
per
caka
pan
yang
dib
acak
an g
uru.
8.M
enen
tuka
n ur
utan
-ur
utan
kal
imat
-kal
imat
soal
seh
ingg
a m
em-
bent
uk p
erca
kapa
nya
ng u
rut s
esua
ide
ngan
per
caka
pan
yang
dip
erde
ngar
kan.
9.M
enyi
mak
per
caka
pan
yang
dip
erde
ngar
kan/
diba
caka
n gu
ru.
10.
Men
entu
kan
pern
yata
an y
ang
ters
edia
ben
ar a
tau
sala
h be
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
ter
sebu
t.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
at a
cak
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Put
the
follo
win
gse
nten
ces
in th
eco
rrec
t or
der
base
d on
the
dial
og y
ou h
ave
hear
d.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Are
the
follo
win
gst
atem
ents
true
(T
)or
fals
e (F
) ba
sed
on th
e di
alog
you
have
just
hea
rd?
Cor
rect
the
fals
eon
es.
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
end
eng
arka
n8.
Mem
aham
i mak
na
dal
am t
eks
lisan
fu
ng
sio
nal
dan
mo
no
log
pen
dek
sed
erh
ana
ber
ben
tuk
narr
ariv
ed
anre
port
un
tuk
ber
inte
raks
i dal
amko
nte
ks k
ehid
up
an s
ehar
i-h
ari.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
61–6
3.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
3 4
0'8.
1 M
eres
pons
mak
na y
ang
terd
apat
dal
amte
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
sede
rhan
ase
cara
aku
rat,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
•Te
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
:con
test
anno
unce
men
t.
1.M
empe
laja
ri te
ks li
san
fung
sion
al p
ende
kco
ntes
t ann
ounc
emen
t.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i.
3.M
empe
laja
ri te
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
pen
dek
berb
entu
k su
rat.
•M
ampu
mer
espo
nsm
akna
gag
asan
dala
m te
ks li
san
fung
sion
al p
ende
kbe
rben
tuk
cont
est
anno
unce
men
tlis
anse
cara
lanc
ar,
akur
at,
dan
bert
erim
a.
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•N
on te
s
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
•R
emem
ber
Uni
t 1.
Ans
wer
the
ques
tions
bel
ow.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
15PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
berin
tera
ksi
dala
m k
onte
kske
hidu
pan
seha
ri-ha
ri.
8.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
ya
ngte
rdap
at d
alam
mon
olog
pend
ekse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ida
lam
kon
teks
kehi
dupa
nse
hari-
hari
•M
onol
og r
epor
t.
•K
osak
ata
yang
terk
ait t
opik
yan
gdi
pilih
.
4.M
elen
gkap
ipe
ngum
uman
den
gan
kata
-kat
a ya
ng s
esua
ide
ngan
pen
gum
uman
yang
dip
erde
ngar
kan.
5.M
enen
tuka
npe
rnya
taan
soa
l ben
arat
au s
alah
berd
asar
kan
peng
umum
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
6.M
enyi
mak
kal
imat
-ka
limat
pen
gum
uman
yang
dib
acak
an g
uru,
lalu
men
ulis
kann
ya d
ise
carik
ker
tas.
7.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
berd
asar
kan
peng
umum
an y
ang
tela
h di
tulis
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
8.M
enyi
mak
mon
olog
repo
rt y
ang
diba
caka
ngu
ru s
erta
mem
aham
ipe
njel
asan
nya.
9.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
aper
seps
i.
10.
Men
jodo
hkan
kat
a-ka
tad
en
ga
n a
rtin
ya y
an
gte
rsed
ia d
enga
n be
nar.
•M
eres
pons
mak
naga
gasa
n ya
ngte
rdap
at d
alam
mon
olog
pen
dek
berb
entu
kre
port
sede
rhan
a se
cara
akur
at, l
anca
r da
nbe
rter
ima.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Is
ian
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•D
ikte
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•M
enjo
doh-
kan
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Com
plet
eth
e te
xt b
ased
on
wha
t you
hav
ehe
ard.
•A
re th
e fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts tr
ue (
T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
don
the
com
plet
ean
noun
cem
ent i
nTa
sk A
? C
orre
ctth
e fa
lse
ones
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Writ
edo
wn
the
anno
unce
men
tyo
u ha
ve h
eard
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Ans
wer
the
his/
her
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
anno
unce
men
tyo
u ha
ve w
ritte
n in
Task
C.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gm
onol
og.
•A
nsw
er t
hequ
estio
ns b
elow
.
•M
atch
the
wor
ds in
colu
mn
A w
ith th
eir
corr
ect m
eani
ngs
in c
olum
n B
. You
will
find
the
wor
dsin
the
mon
olog
inTa
sk C
.
4 4
0'•
Buk
u P
RB
ahas
a In
ggris
SM
P/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
n P
ariw
ara
hal.
47, 5
1–54
.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
16 Silabus Unit 2 Reports
11.
Mel
engk
api k
alim
at-
kalim
at d
enga
n ka
ta-
kata
yan
g ad
a di
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
12.
Mel
engk
api t
eks
yang
ters
edia
den
gan
kata
-ka
ta s
esua
i den
gan
mon
olog
yan
gdi
perd
enga
rkan
.
13.
Men
entu
kan
pern
yata
an s
oal b
enar
atau
sal
ahbe
rdas
arka
n te
kspa
da k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
14.
Men
yim
ak m
onol
ogya
ng d
iper
deng
arka
n/di
baca
kan
guru
.15
.M
enen
tuka
n ur
utan
kalim
at-k
alim
at s
oal
berd
asar
kan
mon
olog
yang
dip
erde
ngar
kan.
16.
Men
jaw
ab p
erta
nyaa
nbe
rdas
arka
n te
ks y
ang
tela
h ur
ut p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
17.
Men
yim
ak k
alim
at-
kalim
at y
ang
dipe
rden
gark
an/
diba
caka
n gu
ru,
lalu
men
ulis
kann
ya d
ise
carik
ker
tas.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Is
ian
•Is
ian
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•D
ikte
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
gse
nten
ces
with
the
wor
ds in
Tas
kA
col
umn
A.
Cha
nge
the
form
of th
e w
ords
ifne
cess
ary.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Fill
in th
ebl
anks
bas
ed o
nth
e m
onol
og y
ouha
ve h
eard
.
•A
re t
he fo
llow
ing
stat
emen
ts t
rue
(T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
d on
the
com
plet
e te
xt in
Task
C?
Cor
rect
the
fals
e on
es.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Put
the
follo
win
gse
nten
ces
in th
eco
rrec
t or
der
base
d on
the
mon
olog
you
have
hea
rd.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
prop
er te
xtin
Tas
k E
.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Writ
e th
ese
nten
ces
you
have
hea
rd o
na
shee
t of p
aper
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
dala
m t
eks
berb
entu
kna
rrat
ive
dan
repo
rt.
17PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a9.
Men
gu
ng
kap
kan
mak
na
dal
am p
erca
kap
an t
ran
saks
ion
al d
an i
nte
rper
son
al d
an m
on
olo
g p
end
ek s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k na
rrat
ive
dan
repo
rt u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi
dal
am k
on
teks
keh
idu
pan
seh
ari-
har
i.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
43–4
7.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
4 4
0'9.
1 M
engu
ng-
kapk
an m
akna
dala
mpe
rcak
apan
tran
saks
iona
l(t
o ge
t thi
ngs
done
) da
nin
terp
erso
nal
(ber
sosi
alis
asi)
pend
ekse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
•P
erca
kapa
ntr
ansa
ksio
nal d
anin
terp
erso
nal
yang
mem
uat
ungk
apan
-un
gkap
an u
ntuk
men
yata
kan
keso
pana
n.
1.M
emba
ca p
erca
kaan
,la
lu m
enja
wab
pert
anya
an y
ang
ada.
2.M
enen
tuka
npe
rnya
taan
yan
gte
rsed
ia b
enar
ata
usa
lah
berd
asar
kan
perc
akap
an y
ang
ada.
•M
elak
ukan
berb
agai
tin
dak
tutu
r da
lam
wac
ana
lisan
tra
nsak
sion
al/
inte
rper
sona
lse
pert
im
engu
ngka
pkan
keso
pana
n.
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•R
ead
the
dial
ogan
d an
swer
the
ques
tions
.
•R
ead
the
dial
ogs.
Are
the
follo
win
gst
atem
ents
tru
e(T
) or
fals
e (F
)ba
sed
on th
edi
alog
s? C
orre
ctth
e fa
lse
ones
.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
18.
Men
jaw
ab p
erta
nyaa
nbe
rdas
arka
n te
ksya
ng d
itulis
pad
ake
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
19.
Men
gart
ikan
kat
a-ka
taya
ng t
erda
pat
dala
mm
onol
og p
ada
kegi
atan
sel
anju
tnya
.
20.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gte
pat
berd
asar
kan
isi
mon
olog
yan
gdi
perd
enga
rkan
/di
baca
kan
guru
.
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
raia
n
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
sent
ence
syo
u ha
ve w
ritte
nin
Tas
k G
.
•F
ind
the
mea
ning
sof
the
follo
win
gw
ords
. You
will
hear
them
in th
em
onol
og in
Tas
k J.
•Li
sten
to y
our
teac
her.
Cho
ose
A, B
, C o
r D
for
the
corr
ect
answ
er.
18 Silabus Unit 2 Reports
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
3.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
soa
lde
ngan
ung
kapa
n-un
gkap
an y
ang
ters
edia
di d
alam
kot
ak.
4.M
emili
h ja
wab
an y
ang
bena
r be
rdas
arka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
g ad
adi
keg
iata
nse
belu
mny
a.
5.M
enyu
sun
kalim
at-
kalim
at a
cak
men
jadi
perc
akap
an y
ang
runt
ut.
6.M
elen
gkap
ipe
rcak
apan
-pe
rcak
apan
sin
gkat
deng
an u
ngka
pan-
ungk
apan
yan
gse
suai
.
7.M
enyu
sun
perc
akap
anbe
rdas
arka
n pa
ndua
nya
ng t
erse
dia.
8.M
emin
ta b
antu
ante
man
unt
ukm
empe
raga
kan
perc
akap
an t
erse
but
di d
epan
kel
as.
9.S
ecar
a in
divi
dum
embu
at p
erca
kapa
nbe
rdas
arka
n si
tuas
iso
al.
10.
Mem
pera
gaka
npe
rcak
apan
yan
gsu
dah
dibu
at d
i dep
anke
las
deng
an b
antu
ante
man
.
•M
enge
mba
ngka
nw
anac
atr
ansa
ksio
nal d
anin
terp
erso
nal
pend
ek m
enja
dise
buah
obr
olan
atau
inte
raks
iona
lya
ng le
bih
panj
ang.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Is
ian
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
at a
cak
•Is
ian
•U
raia
n
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
raia
n
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g di
alog
with
the
corr
ect
expr
essi
ons
from
the
box.
•C
hoos
e A
, B, C
or
D f
or th
e co
rrec
tan
swer
bas
ed o
nth
e di
alog
inTa
sk C
.
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
sent
ence
s in
the
corr
ect o
rder
tom
ake
a pr
oper
dial
og.
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g di
alog
sw
ith p
rope
rex
pres
sion
s. U
seex
pres
sion
s to
show
pol
itene
ss.
•C
reat
e a
dial
ogex
pres
sing
polit
enes
s ba
sed
on t
he fo
llow
ing
guid
elin
e.
•C
reat
e di
alog
sba
sed
on th
efo
llow
ing
situ
atio
ns.
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
arda
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ida
lam
kon
teks
kehi
dupa
nse
hari-
hari
yang
mel
ibat
kan
tinda
k tu
tur
men
gung
kapk
anke
sant
unan
.
19PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:B
erb
icar
a10
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s lis
an f
un
gsi
on
al d
an m
on
olo
g p
end
ek s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k na
rrat
ive
dan
repo
rt u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi
dal
am k
on
teks
keh
idu
pan
seh
ari-
har
i.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
63–6
4.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
54–5
6.•
Kam
usIn
ggris
–In
done
sia
dan
Indo
nesi
a–In
ggris
.•
Buk
u-bu
kula
in y
ang
rele
van.
2 4
0'
3 4
0'
10.1
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
teks
lisa
nfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ekse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
arda
n be
rter
ima
untu
kbe
rinte
raks
ida
lam
kon
teks
kehi
dupa
nse
hari-
hari.
10.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
alam
mon
olog
pend
ekse
derh
ana
deng
anm
engg
unak
anra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
sec
ara
akur
at,
lanc
ar,
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
•Te
ks li
san
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
:con
test
anno
unce
men
t.
•M
onol
og r
epor
t.
•K
ata,
fras
a, a
tau
kalim
at s
eder
hana
yang
terk
ait t
opik
.
1.M
elen
gkap
ipe
ngum
uman
lisa
nde
ngan
kat
a-ka
ta y
ang
ters
edia
di d
alam
kot
ak.
2.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
yang
ada
ber
dasa
rkan
peng
umum
an y
ang
ada
di k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
3.M
enya
mpa
ikan
peng
umum
an p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya
deng
an k
ata-
kata
send
iri.
4.M
enya
mpa
ikan
peng
umum
an y
ang
be
lum
la
ma
did
en
ga
rm
engg
unak
an k
ata-
kata
send
iri s
ecar
a lis
an.
5.M
emba
ca d
anm
emah
ami t
eks
repo
rtya
ng a
da d
i buk
u, la
lum
enca
ri ar
ti ka
ta-k
ata
yang
ter
sedi
a.
6.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan-
pert
anya
an y
ang
ada
di b
uku
berd
asar
kan
teks
pad
a ke
giat
anse
belu
mny
a.
•M
engu
ngka
pkan
mak
na/g
agas
anda
lam
tek
sfu
ngsi
onal
pen
dek
lisan
ber
bent
ukco
ntes
tan
noun
cem
ent
lisan
deng
an b
enar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•M
engu
ngka
pkan
mak
na/g
agas
anda
lam
mon
olog
repo
rt d
enga
nra
gam
bah
asa
lisan
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
, da
nbe
rter
ima.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Is
ian
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
raia
n
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g te
xt w
ithth
e co
rrec
t wor
dsfr
om th
e bo
x.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
com
plet
ean
noun
cem
ent
inTa
sk A
.
•R
etel
l the
anno
unce
men
t in
Task
A u
sing
you
row
n w
ords
.
•W
hat
anno
unce
men
tha
ve y
ou h
eard
rece
ntly
? R
etel
l it
usin
g yo
ur o
wn
wor
ds.
•R
ead
the
text
.F
ind
the
mea
ning
s of
the
wor
ds th
at fo
llow
.
•A
nsw
er th
efo
low
ing
ques
tions
base
d on
the
text
in T
ask
A.
20 Silabus Unit 2 Reports
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
berin
tera
ksi
dala
m k
onte
kske
hidu
pan
seha
ri-ha
ribe
rben
tuk
narr
ativ
e da
nre
port
.
7.M
enen
tuka
n ga
gasa
nut
ama
tiap
para
graf
dala
m te
ks p
ada
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
8.M
enya
mpa
ikan
tek
ste
rseb
utm
engg
unak
an d
afta
rga
gasa
n ut
ama
yang
tela
h di
tulis
.
9.M
enya
mpa
ikan
mon
olog
repo
rtte
ntan
g ge
dung
penc
akar
lang
itm
engg
unak
anin
form
asi y
ang
ters
edia
. Sis
wa
juga
dapa
t m
enca
ri da
tala
in y
ang
men
duku
ng.
10.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gbe
nar
sesu
ai d
enga
nin
form
asi y
ang
ada
dike
giat
an s
ebel
umny
a.
11.
Mel
akuk
an m
onol
ogre
port
ten
tang
sua
tute
mpa
t um
um d
ide
pan
kela
s. S
isw
ada
pat
men
ggun
akan
foto
unt
uk m
endu
kung
pres
enta
siny
a.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•U
raia
n
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•U
njuk
ker
ja
•F
ind
the
mai
nid
ea o
f eac
hpa
ragr
aph
in t
hete
xt in
Tas
k A
.T
hen,
ret
ell t
hete
xt b
ased
on
the
list o
f the
mai
nid
eas.
•D
eliv
er a
mon
olog
abou
t ask
yscr
aper
. Use
the
follo
win
gse
nten
ces
or fi
ndot
her
rela
ted
sour
ces.
•C
hoos
e A
, B, C
or
D fo
r th
e co
rrec
tan
swer
bas
ed o
nth
e in
form
atio
n in
Task
D.
•F
ind
a re
port
abou
t a p
ublic
plac
e. T
alk
abou
tth
e pu
blic
pla
ceus
ing
your
ow
nw
ords
. Brin
ga
pict
ure
tosu
ppor
t you
r ta
lk.
21PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
emb
aca
11.
Mem
aham
i m
akn
a te
ks t
ulis
fu
ng
sio
nal
dan
ese
i p
end
ek s
ang
at s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k na
rrat
ive
dan
repo
rt u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi
dal
amko
nte
ks k
ehid
up
an s
ehar
i-h
ari.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
64.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
48–5
1,56
–60.
1 4
0'
4 4
0'
11.1
Mem
baca
nyar
ing
berm
akna
tek
stu
lis fu
ngsi
onal
dan
esei
pen
dek
sede
rhan
abe
rben
tuk
narr
ativ
e da
nre
port
deng
anuc
apan
, tek
anan
dan
into
nasi
yang
ber
terim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
dala
m k
onte
kske
hidu
pan
seha
ri-ha
ri.
11.2
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
dal
amte
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek s
ecar
aak
urat
, lan
car
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
dala
m k
onte
kske
hidu
pan
seha
ri-ha
ri.
11.3
Mer
espo
nsm
akna
dan
lang
kah
reto
rika
dala
m e
sei
pend
ekse
derh
ana
seca
ra a
kura
t,la
ncar
dan
bert
erim
a un
tuk
•Te
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek: s
urat
.
•Te
ks r
epor
t.
•K
ata,
fras
a, a
tau
kalim
at s
eder
hana
yang
terk
ait t
opik
.
1.M
emba
ca n
yarin
gsu
rat y
ang
ada
di b
uku
deng
an la
fal d
anin
tona
si y
ang
bena
r.2.
Men
cari
law
an k
ata
dari
kata
yan
gte
rsed
ia.
3.M
enja
wab
per
tany
aan
yang
ter
sedi
abe
rdas
arka
n su
rat
yang
ada
di k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
4.M
elen
gkap
i sur
atde
ngan
kat
a-ka
ta y
ang
ters
edia
di d
alam
kota
k.
5.M
emba
ca d
anm
emah
ami i
si d
anst
rukt
ur te
ks y
ang
berb
entu
kre
view
, la
lum
emah
ami
penj
elas
anny
a.
•M
emba
ca n
yarin
gse
cara
ber
mak
naw
acan
a te
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
berb
entu
k: s
urat
.
•M
engi
dent
ifika
sim
akna
/gag
asan
dala
m te
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
pen
dek
berb
entu
k: s
urat
deng
an t
epat
.
•M
emba
ca n
yarin
gse
cara
ber
mak
naw
acan
a be
rben
tuk:
repo
rt.
•Te
s un
juk
kerja
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•N
on te
s
•M
emba
cany
arin
g
•U
raia
n
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•Is
ian
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
Fin
d th
e op
posi
tem
eani
ngs
of th
eun
derli
ned
wor
ds.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
lette
r in
Task
A.
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
g le
tter
with
the
corr
ect
wor
ds fr
om th
ebo
x.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt.
22 Silabus Unit 2 Reports
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
berin
tera
ksi
dala
m k
onte
kske
hidu
pan
seha
ri-ha
rida
lam
teks
berb
entu
kna
rrat
ive
dan
repo
rt.
•C
oord
inat
ing
conj
unct
ions
(an
d,bu
t, or
, so,
for,
yet,
nor)
.
•S
peci
al fi
nite
s:‘m
ay’ a
nd ‘m
ight
’,‘c
an’ a
nd ‘c
ould
’.
6.M
empe
laja
ripe
njel
asan
dan
con
toh
kalim
at y
ang
men
ggun
akan
coor
dina
ting
conj
unct
ion.
7.M
empe
laja
ripe
njel
asan
dan
peng
guna
anfin
ite’m
ay’ d
an ’m
ight
’, se
rta
’can
’dan
’cou
ld’.
8.M
emba
ca n
yarin
g te
ksre
port
den
gan
lafa
lda
n in
tona
si y
ang
bena
r.9.
Men
jela
skan
gag
asan
utam
a tia
p pa
ragr
afda
lam
teks
ters
ebut
.
10.
Men
yebu
tkan
law
anka
ta d
ari k
ata-
kata
yang
ter
sedi
a da
nm
enje
lask
an a
rtin
ya.
11.
Men
jaw
ab p
erta
nyaa
n-pe
rtan
yaan
yan
g ad
abe
rdas
arka
n te
ks y
ang
ada
di k
egia
tan
sebe
lum
nya.
12.
Mem
baca
nya
ring
teks
repo
rt d
enga
n la
fal
dan
into
nasi
yan
gbe
nar.
13.
Men
entu
kan
pern
yata
an s
oal b
enar
atau
sal
ahbe
rdas
arka
n is
i tek
ste
rseb
ut.
•M
engi
dent
ifika
sim
akna
gag
asan
dala
m w
acan
abe
rben
tuk
repo
rt,
mel
iput
imai
n id
eas,
supp
ortin
g de
tails
,se
rta
mak
na k
ata,
fras
a da
n ka
limat
.
•M
eres
pons
mak
naya
ng t
erda
pat
dala
m te
ks r
epor
tde
ngan
ben
ar d
anbe
rter
ima.
•N
on te
s
•N
on te
s
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s lis
an
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•U
raia
nob
jekt
if
•M
emba
cany
arin
g
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•Ja
wab
ansi
ngka
t
•M
emba
cany
arin
g
•P
erny
ataa
nbe
nar/
sala
h
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g di
alog
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gse
nten
ces.
•R
ead
the
text
.F
ind
the
mai
nid
ea o
f eac
hpa
ragr
aph.
•F
ind
the
oppo
site
mea
ning
s of
the
follo
win
g w
ords
inth
e te
xt in
Tas
k A
.E
xpla
in t
heir
mea
ning
s.
•A
nsw
er t
hefo
llow
ing
ques
tions
bas
edon
the
text
inTa
sk A
.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
g te
xt. A
reth
e st
atem
ents
that
follo
w tr
ue (
T)
or fa
lse
(F)
base
don
the
text
?C
orre
ct th
e fa
lse
ones
.
23PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k d
anU
raia
n M
ater
iK
egia
tan
Pem
bel
ajar
anIn
dik
ato
rA
loka
siW
aktu
Su
mb
er B
elaj
ar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
14.
Mel
engk
api
pern
yata
an s
oal
deng
an k
ata-
kata
yang
ses
uai d
enga
nte
ks p
ada
kegi
atan
sebe
lum
nya.
15.
Mel
engk
api t
eks
deng
an k
ata-
kata
yang
ters
edia
di d
alam
kota
k.
16.
Mem
ilih
jaw
aban
yan
gte
pat
berd
asar
kan
teks
yan
g ad
a di
kegi
atan
seb
elum
nya.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
n
•Is
ian
•P
iliha
nga
nda
•C
ompl
ete
the
follo
win
gst
atem
ents
with
the
corr
ect w
ords
base
d on
the
text
in T
ask
D.
•C
ompl
ete
the
text
with
the
suita
ble
wor
dsfr
om th
e bo
x.
•C
hoos
e A
, B, C
or
D fo
r th
e co
rrec
tan
swer
bas
ed o
nth
e te
xt in
Tas
k F.
Sta
nd
ar K
om
pet
ensi
:M
enu
lis12
.M
eng
un
gka
pka
n m
akn
a d
alam
tek
s tu
lis f
un
gsi
on
al d
an e
sei p
end
ek s
eder
han
a b
erb
entu
k na
rrat
ive
dan
repo
rt u
ntu
k b
erin
tera
ksi d
alam
kon
teks
keh
idu
pan
seh
ari-
har
i.
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
•B
uku
PR
Bah
asa
Ingg
ris S
MP
/M
Ts
IXB
Inta
nP
ariw
ara
hal.
65.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
a da
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
1 4
0'12
.1 M
eng-
ungk
apka
nm
akna
dal
ambe
ntuk
teks
tulis
fung
sion
alpe
ndek
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
atu
lis s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
•Te
ks tu
lisfu
ngsi
onal
pend
ek: s
urat
.
1.M
enyu
sun
kalim
at-
kalim
at a
cak
men
jadi
sura
t yan
g ru
ntut
.
2.M
enul
is s
urat
berd
asar
kan
situ
asi
yang
ada
.
•M
enul
is b
erba
gai
teks
tul
is f
ungs
iona
lpe
ndek
ber
bent
uksu
rat
deng
anak
urat
, lan
car,
dan
bert
erim
a.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•M
enyu
sun
kalim
atac
ak
•U
raia
n
•P
ut t
he fo
llow
ing
sent
ence
s in
the
corr
ect o
rder
tom
ake
a go
odle
tter.
•S
uppo
se y
our
scho
ol w
ill ta
kepa
rt in
a c
arni
val.
Writ
e a
lette
r to
one
ofex
trac
urric
ular
club
s in
you
rsc
hool
to h
elp
the
prep
arat
ion.
24 Silabus Unit 2 Reports
Ko
mp
eten
siD
asar
Mat
eri P
oko
k/P
emb
elaj
aran
Keg
iata
n P
emb
elaj
aran
Ind
ikat
or
Alo
kasi
Wak
tuS
um
ber
Bel
ajar
Pen
ilaia
n
Tekn
ikB
entu
kIn
stru
men
Co
nto
hIn
stru
men
berin
tera
ksi
dala
m k
onte
kske
hidu
pan
seha
ri-ha
ri.
12.2
Men
g-un
gkap
kan
mak
na d
anla
ngka
hre
torik
a da
lam
esei
pen
dek
sede
rhan
ade
ngan
men
ggun
akan
raga
m b
ahas
atu
lis s
ecar
aak
urat
, la
ncar
dan
bert
erim
aun
tuk
berin
tera
ksi
dala
m k
onte
kske
hidu
pan
seha
ri-ha
rida
lam
tek
sbe
rben
tuk
narr
ativ
e da
nre
port
.
•Te
ks r
epor
t.
•C
oord
inat
ing
conj
unct
ions
(an
d,bu
t, or
, so,
for,
yet,
nor)
.
•S
peci
al fi
nite
s:‘m
ay’ a
nd ‘m
ight
’,‘c
an’ a
nd ‘c
ould
’.
3.M
engg
abun
gkan
dua
kalim
at m
enja
di s
atu
men
ggun
akan
coor
dina
ting
conj
unct
ion
yang
sesu
ai.
4.M
embu
at li
ma
kalim
atm
engg
unak
anin
ite’m
ay’ d
an ’m
ight
’, se
rta
lima
kalim
atm
engg
unak
an’c
an’
dan
’cou
ld’.
5.M
emba
ca te
ks y
ang
ters
edia
, la
lum
engi
dent
ifika
sist
rukt
ur te
ks te
rseb
ut.
6.S
ecar
a m
andi
ri,m
enul
is t
eks
berb
entu
kre
port
tent
ang
sebu
ahte
mpa
t, ya
itu g
udan
gpe
nyim
pana
n.
•M
enul
is t
eks-
teks
berb
entu
kre
port
deng
an la
ngka
h-la
ngka
h re
torik
aya
ng b
enar
ser
tata
ta b
ahas
a ya
ngbe
nar
dan
bert
erim
a.
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•Te
s tu
lis
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•U
raia
n
•E
sai
•Jo
in t
he fo
llow
ing
pairs
of
sent
ence
s us
ing
prop
erco
ordi
natin
gco
njun
ctio
ns.
•M
ake
five
sent
ence
s us
ing
‘may
/mig
ht’,
and
five
sent
ence
sus
ing
‘can
/cou
ld’.
•R
ead
the
follo
win
gte
xt. I
dent
ify th
est
ruct
ure
of th
ete
xt.
•C
reat
e a
repo
rtab
out
the
follo
win
g pi
ctur
e.It
is a
war
ehou
se.
Use
fact
s an
dav
oid
opin
ions
.
2 4
0'•
Buk
u P
RB
ahas
aIn
ggris
SM
P/
MT
s IX
BIn
tan
Par
iwar
aha
l. 60
–61.
•K
amus
Ingg
ris–
Indo
nesi
ada
nIn
done
sia–
Ingg
ris.
•B
uku-
buku
lain
yan
gre
leva
n.
25PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you willbe able to:● tell interesting news or
information and respond toit,
● tell some stories (narratives)using spoken English,
● present poems using spokenEnglish,
● create stories (writtennarratives),
● write diaries,● use the past perfect tense
and noun phrases properly.
All of you may have seen Harry Potter, Transformer 2, the X-Menand other famous films, right? The stories of Harry Potter, Transformer 2and the X-Men are amazing, aren’t they? Do you think the stories arereal? No, they are not. Those are imaginative. Imaginative stories arecalled narratives.
In this unit, you will listen to, talk about, read and try to write somestories. Enjoy them. Finally, you will be able to create your ownimaginative stories.
26 UNIT 1 Narratives
1.1 Expressions
Read the following dialogs.
Annita : Joyce, I tried to find your name on thefacebook, but I couldn’t find it.
Joyce : Sorry, An. I don’t have a facebookaccount.
Annita : What? I don’t believe it. Almosteveryone has it, you know.
Joyce : I don’t think it gives me much benefits.Annita : Let me tell you this. I have
a facebook account. It enables me tomake friends with people fromabroad. So, I can improve myEnglish.
Joyce : Is that so?Annita : Yup!
Alfonso : Did you hear that Jonathan wascalled to the principal’s office again?
Bernard : No way!Alfonso : It’s true. He skipped school
yesterday.Bernard : Why doesn’t he learn from his past
mistakes? His parents must be sosad.
Alfonso : Yes. He has been told off before, buthe doesn’t seem to have changed.
Bernard : Unfortunately, we can do nothing,right?
Alfonso : Right.
In dialog 1, Alfonso said, “It’s true. He skipped school yesterday.” to give information.Meanwhile, in dialog 2, Annita said, “Let me tell you this. I have a facebook account.It enables me to make friends with people from abroad. So, I can improve my English.”to tell about interesting news.
1
2
Telling about Interesting News or Information and Responding to It
27PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Here are some expressions to tell aboutinteresting news or information.
Telling about InterestingNews or Information
● Guess what!● Let me tell you this.● I’ll tell you what!● I’ve got good news.● Have you heard the news?● Look at this! You won’t believe it.● I’ve got hot news. Want to hear it?
Responding
● Ghat is smart.● You are terrific!● Is that true?● I can’t believe it.● I’m glad to hear that.● I’m happy with the news.● I can feel that you’re happy.● Really?● Wow!● Amazing!● Wonderful!● That’s great!
A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.
1. Reza : You won’t believe what I’ve just heard.Allan : What is it?Reza : I heard Jarret finally got his motorcycle back.Allan : Is it confirmed? He had lost it for almost six months.Reza : Yeah!Allan : If that’s true, I’m happy for him then.Reza : Me too.
2. Mrs. Rudi : How was your day today?Soni : It was great, Mom. And I’ve got good news.Mrs. Rudi : What’s that?Soni : When I had an English class this morning, the principal entered my classroom.
She was with a good-looking girl. And you know, Mom, she’s from Australia! Shewill study in my class for two months.
Mrs. Rudi : What’s the point?
Here are some possible expressions torespond to interesting news or information.
Answer the following questions.
1. When your mother tells you that your father gets a promotion in his office, is it surprising you?What will you say then?Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is. I will say, “Really? That’s great!”
2. You’ve just heard that your class’ favorite teacher will teach in another school. Then, youinform your classmate about it. What will you say? How will your classmate respond to it?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “Listen! Mr. Linggar will move out and teach in another school!”
My classmate will say, “Are you sure?”
28 UNIT 1 Narratives
Soni : The point is that the principal asked me to take her to look around the city.Mrs. Rudi : That’s great!Soni : One more thing. I’ll go with her to the town square this afternoon.Mrs. Rudi : Good luck!Soni : Thanks, Mom.
B. Listen to your teacher.Answer his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Variasi:
Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Jollie and Mawar are having a chit-chat during the break.Mawar: Jo, did you remember the girl we saw yesterday afternoon?Jollie : You mean the girl with big sunglasses?Mawar: That’s right. Do you know who she is?Jollie : No, I don’t.Mawar: She is a singer, and she will perform on her show tonight. What if we see her
performance?Jollie : I’d love to, but I can’t. I have lots of work to do.
1. Where does the dialog occur?Jawaban: At school.
2. Who are talking in the dialog?Jawaban: Two students: Jollie and Mawar.
3. Whom did the speakers meet yesterday actually?Jawaban: A singer.
4. Will they see the girl’s performance together?Jawaban: No, they won’t.
5. Does Jollie want to go to see a music performance? Why?Jawaban: No, she doesn’t. Because she has lots of work to do.
Jawaban:
Dialog 11. About the news that Jarret got his
motorcycle back.2. For about six months.3. They were happy for Jarret.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
Dialog 11. What is the dialog about?2. How long have Jarret lost it?3. How was Allan and Reza’s feeling to hear the news?
Dialog 21. What are Soni and his mother talking about?2. How did Soni feel about the school day?3. What did the principal ask Soni to do?4. Where will he go this afternoon?5. Who will go with him?
Dialog 21. About Soni’s day at school.2. He felt very happy.3. To take the girl to look around the city.4. He’ll go to the town square.5. His new friend from Australia
29PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
D. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Luki : Tari, you must read this.Tari : What’s that, Luki?Luki : It’s the story of Si Pungguk from West Sumatra. (1) Guess what! This is the second time I’m
reading it!Tari : Well, (2) what’s so special?Luki : You know a bird called pungguk, don’t you? This story tells about it.Tari : It sounds interesting. Will you tell me a little bit of the story?Luki : Sure. Long, long ago there lived Pungguk, a poor good-looking young man. He fell in love
with Princess Purnama Bulan. However, Purnama Bulan already had a fiancé. One day,Purnama Bulan gave Pungguk a veil. When Pungguk walked, Purnama Bulan’s fiancénoticed the veil, and thought that Pungguk had stolen it. With his sword, he killed Pungguk.(3) Believe it or not! From Pungguk’s dead body grew some mushrooms which changedinto living creatures, birds. Those birds were called Pungguk. You know, they used to sit onthe highest branch of a tree looking at a full moon. (4) Surprisingly, they called “Pungguk!Pungguk!”.
Luki : (5) What an interesting story! Unfortunately, it has a sad ending.Tari : It does.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard in Task D.
C. Listen to your teacher.Give suitable responses.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:1. Do you know that Mr. Setyawan is in hospital?2. I’ll tell you what! Our school representatives won the National Science Olympiad!3. I’ve got good news. We’ll have a holiday trip to Bali!4. Listen! You all passed the final exam.5. Have you heard the news? The Minister of National Education is going to visit our school
tomorrow. He will give scholarships to the best students of this school.
Contoh jawaban:1. No. What happens to him? 2. Oh, that’s great! 3. Really? Amazing!4. Is that true? Hurray! 5. I can’t believe it.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What is the story about?2. Where does the story come from?3. How many characters are there in the story? Mention them.4. Why did Princess Purnama Bulan’s fiancé kill Pungguk?5. What is Luki’s opinion about the story?
Jawaban:1. About a poor good-looking young man named Pungguk who fell in love with a princess.2. From West Sumatra.
30 UNIT 1 Narratives
3. Three characters: Si Pungguk, Princess Purnama Bulan and her fiancé.4. Because he thought Pungguk had stolen the veil.5. He thinks that it is interesting, but it has a sad ending.
B. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard.
Catatan: Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memanfaatkan percakapan berikut untuk melakukankegiatan seperti kegiatan terdahulu.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Elizabeth : Ah, Adi. Just the person I wanted to meet.Adi : Hi. What is it?Elizabeth : I have got interesting news for you.Adi : What’s that?Elizabeth : It’s about your article on Indonesian culture. It won the national competition!Adi : Really? It’s what I want to hear. Where did you get the information?Elizabeth : I read its announcement in our local newspaper five minutes ago. You can
find the newspaper in the school library.Adi : O.K., I’ll go there now. Thanks for the information.Elizabeth : No problem. Congratulations, Adi!Adi : Thank you.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX
E. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. What are the speakers talking about?A. Visiting some interesting places.B. Having a free vacation.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2.
Dina : It’s interesting. Mr. Sartono said thatwe would have a free vacation toYogyakarta and Magelang this holiday.
Adi : That’ll be great! We can visitPrambanan and Borobudur Temples.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior HighSchool Students Grade IX
C. Getting some interesting news forstudents.
D. Arranging the speaker’s vacation.Jawaban: BTopik yang dibicarakan kedua tokohadalah tentang berita bahwa mereka akanmendapat kesempatan liburan gratis(having a free vacation) ke Yogyakarta danMagelang. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimatDina, ”Mr. Sartono said that we would havea free vacation to Yogyakarta andMagelang.”.
2. Where will the speakers go this holiday?A. Yogyakarta.B. Madiun.C. Yogyakarta and Madiun.D. Yogyakarta and Magelang.
1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?Jawaban: At school.
2. What are the speakers talking about?Jawaban: About the news that Adi’s article on Indonesian culture has won the national
competition.3. How did Eliza know the news?
Jawaban: She read its announcement in the local newspaper.4. Where can Adi get the newspaper?
Jawaban: In the school library.5. Eliza said, “I have got interesting news for you.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: She is giving interesting news.
31PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 3 and 4.
Mr. Jarwo: Finally, this project succeeds.Mr. Brata : I’m glad to hear that. Thank you
for the info.Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade IX
3. What are Mr. Jarwo and Mr. Brata talkingabout?A. A successful project.B. A new project.C. A project failure.D. A big project.Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan PakJarwo, yaitu ”Finally, this project succeeds.”.
4. Mr. Brata said, “I’m glad to hear that.”The underlined word means ________.A. happy B. properC. satisfied D. gloriousJawaban: AKata ’glad’ dan ’happy’ artinya sama, yaitusenang atau bahagia. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (B) artinya sesuai, cocok,(C) artinya puas, dan (D) artinya meriah,mulia atau agung.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru.
This dialog is for questions 5 and 6.
Putri : Guess what! My brother has alreadyhad a book about Indonesian folklores.That is the book we’re looking for.
Fredy: That’s great! At last, we can finish ourpaper about Indonesian folklores.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior HighSchool Students Grade IX
C. Indonesian folkloresD. an Indonesian languageJawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Fredy”That’s great! At last, we can finish ourpaper about Indonesian folklores.” yangartinya ”Bagus! Akhirnya, kita dapatmenyelesaikan tugas kita tentang ceritarakyat Indonesia.”.
6. “At last, we can finish our paper aboutIndonesian folklores.” The oppositemeaning of the underlined word is________.A. stop B. haltC. terminate D. beginJawaban: DKata ’finish’ artinya menyelesaikan. Lawankatanya adalah ’begin’ yang artinyamemulai. Pilihan jawaban (A), (B) dan (C)artinya berhenti.
5. Putri and Fredy have an assignment about________.A. a folkloreB. an Indonesia’s history
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 7 and 8.
Ida : Finally, I’m going to Bali fora vacation next month!
Asep : I think you deserve it after your hardwork.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior HighSchool Students Grade IX
7. Ida will go to Bali for ________ next month.A. working B. studyingC. a vacation D. a business tripJawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Ida,yaitu ”Finally, I’m going to Bali for a vacationnext month!” yang artinya ”Akhirnya, akuakan pergi bertamasya ke Bali bulan depan!”
8. Asep said, “I think you deserve it after yourhard work.”The word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian is________.A. pantas menerimaB. mengalahC. mempertimbangkanD. merencanakanJawaban: AKata ’deserve’ artinya pantas menerima.Bahasa Inggris untuk pilihan jawaban(B) adalah defeat, (C) adalah consider,dan (D) adalah plan/arrange.
Jawaban: DJawaban ini benar karena sesuai ucapanDina, yaitu ”Mr Sartono said that we wouldhave a free vacation to Yogyakarta andMagelang this holiday.” yang artinya ”PakSartono mengatakan bahwa kita akanmengadakan liburan gratis ke Yogyakartadan Magelang.”.
32 UNIT 1 Narratives
9. The woman congratulates the boybecause ________.A. he has won a writing competitionB. he has got a good mark for EnglishC. he can speak English fluentlyD. he has delivered a speech successfullyJawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan anaklaki-laki itu, yaitu ”Mom, I’ve got A for
A. Practice the following dialogs with your friend.
1. Ita : You’ve to know this.Lucy : What?Ita : Mr. Einstein will teach us again!Lucy : Do you mean Mr. Thompson who is as genius as Einstein?Ita : Yeah.Lucy : That’s big news! I’m sure we will have a greater chance to win the National Physics
Olympiad next year.Ita : I hope so.Lucy : Let’s tell our friends about this.Ita : Let’s.
2. Senopati : My Lord, I have to inform you about this news.King : What is it, Senopati?Senopati : One of my soldiers told me that he found much treasure.King : Much treasure? Where? Call your soldier to come before me.Senopati : On your service, My Lord.
3. Son : Dad, please forgive me. I don’t bring your lunch.Father : What? Didn’t your mom cook food for me?Son : She did. But I was very hungry on my way here, so I . . . .Father : So you ate it, right?Son : Yes, Dad.Father : Listen! I work hard for you, but you don’t respect your father.Son : I do apologize, Dad. Please forgive me.
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
1. For dialog 1. What are Ita and Lucy talking about?Jawaban: They are talking about their genius teacher, Mr. Thompson, who will teach them again.
2. Why are they very happy?Jawaban: Because they are sure that they will have a greater chance to win the National
Physics Olympiad next year.
English.” yang artinya ”Bu, aku mendapatnilai A untuk pelajaran Bahasa Inggris.”.
10. Who are involved in the dialog?A. Two friends.B. A student and a teacher.C. A mother and a son.D. A sister and a brother.Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan sebutan ’Mom’pada kalimat ”Mom, I’ve got A forEnglish.”. Itu berarti hubungan keduanyaadalah anak laki-laki (son) dan ibunya (hismother).
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 9 and 10.
Boy : Mom, I’ve got A for English!Woman : Congratulations, honey! I’m really
proud of you.
33PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
3. What will they do after the conversation?Jawaban: They will tell their friends about the news.
4. For dialog 2. Who are talking in the dialog?Jawaban: A king and his senopati.
5. What does the senopati tell his king about?Jawaban: He tells the king that his soldier has found much treasure.
6. What does the king want his senopati to do?Jawaban: He orders his senopati to bring the soldier before him.
7. For dialog 3. How was the father when his son ate his lunch?Jawaban: He was angry.
8. “So you ate it, right?” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?Jawaban: The word ‘it’ refers to the father’s lunch.
Variasi:
Do it in turns.Ask and answer questions about the dialogs in Task A.Contoh tanya jawab:Dialog 1Student A : What interesting news does Ita tell Lucy about?Student B : The news that Mr. Thompson who is as genius as Einstein will teach their class again.Student A : How did Lucy respond to the news?Student B : She was surprised and said, “That’s big news!”Student A : Now your turn, please.Student B : O.K. First question, do you think Ita and her friends will be able to win the Physics
Olympiad next year?Student A : Yes, they will.Student B : Why do you say so?Student A : Because Mr. Thompson is as genius as Einstein. I’m sure he will teach them very well.
C. Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the box.
● Don’t get me wrong ● Are you serious ● Excellent● Oh, no ● Is that true ● I want to know● What about them ● Have you heard the news ● It can’t be● You won’t believe this ● Guess who
1. Silvy : Janet is going to sing tonight.Norry : (a) _________________________!Silvy : It seems you are not happy with that.Norry : It’s not that. (b) _________________________.Silvy : What’s the problem then?Norry : She can only sing one song.Silvy : (c) _________________________?Norry : I am. You should stop her.
2. Fairy 1 : (d) _________________________?Fairy 2 : About what?Fairy 1 : About those seven dwarfs.Fairy 2 : (e) _________________________?Fairy 1 : I heard there is a very beautiful girl staying with them. She does the house work.Fairy 2 : (f) _________________________?
34 UNIT 1 Narratives
Fairy 1 : Yup! The Pink Fairy has the proof.Fairy 2 : How lucky those dwarfs are! Let’s go to their house and see that girl ourselves.Fairy 1 : That’s what I’m thinking.
3. Bobby : Did you see the Moto GP race last night?Allan : Unfortunately not. I fell asleep. Who won the race anyway?Bobby : (g) _____________________?Allan : My favorite rider, Rossi, right?Bobby : Nope! He lost. Lorenzo beat him this time.Allan : You must be kidding!Bobby : No. (h) ___________________. Rossi couldn’t catch him and Lorenzo became the
champion.Allan : Oh, no!
Jawaban:1. a. Oh, no b. Don’t get me wrong c. Are you serious2. d. Have you heard the news e. What about them f. Is that true3. g. Guess who h. You won’t believe this
Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs above?Correct the false ones.1. ______ For dialog 1. Norry is happy when she knows Janet is going to sing tonight.2. ______ Silvy looks worried when she knows Janet is going to sing tonight.3. ______ Janet only knows one song.4. ______ For dialog 2. Fairy 1 and 2 know the seven dwarfs.5. ______ Fairy 1 and 2 are going to the seven dwarfs’ house to help them do the house
work.6. ______ There is a beautiful girl living with those dwarfs.7. ______ For dialog 3. Allan’s favorite rider won the Moto GP championship.8. ______ Bobby said, “You won’t believe this.” in order to tell Allan an interesting news.Jawaban:1. F (Norry is worried because she knows that Janet can only sing one song.)2. F (Silvy is happy because she doesn’t know that Janet can only sing one song.)3. T4. T5. F (Fairy 1 and 2 are going to the seven dwarfs’ house to see who the beautiful girl was.)6. T7. F (His favorite rider, Rossi, lost. Bobby told him about this by saying, “Nope! He lost.”)8. T
D. Read the following dialog.Listen to your teacher and answer his/her questions correctly.
Anneke : Hi, Jane. I’ve been looking for you.Jane : Hi, Anne. What’s up?Anneke : I have good news for you. Our team won the school wall magazine competition!Jane : Really? How do you know?Anneke : I read the announcement in the daily newspaper.Jane : I want to read it. Do you bring the newspaper?Anneke : Luckily yes. Here you are.Jane : Thank you.
35PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Ryan
● Let me tell you what. The movie playedwas District 9. It is fantastic!
● Did you? I can’t believe it. I thought it isa new released movie on TV.
● Yeah! How do you know?● Did you watch the box office movie on
TV last night?
Kent
● I watched the movie three days ago,broadcast by another TV station.
● You mean District 9 which tells about a manwho tries to save some aliens and himself?
● No. What’s up?● No, it is not.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
1. What did Anneke say to tell about interesting news?2. What did Anneke tell Jane about?3. What did Jane say to respond to the news?4. Jane said, “I want to read it.” What does the word ‘it’ here refer to?5. Where could Jane find the information about the news?
Jawaban:1. She said, “I have good news for you.”2. About their achievement in the school wall magazine competition.3. She said, “Really? How do you know?”4. The word ‘it’ refers to the announcement.5. In the daily newspaper.
E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog.
Jawaban:Ryan : Did you watch the box office movie on TV last night?Kent : No. What’s up?Ryan : Let me tell you what. The movie played was District 9. It is fantastic!Kent : You mean District 9 which tells about a man who tries to save some aliens and himself?Ryan : Yeah! How do you know?Kent : I watched the movie three days ago, broadcast by another TV station.Ryan : Did you? I can’t believe it. I thought it is a new released movie.Kent : No, it is not.
Variasi:
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog.
Lucy
● Great! Let’s go to Cakrawala Supermarketthen. There’s a big sale!
● Sorry to hear that.● Why? You usually have enthusiasm when
there’s a big sale.● Hi, Avril. Are you free after school?● Oh, come on!
Avril
● Seriously, I am flat broke.● Hi, Lucy. Yeah, I think so.● For a good reason, I am broke.● Sorry, I can’t go with you this
time.
36 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban:Lucy : Hi, Avril. Are you free after school?Avril : Hi, Lucy. Yeah, I think so.Lucy : Great! Let’s go to Cakrawala Supermarket then. There’s a big sale!Avril : Sorry, I can’t go with you this time.Lucy : Why? You usually have enthusiasm when there’s a big sale.Avril : For a good reason, I am broke.Lucy : Oh, come on!Avril : Seriously, I am flat broke.Lucy : Sorry to hear that.
F. Work in pairs.Your partner will say the following expressions.Give suitable responses.Do it in turns.
1. A : I’m very happy today. Finally, the principal agreed with my proposal.B : _____________________________________________________
2. A : I heard Chyntya got a scholarship to study in Singapore.B : _____________________________________________________
3. A : What if we go to see the Bunaken Sail event together?B : _____________________________________________________
4. A : The Indonesian candidate lost in the Miss Universe contest.B : _____________________________________________________
5. A : Marlyn told me that you failed on your physics test again.B : _____________________________________________________
Contoh jawaban:1. B: I’m glad to hear that.2. B: Did she? That’s wonderful!3. B: That would be great!4. B: I don’t doubt it.5. B: How come? I’ve studied hard for the test.
G. Suppose one of your best friends will move out to another city.Tell the news to another friend.
Contoh jawaban:Reza : Hi, Mitha, have you heard the news?Mitha : What is that?Reza : You’d better believe this. Irna is moving to Semarang with her family.Mitha : Are you joking?Reza : I’m serious. Her father has just got a promotion. He has to manage the branch office there.
37PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Spoken Text
1.2 Genre
Read the following monolog.O.K., students. Now I will tell you the legend of Lake Toba. Listen to me carefully.A long time ago, there was a poor farmer. He lived in a small bamboo hut near his rice field.
He lived with other farmers in the village.One day, he wanted to catch some fish for his dinner. Just as he caught a big and fresh
fish, he heard a voice. “Please don’t kill me. If you let me live and put me into your rice field,you will have your dinner on your dining table.”
“No problem,” said the farmer.When the farmer went home, he was surprised. His dinner was already set on the table.Another day, he went to the rice field and looked for the fish. He heard the same voice,
“I’m here, near you.” Suddenly, there was a beautiful girl beside him. Of course, he was verysurprised. “Are you the fish that I caught yesterday?”
“Yes, I am. Thanks for your help. Now, would you marry me?” replied the girl.“Of course. I would be honored,” said the farmer happily.“But on one condition. Never tell our children that I was once a fish,” added the girl.“I give you my words,” promised the farmer.Well, . . . after one year, they had a son. They called him Sam.A few years later, the mother asked Sam to bring lunch to his father at the rice field. Feeling
hungry, the boy ate his father’s lunch on the way. Knowing this, the farmer was angry. “You area naughty boy! You won’t be a good boy because you are actually a son of a fish!”
The boy cried and went home. He told his mother what his father had said about him.Immediately, the mother went to the rice field, and said angrily to her husband, “You havebroken your promise. Now you must be punished.”
Then, she left her husband. Suddenly, . . . a big tide came and engulfed the village. Theflood made a deep vast lake. People call it Lake Toba.
Source: October 22, 2004 <http://seamoe3.bpkpenabur.or.id/sttpks/province/ns_01.html>
The text above is a narrative in spoken form. Can you mention the characteristics ofa spoken text? What are they?
Read the following text.Lake Toba
Written Text
Orientation
Once upon a time, there was a fisherman living in North Sumatra.One day, while he was fishing in a river, a big fish was nailed. Thisfish had gold color all over its body. It was beautiful. The fishermanwas very excited. He imagined a delicious dinner he would have.Soon he put the fish in his basket and went home happily.
38 UNIT 1 Narratives
Complication
When the fisherman got home, he put the fish in a sink. He tooka knife to kill the fish. However, when he almost killed it, he saw thefish’s eyes and felt pity. So he took the knife away and put the fish ina washbasin. Then, he added some water in it. “Don’t worry, Iwouldn’t kill you,” the fisherman said to the fish.
The fisherman went fishing again, but this time he couldn’t getany fish. He went home with nothing in his hand. He was starvingand walked home slouching. He was surprised when he saw smokecame out from his kitchen.
“Who is cooking in my kitchen?” he confused.He peeped in and was surprised knowing that there was
a beautiful girl cooking in the kitchen. “Who is the girl in mykitchen?” he murmured.
The fisherman entered the room. “Who are you?” he asked thegirl.
“I’m the fish,” the girl said.The fisherman looked into the washbasin and saw nothing in it.
“The fish?” he asked incredulous.“Yes. You didn’t kill me and I’m very thankful. I will return your
kindness,” the girl said.“That’s all right. I didn’t ask any return,” said the fisherman.“But I have to,” the girl insisted.“Well, I live alone. I don’t have a family. If you want to be my
wife, I will be very happy,” the fisherman asked the girl.The girl smiled and said, “I’d love to, but you have to promise
me that if we have a kid, you won’t tell him about me.”And so, the fisherman and the fish girl were married. And then
they had a child called Samo. Samo was very naughty. He alwaysplayed and never helped his parents.
One day, Samo’s mother asked him to deliver lunch to hisfather. On his way, he met his friends and forgot to deliver hisfather’s lunch. Samo played with his friends. When he was tired andhungry, he took a rest under a tree and ate his father’s lunch.Meanwhile, his father waited for him starving and tired. His fatherwent home and saw Samo played. “Where is my lunch?” he asked.
“Umm . . . mm . . . I ate it,” Samo said. He looked afraid.“Why did you eat it?” his father asked.“Umm . . . mm . . . I was hungry after playing with my friends,”
Samo said.“You were asked to deliver my lunch, but you didn’t do it,” said
his father furiously. “I can’t handle you anymore. You are verynaughty. Go away and don’t come back home!” His father yelled andevicted Samo from his house. His father said the words that hewouldn’t suppose to say. “You . . . fish’s son.”
39PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Resolution
Suddenly, the sky got dark, and the storm was rumbling. Therain felt from the sky like a huge hose sprayed water all over theplace. Water also came out from the earth and got harder.
Samo’s mother was very sad. “I told you not to tell him aboutme,” she said to her husband. “Now I’m going back to be a fishagain. Goodbye.” She magically turned into a gold fish and jumpedinto the water, disappeared. Very soon the village was drowned andit formed a lake. Meanwhile, Samo ran to the hill and stayed there.The hill was surrounded by the water.
Reorientation
Now the lake was known as Lake Toba. The word Toba comesfrom tuba which means no mercy. The hill in the middle of the lake iscalled Samosir Island. Samosir means ‘Samo diusir’ or in English‘Samo who had been evicted’.
Adapted from: September 5, 2009 <http://xastory.blogspot.com/2008/09/legend-of-toba-lake.html>
Grammar Section
The Past Perfect Tense
Read the following sentences.
I had never seen such a beautiful beachbefore I visited Glagah Beach.
Mr. and Mrs. Pitt had never ridden a ponycart like this before yesterday.
Those two sentences are in the past perfect tense. The pattern is had + past participle.Those sentences express ideas that something occurred before another action in the past.
The text above is a narrative in written form. It functions to entertain or amuse thereaders. It consists of orientation, complication, resolution and reorientation (optional).● Orientation. It introduces the main characters of the story, the place and time where
the story happens.● Complication. It shows the problems that happen in the story.● Resolution. This is the end of the story where the problems are solved.● Reorientation. It shows the comment of the writer or it presents the moral value of
the story.
40 UNIT 1 Narratives
Tino got flu because he had eaten too muchice cream in the party.
Here are some other examples.
The birdThe white bird is a dove.The white tame birdThe white tame and exotic bird
The past perfect tense also shows that something started in the past and continued up untilanother action in the past.
Example:
Johny didn’t know where Vredeburg fortressis because he had never been in Yogyakarta.
Uncle Ganang and his family had lived in that house for ten years before he renovated it.
Noun Phrases
Read the following sentences.
Suppose you write a sentence, “The bird is a dove.” to describe a bird. Grammatically, itis correct, but your description of the bird is too general. You need to add some words so thatthe description will be more specific. In this case, you can add it with some adjectives tomodify the bird, such as white, tame and exotic. Therefore, the sentence will become “Thatwhite tame and exotic bird is a dove.”
Those terms–white, tame and exotic–are presented before a noun, the bird. Those arecalled pre-modifiers. They modify a noun to limit, restrict, or characterize that noun. Youneed to do so because you want other people to have the same idea about the noun. Thosepre-modifiers and the noun altogether is called a noun phrase.
41PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
A. Your teacher will read some sentences.Write them down on a sheet of paper.
Here are some other examples.
I really love eating sweet strawberry withlittle jelly ice cream.
Students enjoy their daily trip by that cleancomfortable new green city bus called Trans Jogja.
People admire that marvelous carvedwooden roof of Bung Karno’s tomb.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Bandung Bondowoso tried to build one thousand temples. It’s known as Prambanan Temple.2. Malin Kundang left his home to find his fortune.3. Cindelaras was actually the son of a king.4. The fish begged the fisherman not to kill her because she could do something good to him.5. Sangkuriang kicked the boat, and it flew to the air. It dropped up side down. It is called Mount
Tangkuban Perahu.6. Prabu Tapa Agung had two beautiful daughters, Purbarangrang and Purbasari.
Answer the following questions.
1. Do you like reading stories? When do you usually do it?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Everytime I have spare time I read stories.
2. What is your favorite story?Contoh jawaban: I love Pocahontas.
3. Do you like reading Indonesian stories? What stories do you know?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. There are the stories of Lutung Kasarung, Cindelaras, Bawang
Merah and Bawang Putih and Loro Jonggrang.
42 UNIT 1 Narratives
B. Match the sentences you have written in Task A with the following pictures correctly.
C. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:There was once a man who wanted to
live forever. He lived in fear of dying. Oneday he was walking along and sawa Chinese dragon.
“Oh, dragon,” he said. “I live in fear ofdying, I heard that you live forever. I wish Iwere you.”
Then, the dragon spoke, “Kind man,you shall not like living forever. I will showyou what it feels like.”
The dragon carried him to an islandwhere nobody died. The man lived thereand was amazed at how the people wouldbuy poison. After a while he understood,the people did not enjoy living forever.
He called the dragon. “Take me back,”he commanded.
The dragon said, “I see you havelearned your lesson.”
And now in China when people seedragons, they say, “We are happy as weare, oh, Dragon.”Source: July 22, 2008 <http://www.planetozkids.com/
oban/anna_dragon.htm>
Jawaban: BAda dua (two) tokoh dalam cerita tersebut,yaitu the man dan the dragon.
2. Accidently, the man saw a Chinese dragon.He wished to ________ as the dragon did.A. stay with the dragonB. go with the dragonC. ride on the dragonD. live foreverJawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapanlaki-laki itu, yaitu ”I live in fear of dying,I heard that you live forever. I wish I wereyou.”. Jadi, laki-laki itu menginginkan iabisa hidup kekal seperti sang naga.
3. The dragon did not fulfill the man’s wishbecause ________.A. the dragon and the man were good
friendsB. the dragon knew what the man should
doC. the dragon itself did not like to live
forever D. the man was afraid of dyingJawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapansang naga ketika menanggapi permintaanlaki-laki itu, yaitu ”Kind man, you shall notlike living forever. I will show you what itfeels like.” yang artinya ”Laki-laki yangbaik, Anda tidak seharusnya ingin hidupkekal. Aku akan tunjukkan bagaimanarasanya hidup kekal.”. Jadi, sang nagaingin memberikan gambaran bagaimana
a.
d.
b.
e.
c.
f.
Jawaban:1. Picture c. 2. Picture e. 3. Picture a.4. Picture d. 5. Picture f. 6. Picture b.
1. There are ________ main characters inthe story.A. one B. twoC. three D. four
43PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
rasanya hidup kekal seperti yang telah iajalani. Itu berarti ia sendiri sebetulnya tidakingin hidup kekal.
4. The dragon took the man to an islandwhere people lived forever. On hisamazement, people there bought________ to end their lives.A. poisonB. ordinary food and drinkC. nutritious food and drinkD. sharp knives and poison
Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpada monolog, ”The man lived there andwas amazed at how the people would buypoison.”.
5. The story happened in ________.A. Korea B. ChinaC. Japan D. ThailandJawaban: BPilihan ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhirmonolog tersebut, yaitu ”And now in Chinawhen people see dragons, they say, ”Weare happy as we are, oh, Dragon.”.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.Write down his/her words on a sheet of paper.Then, find their antonyms.
Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. to live >< to die 2. forever >< temporarily3. fear >< brave 4. kind >< bad tempered5. to carry >< to leave behind 6. to buy >< to sell7. to command >< to obey 8. happy >< sad
B. Retell the story of the man who wanted to live forever using your own words.Contoh jawaban:
Hi, guys. This time I’ll tell you the story of the man who wanted to live forever.Once upon a time there lived a man who was afraid of dying. What a coincidence that he
met a Chinese dragon. You know, the dragon lived forever. The man told the dragon his wish tolive forever as the dragon did.
The dragon just smiled and advised the man that he should not like living forever. Then,the dragon took the man to an island where people lived forever. It left the man to live in theisland. During his days, he knew that the people there did not enjoy to live forever. They evenbought poison to end their lives.
Having realized how hard to live forever, soon the man called the dragon and asked thedragon to bring him back to his place. The dragon was happy knowing that the man hadlearned something.
Today Chinese people always say, “We are happy as we are, oh, Dragon.” when they meetdragons.
That’s the end of the story, and thank you for listening to my story.
D. Listen to your teacher carefully.Answer the following questions based on what you have heard.
Cerita yang dibacakan guru:Listen, all. Now I’m going to tell you a story entitled The Sneaky Mouse.One day a mouse saw some cheese on the table, but there was a cat in the house. So the
mouse needed a plan to get the cat away from the table. His first idea was to make the catchase him, and then he would hide. But then he thought of a safer idea. He planned to go to thecat’s toy basket and wind the cat’s toy mouse up and make a squeak and let the toy mouse go.
44 UNIT 1 Narratives
1. What does a sneaky mouse mean?Jawaban: It means a mouse that do or take one’s property or belongings secretly, often
without permission.2. Where does the story happen?
Jawaban: In a house.3. What did the mouse want to get?
Jawaban: Some cheese on the table.4. What did the mouse do with the toy mouse?
Jawaban: He wound the toy mouse up and made a squeak and let the toy mouse go so the catchased it.
5. Who helped the mouse to take the cheese to its house?Jawaban: His friends did.
Variasi:
Listen to your teacher carefully.Answer the questions based on what you have heard.
Cerita yang dibacakan guru:
Let me tell you the story of Manik Angkeran. Please listen to me carefully. Here is the story.A long time ago there lived a very rich family in Bali. The father was Sidi Mantra. He
was very famous for his supernatural power. He lived happily with his wife and his onlychild Manik Angkeran.
Manik Angkeran was a spoiled son. He also had a bad habit. He liked to gamble.Because of his bad habit, his parents soon became poor. They always advised ManikAngkeran to stop his bad habit, but he never listened to them. Instead he kept on beggingto his parents to give him a lot of money. The parents then did not have the heart to seehim begging.
Sidi Mantra then went to Mount Agung. There lived a mighty dragon with his greatsupernatural power. He could provide jewelry to those who could say the right prayers andring the bell. Sidi Mantra had the bell and he also knew the prayers.
“My name is Sidi Mantra. I have a problem. My son likes to gamble and he often asksa lot of money. He has made me poor. I want to give him some, but now I want him topromise to stop his bad behavior,” explained Sidi Mantra after he met the dragon. SidiMantra then said the prayers and rang the bell.
Suddenly, jewelry came out from the dragon’s body. He was very happy andimmediately brought the jewelry home. This time Sidi Mantra wanted Manik Angkeran tostop gambling. The son then promised. However, soon he broke the promise, and he didnot have any money anymore.
Manik Angkeran heard that his father got the jewelry from the dragon living in MountAgung. So he stole his father’s bell, then went there. When Manik Angkeran arrived inMount Agung, he rang the bell. The dragon knew him and said, “I will give you anythingyou want, but you have to promise to stop gambling. Remember the karma!” Then, the
So while the cat was chasing the toy mouse, the real mouse climbed on the table. Whenhe was about to climb back down, the cat came back to the kitchen to drink. So he neededanother plan to get rid of the cat. His plan was to knock a cup of water over on the cat.
Just then he saw the cat go to sleep. So he went back to the cat’s toy basket and gotsome yarn. Then, he went back to the table and tied it to the cheese and lowered the cheeseto the ground. He started pulling, but it was too hard to pull. So he got his friends to help himpull it to their hole in the wall. When they got there, they had a nice meal together.
Source: Ibrahim, August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/>
45PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
E. Your teacher will read the story in Task D once again.Find the meanings of the following words based on the story.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to get away from = menyingkir dari 2. to chase = mengejar3. to hide = bersembunyi 4. to wind up = memutar tombol/baling-baling5. a squeak = suara mencicit 6. to climb = memanjat7. to get rid of = mengusir 8. to knock = menimpakan9. yarn = benang 10. hole = lubang
F. Listen to your teacher carefully.Complete the following text with the correct words based on what you have heard.
Cerita yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
The Legend of Pesut Mahakam
A long time ago, there was a village in East Kalimantan. The village was near the MahakamRiver. The villagers always worked hard. Although they were (1) poor, they were very happy. Theyalso helped each other.
In the village, there was a rich family. The head of the family was Pak Pesut. Everybody knewPak Pesut. He was known not because of his (2) wealth, but because of his stinginess. He did notlike to help others. His family always ignored people. That’s why, Pak Pesut’s family always livedalone and never mingled with others.
At the moment was a very long dry (3) season. All the rice fields could not get water properly.The villagers could not harvest the rice.
Therefore, all villagers were planning to (4) leave their village and find another place to stay.Then, they sent some young men to look for a place that had (5) enough water for their rice fields.
After several weeks looking for a new place, finally those young men arrived. They(6) brought good news. There was a waterfall, and it was enough to water their rice fields. Later,all the villagers rushed to the new place. Some villagers went to Pak Pesut’s house to (7) informabout the waterfall. Although Pak Pesut was stingy, the villagers did not (8) hate him.
dragon gave him the jewelry. Manik Angkeran was very happy. Suddenly, he had a badidea. He wanted to kill the dragon and stole all his jewelry. The dragon knew his plan, andwith his great power he killed Manik Angkeran.
Sidi Mantra was very sad knowing that Manik Angkeran was killed. He asked the dragonto bring his son back to life. The dragon agreed, but they had to live in different places.
After a few moments, Manik Angkeran lived again. Then, Sidi Mantra used a stick tomake a big line between them on the ground. From the line, water flowed. Soon it becamea river. Finally, it became a strait which separated Java and Bali. People then named thestrait as Bali Strait.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Bali>
1. Where does the legend come from?Jawaban: From Bali.
2. Who was Sidi Mantra?Jawaban: He was Manik Angkeran’s father, a famous person for his supernatural power.
3. Why did Manik Angkeran’s parents become poor?Jawaban: Because Manik Angkeran liked to gamble.
4. Where did Sidi Mantra meet a mighty dragon?Jawaban: In Mount Agung.
5. What is the strait made by Sidi Mantra called?Jawaban: Bali Strait.
46 UNIT 1 Narratives
“I’m not going with you! I will stay here. I have enough rice for my family. We will survive!” saidPak Pesut arrogantly.
The villagers knew it was useless to ask Pak Pesut to join them. So, they all left him and hisfamily alone in the village. When they arrived at the new place, they all were very happy. They hadenough water from the waterfall.
In the meantime, Pak Pesut and his family were beginning to worry. Their rice slowly was gone. Soonthey would not have enough rice to eat. It was in the morning when Pak Pesut’s wife wascooking their last portion of rice. Suddenly, someone knocked the door. A (9) beggar came to his house.
“Go out! I don’t have enough rice,” said Pak Pesut. He was lying.“Please mercy me. I’m so hungry. Give me a little rice please,” asked the beggar.
Pak Pesut immediately asked his family to eat the rice. He was worried the beggar would enter hishouse and stole the rice.
“But the rice is still in the cooking pot. Mother is still cooking it. If we eat the rice, it will be veryhot,” said his son.
“I don’t care! If you all don’t eat now, you will never eat again,” said Pak Pesut.Later, Pak Pesut and his family ate the rice. It was so hot that they needed water to drink.
They rushed to Mahakam River. It was so hot that they finally (10) jumped to the river.The beggar saw the incident. He then prayed to God. Amazingly, Pak Pesut and his family slowly
changed into fish. The fish looked like dolphins. Since then, everybody named the fish as Pesut.Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/East%20Kalimantan>
Variasi:Read the complete story in Task F.Find the meanings of the following words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. wealth = kekayaan 2. stingy = kikir3. to ignore = mengabaikan 4. to mingle = berbaur5. properly = yang pantas atau sesuai 6. to harvest = memanen7. to look for = mencari 8. waterfall = air terjun9. to rush = buru-buru, segera 10. to hate = membenci
11. to survive = bertahan hidup 12. arrogantly = dengan congkak13. to mercy = berbelas kasihan 14. to care = peduli15. to change into = berubah menjadi
A. Read the following text with proper pronunciation.
Insulting the King
A ferocious lion awoke one morning with bad breath, and asked his friend the deer, “Is mybreath sweet or sour?”
“It’s quite sour, sire,” said the deer.“How dare you insult me!” roared the lion, and ate him up.The lion asked the antelope, “Is my breath sweet or sour?”Seeing what had just happened to the deer, the antelope replied, “Your breath is sweet!”“Liar!” roared the lion, and ate him up.Then, the lion asked the rabbit, “And what do you think of my breath?”The rabbit saw what had happened to both deer and antelope, and decided he must be very
tactful not to insult the king.“Sire,” said the rabbit, “as to the sweetness of your breath, if I may be so bold, I cannot tell . . .
AHH CHOOO! I have a cold.”Adapted from: September 29, 2008 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/aesops/stories>
47PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
B. Find the synonyms the following words in the text in Task A.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to question = to ask 2. brave = dare3. aromatic = sweet 4. to determine= to decide5. fierce = ferocious 6. to humiliate = to insult7. completely = quite 8. to answer = to reply9. to shout = to roar 10. skillful = tactful
C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the story in Task A?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ There are three characters in the story.2. ______ The lion was kind to his friends.3. ______ The lion ate the antelope because he thought that the antelope had insulted him.4. ______ According to the story, the rabbit was smart.5. ______ The rabbit was safe because he pretended as if he caught a flu.
Jawaban:1. F (There are four characters, i.e. the lion, the deer, the antelope and the rabbit.)2. F (He was cruel because he ate his friends.)3. F (The lion ate the antelope because he considered the antelope a liar.)4. T5. T
D. Work in groups.Perform the story of ‘The Legend of Pesut Mahakam’ with proper pronunciation.
Here are the characters and one narrator:1. Pak Pesut, 2. some villagers,3. some young men, 4. Pak Pesut’s son,5. Pak Pesut’s wife, and 6. a beggar.
Example:Narrator: Once upon a time, there lived poor people in a village in East Kalimantan. The village is
near the Mahakam River. Those people were diligent and liked to help each other. Therelived a rich family, Pak Pesut and his family. Unfortunately, people knew Pak Pesutbecause of his stinginess. He often ignored people around and never mingled with them.
E. Get an interesting story from a newspaper, magazine, story book or the Internet.Retell the story using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:I have an interesting story about Mah Bongsu and a snake. This story is from Batam.Some years ago, there lived a poor and nice orphan named Mah Bongsu. She had to work as
a maid in Mak Piah’s house, a rich woman. Mak Piah had a daughter named Mayang who was atthe same age as Mah Bongsu.
Mak Piah was a mean lady. She always asked Mah Bongsu to work hard. She also often hither. Sometimes Mah Bongsu did not get enough food. She was helpless because she did not haveany other place to stay. Every day she prayed to God to give her a better life.
One day, Mah Bongsu was washing clothes in the river when she saw a big snake swimmingtowards her. She was scared and decided to run away. However, she didn’t run away because shesaw that the snake was bleeding. She felt sorry for the snake and brought it home. She put it in herroom and healed the wound.
48 UNIT 1 Narratives
Then, something strange happened. While Mah Bongsu was healing the wound, a piece of thesnake’s skin was removed. Amazingly, the skin turned into gold. She was surprised at first, but thenshe was very happy. Every day the snake removed its skin, and it always turned into gold. MahBongsu collected all the gold and save it. One day, Mah Bongsu sold all the gold and it made her rich.She was even richer than Mak Piah, so she did not work for Mak Piah anymore. Mah Bongsu neverforgot to help poor people. Then, she bought a big house and brought the snake to stay with her.
Mak Piah was very jealous. She was so curious to know how Mah Bongsu got the wealth.Secretly, she went to Mah Bongsu’s house. She saw Mah Bongsu healing a snake. She thoughtthat the snake gave the wealth to Mah Bongsu. Later, Mak Piah asked her daughter, Mayang, to goto the river and find a wounded snake. Finally, Mayang found a wounded snake, and she brought ithome. She didn’t know that the snake was poisonous. Sadly, it bit and poisoned her. She instantlydied. Mak Piah was scared, and she tried to run away. Just right before she left the house, thesnake was able to bite her. And she also died then.
Meanwhile, the wounded snake at Mah Bongsu’s house was finally healed. Amazingly, thesnake turned into a handsome man.
“Thank you, Mah Bongsu. You have healed me,” said the snake. “Actually, I’m a prince whowas cursed by a witch to change into a snake. And thanks to you since I can turn into a man now.For your kind heart, I want to marry you. Will you marry me, Mah Bongsu?” asked the prince. MahBongsu was so happy. She accepted the proposal and lived with the prince.
Since then people named the river where Mah Bongsu found her husband Sungai Jodoh.It means the river of a soul mate.
Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Batam>
A. Read the following story with proper pronunciation.Find the meanings of the words that follow.
The Legend of Tanjung Lesung
There was a handsome traveler, his name was Raden Budog. One day he was resting undera big tree, and soon he fell asleep. He had a dream. In his dream, he met a very beautiful woman.The woman was standing in front of him. Raden Budog tried to touch her. Suddenly, a twig of thetree fell down and hit him. That made him awake from his sleep. He was really upset!
Raden Budog could not forget that woman, he wanted to meet her. He traveled days andnights, and never stopped to rest. Finally, he arrived in a village. All of the villagers were farmers.He saw some girls were pounding rice in a mortar. The people called the mortar lesung. They werebusy pounding, and the sound they made was like a harmony. The girls pounded the rice everyday, except Friday. Friday was a holy day for them because it was time to pray to God.
Raden Budog enjoyed the sound. He was looking at all the girls one by one. Suddenly, aha!He saw the girl he met in his dream. Raden Budog was so happy that he came closer to the girls.All the girls were certainly afraid, and they all went home. Raden Budog followed the beautiful one.When the beautiful girl entered her house, Raden Budog knocked at the door. An old womanopened the door.
“Who are you, young man?” asked the woman.“My name is Raden Budog. May I spend the night in your house? I’m a traveler and I don’t
have a place to stay,” said Raden Budog. He was trying to find an excuse to stay in the house.“My name is Nyi Siti, and I live with my daughter. Her name is Sri Poh Haci. My husband
passed away. If you want to spend the night here, you can sleep in the terrace. I’m so sorry, I don’tallow men to stay in my house,” said Nyi Siti.
49PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
In the morning, Sri Poh Haci woke him up. She also gave him a glass of coffee. Raden Budogwas extremely happy. He then tried to find a way how he could stay in the village and married SriPoh Haci. Later, he told Nyi Siti that he would help her in the rice field. Lucky for him, Nyi Sitiagreed.
Days passed by and later Sri Poh Haci also fell in love with him. Then they got married. RadenBudog still worked in the rice field and Sri Poh Haci also continued to pound the rice in the lesung.
One day Raden Budog wanted to pound the rice. He also wanted to make a good sound oflesung. However, it was Friday, and he forgot that pounding rice in the lesung was not allowed onFridays. And when he was busy making the sound, the villagers screamed.
“Hey, look! A monkey is pounding the rice!” Slowly, the villagers came closer to Raden Budog.He did not notice that all the villagers were looking at him, until one man yelled at him. “Hey,monkey! Stop it! It is Friday!” Raden Budog did not understand why the villagers called himmonkey. However, when he looked at his body, he was shocked! His body was full of hair. He evenhad a tail. He had changed into a monkey! Raden Budog was so ashamed that he ran away to thejungle.
Since then people named the village Lesung Village or Kampung Lesung. And since thevillage is located in a cape, people then named the village Lesung Cape or Tanjung Lesung.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Banten>
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to rest = beristirahat 2. to fall asleep = tertidur3. twig = ranting 4. to fall down = jatuh5. upset = sedih 6. to pound = menumbuk7. mortar = lesung 8. holy = suci9. to spend = menghabiskan waktu 10. to pass away = meninggal
11. to allow = mengizinkan 12. to scream = menjerit13. to notice = memperhatikan, melihat 14. to yell = berteriak15. ashamed = malu
B. Answer the following questions based on the story in Task A.
1. What is the purpose of the story?Jawaban: To entertain or amuse the readers.
2. What is the story about?Jawaban: It’s about the legend of Tanjung Lesung.
3. Who are the characters of the story?Jawaban: They are Raden Budog, Nyi Siti, Sri Poh Haci and some villagers.
4. What happened to Raden Budog when he pounded the rice on the holy day?Jawaban: He turned into a monkey.
5. Why do people call the place Tanjung Lesung?Jawaban: Because Kampung Lesung is located in the cape.
C. Retell the story of ‘The Legend of Tanjung Lesung’ using your own words.
Example:Once upon a time there was a handsome traveler named Raden Budog. One day, after
traveling from one place to another, he felt very tired. Then, he decided to take a rest undera shady tree. The breeze which blew softly made Raden Budog fall asleep. While sleeping, hedreamed that he met a beautiful girl. He fell in love with her on the first sight. Unfortunately, a twighit his head and made him awake.______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
50 UNIT 1 Narratives
D. Find the synonyms of the following words in the story in Task A.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. good-looking = handsome, beautiful 2. soon = immediately3. to see = to meet 4. to halt = to stop5. at last = finally 6. peasant = farmer7. to come after = to follow 8. to die = to pass away9. to permit = to allow 10. to assist = to help
E. Read the following words and find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. rich = kaya 2. pupil = murid3. unfortunately = sayangnya 4. wicked = jahat5. brave = berani 6. unpleasant = tidak menyenangkan7. to forgot = lupa 8. to accept = menerima9. unlucky = tidak beruntung 10. to start = memulai
F. Read the words in Task E once again, and then find their antonyms.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. rich >< poor 2. pupil >< teacher3. unfortunately >< fortunately 4. wicked >< kind5. brave >< scared 6. unpleasant >< pleasant7. to forget >< to remember 8. to accept >< to decline9. unlucky >< lucky 10. to start >< to finish
G. Read the text.Answer the questions that follow.
Wa Lancar
Wa Lancar was a poor young man. However, he was diligent and always studied hard. He didnot have enough money to go to a teacher. Fortunately, he met a kind teacher. He was willing toteach Wa Lancar. For a return, he asked Wa Lancar to help him in his rice field. Wa Lancar agreed.The teacher taught him everything.
After several years, the teacher thought it was enough for Wa Lancar to be his student. BeforeWa Lancar left, the teacher gave him a piece of advice. “If you are hungry, don’t eat immediately.Just wait.” He then left. However, he still wanted to study.
Then, Wa Lancar met the second teacher. Like the first teacher, he also did not have to pay.He was just asked to help the teacher in his rice field. He studied for several years, and then theteacher asked him to leave. Before leaving, he was advised by the teacher, “When you are tiredwalking, stop and get some rest.”
Wa Lancar was still not satisfied. He met the third teacher. Again, he did not have to pay somemoney. He was also asked to help the teacher in the rice field. Later, it was time for him to leave. Again,the third teacher advised him, “Get a stone and a knife, and then grind the knife.” He was very thankful.
Wa Lancar wanted to help poor kids by teaching them. At first, he just had a few students. Thetime passed and he had more and more students. This made another teacher jealous. Not longafterward, he went to the palace and told the king that Wa Lancar taught bad lessons to the children.The king was angry. He punished Wa Lancar by asking him to marry his daughter. Wa Lancar wasscared. It was because any man who married the king’s daughter would die mysteriously.
51PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
At the wedding reception, the guests were served with delicious foods. The jealous teacher gaveWa Lancar food. Wa Lancar remembered his first teacher’s advice, not to eat immediately when hewas hungry. He refused the food. However, the man next to him ate the food. Not long after that, hesuffered a terrible stomachache. Not long afterward, he died. Apparently, the food was poisoned.
In the following morning, the jealous teacher told Wa Lancar that the king asked Wa Lancar togive the king a black stone from the hill. Wa Lancar went with some soldiers. After several hourswalking, he was tired. He remembered his second teacher’s advice, to stop and get some rest if hewas tired of walking. He told the soldiers to walk first. He was lucky. The soldiers fell into a deephole and died. Wa Lancar then took the black stone and brought it to the palace.
When he arrived at the palace, Wa Lancar wanted to sleep. Suddenly, he remembered his thirdteacher’s advice, to grind a knife with a stone. He took a knife and ground it with the black stone.After he finished grinding the knife, he went to bed. He saw a centipede on the bed! He killed thecentipede with his knife. His wife woke up because of all the noises. She was surprised to see a deadcentipede on the bed. Wa Lancar told his wife everything. He was sure that all the bad thingshappened because of the jealous teacher.
His wife immediately told his father, the king, all the bad things. Soon, the king asked thejealous teacher if it was true. The jealous teacher could not say a word. He told everything andconfessed his mistakes. The king then punished the jealous teacher.
Adapted from : August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/North%20Sumatra>
Questions:1. What should Wa Lancar do to pay for his study?
Jawaban: He had to help his teachers work in their rice fields.2. Why was Wa Lancar afraid when he had to marry the princess?
Jawaban: Because he heard that any man who married her would die mysteriously.3. What was the advice from Wa Lancar’s third teacher?
Jawaban: To get a stone and a knife, and then to grind the knife.4. When did Wa Lancar find his third teacher’s advice useful?
Jawaban: When he wanted to sleep, he saw a centipede on the bed. He could kill it using the knife.5. What is the moral value of the story?
Jawaban: We should do something good to other people and obey our teachers.
Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text above?Correct the false ones.1. ______ Wa Lancar lived in a rich family. 2. ______ Wa Lancar was a farmer.3. ______ Wa Lancar’s first teacher advised him not to eat immediately when he was hungry.4. ______ Wa Lancar’s second teacher asked him to get a stone and grind a knife.5. ______ Wa Lancar decided to teach and had some students.6. ______ Wa Lancar was scared to marry the princess because he didn’t want to die. 7. ______ One teacher told something bad about Wa Lancar to the king because of his jealousy.8. ______ When looking for a black stone, the soldiers took a rest together with Wa Lancar.9. ______ Wa Lancar got a black stone and brought it to the palace.
10. ______ The princess had killed a centipede before she slept.
Jawaban:1. F (Wa Lancar was a poor young man.)2. F (Wa Lancar wanted to study to get better education, then he finally became a teacher.)3. T
52 UNIT 1 Narratives
H. Read the text and choose A, B, C orD for the correct answer.
Long, long ago, when the gods andgoddesses used to mingle in the affairs ofmortals, there was a small kingdom on theslope of Mount Wayang in West Java. TheKing, named Sang Prabu, was a wise man. Hehad an only daughter, called Princess TejaNirmala, who was famous for her beauty.However, she was not married. One day SangPrabu made up his mind to settle the matter bya show of strength.
After that, Prince of Blambangan, namedRaden Begawan, won the competition.Unfortunately, the wicked fairy, Princess Segara,fell in love with Raden Begawan and used magicpower to render him unconscious and forget hiswedding. When Sang Prabu was searching,Raden Begawan saw the king and soon realizedthat he had been enchanted by the wicked fairy.The fairy could not accept this, so she killedRaden Begawan. When Princess Teja Nirmalaheard this, she was very sad. So a nice fairytook her to the Kahyangan.
The story goes that on certain moonlightnights, one can hear the sound of music in theair above from the top of the mountain. Itindicates that Sang Prabu and his daughterhave not met each other till dawn when it istime for them to part and to meet again onanother moonlight night.Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
1. The suitable title for the text is ________.A. How Mount Wayang ExistedB. Princess Segara and Raden BegawanC. A Wicked FairyD. The Legend of Mount Wayang
Jawaban: DCerita itu menjelaskan peristiwa yangterjadi di Gunung Wayang, Jawa Barat.Jadi, judul yang sesuai adalah LegendaGunung Wayang.
2. Who was Sang Prabu?A. Princess Teja Nirmala’s father.B. Princess Teja Nirmala’s husband.C. Princess Segara’s father.D. Princess Segara’s husband.Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”TheKing, named Sang Prabu, was a wise man.He had an only daughter, called PrincessTeja Nirmala, . . . .”. Jadi, Sang Prabuadalah ayah Puteri Teja Nirmala.
3. ________ won the show of strength inSang Prabu’s kingdom.A. The King of BlambanganB. Raden BegawanC. The wicked fairyD. The god of KahyanganJawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Afterthat, Prince of Blambangan, named RadenBegawan had won the competition.”. Jadi,yang memenang-kan perlombaan adalahRaden Begawan.
4. “. . . and used magic power to render himunconscious and forget his wedding.”(Paragraph 2)The underlined word means to ________.A. acceptB. cause to becomeC. defeatD. fight against
4. F (The second teacher advised him, “When you are tired walking, stop and get some rest.”)5. T6. T7. T8. F (Wa Lancar remembered what his second teacher had advised him, then he told the
soldiers to walk first.)9. T
10. F (Wa Lancar had killed the centipede with the knife he had just ground.)
53PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: BKata ’to render’ dan ’to cause to become’artinya sama, yaitu menyebabkan ataumenjadikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. (A) artinya menerima, (C) artinyamengalahkan, dan (D) artinya bertarungmelawan.
5. “The fairy could not accept this, so shekilled Raden Begawan.” (Paragraph 2)The underlined word refers to ________.A. Princess Teja NirmalaB. a goddess
C. Princess SegaraD. Princess Segara’s sisterJawaban: CKata ’she’ pada kalimat tersebut mengacupada subjek kalimat yang telah disebutkansebelumnya, yaitu the fairy. ’The fairy’yang dimaksud adalah the wicked fairy,yaitu Princess Segara.
Variasi:
Read the following text and choose A, B, Cor D for the correct answer.
A long time ago ruled a king whose namewas King Wicaksana. The King had a goodheart. He ruled his kingdom wisely. He wasalways ready to help his people. He often gavethe poor who needed money or food to eat.That was why, he was not as rich as otherkings, but he was happier.
One day a poor woman came to thepalace. She told the king sadly that herhusband was seriously ill. She also told himthat he lied on the bed weakly and even couldnot move his hands or legs.
Soon, the King ordered his minister tocome and see the man.
Not long afterwards, the ministerreturned and whispered something to theKing. The King, then, gave a package to thewoman.
“This is the medicine that may do goodto your husband. Use it to cure him. But don’topen it until you reach home,” said the King.
When the woman reached her house,she showed the package to her husband andopened it. It was a lot of food and moneyinstead of some medicine. From his ministerthe King knew that the man was not ill butstarving. He had not eaten anything for manydays.
1. King Wicaksana was not ________ likeother kings.A. good B. wealthyC. wise D. kind-hearted
Jawaban: BHal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhirparagraf satu cerita tersebut, yaitu ”. . .,he was not as rich as other kings.”. Kata’rich’ artinya sama dengan ’wealthy’,yaitu kaya.
2. Where did the woman open the package?A. On her way home.B. In the King’s palace.C. At her house.D. Under the tree.Jawaban: CHal ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertamaparagraf terakhir, yaitu ”When thewoman reached the house, she showedthe package to her husband andopened it.”. Itu berarti wanita membukabungkusan itu di rumah.
3. The man could not move his hands andlegs because ________.A. he hadn’t eaten for many daysB. something heavy had hit his hands
and legsC. someone had hit him severelyD. he was punished by God for his
crueltyJawaban: AHal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhirparagraf terakhir, yaitu ”He had noteaten anything for many days.”.
54 UNIT 1 Narratives
I. Complete the following text with the suitable words from the box.
4. “. . . he lied on the bed weakly and evencould not move his hands or legs.”(Paragraph 2)The word “he” in that sentence refers to________.A. the woman’s brotherB. the woman’s husbandC. the kingD. the ministerJawaban: BKata ’he’ merupakan kata ganti orangdari orang yang telah disebutkansebelumnya, yaitu the woman’s husband(kalimat: ”She told the king sadly that herhusband . . . .”).
5. “Not long afterwards, the ministerreturned and whispered something to theKing.” (Paragraph 4)The underlined word means ________.A. to shoutB. to yellC. to tell about something respectfullyD. to tell about something quietlyJawaban: DKata ’whispered’ artinya membisikkan.Jadi, kata ’whispered’ berartimemberitahukan tentang sesuatudengan suara lirih (to tell aboutsomething quietly). Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya bersorak, (B) artinya berteriak,dan (C) artinya menyampaikan sesuatudengan hormat.
a. brought b. crying c. take care d. hit e. watched f. farmersg. shocked h. harvest i. screamed j. ran k. noisy l. alone
The Legend of Golog Stone
Once upon a time, there was a family of (1) ________. The father’s name was Amaq Lebainand the mother’s name was Inaq Lebain. They had two children, a son and a daughter. They livedhappily. The parents really loved their children. Every time they went farming, they always(2) ________ the children to the rice fields.
One day the father went to the market to sell their (3) ________. Meanwhile, the mother wentto the rice field (4) ________ to pound the rice. And as always, she brought the children to the ricefield.
“Please (5) ________ of our children. I won’t be long in the market. I will go to the rice fieldafter I finish selling the harvest,” said the father.
“I will be careful,” said the mother.“O.K., Mother,” said the children.Later the mother was busy pounding the rice. It was quite (6) ________. Strangely, every time
the mother pounded the rice, the stone where the children were sitting down was growing. Thechildren were scared. They (7) ________. “Mother? The stone is getting taller!” they shouted. Themother could not hear them well. She thought the children asked her to go home.
“Just a minute, kids. I will finish this soon,” said the mother.“But, Mom, the stone is getting taller. We were scared,” said the children (8) ________.“Be patient, I will finish pounding the rice soon,” said the mother. Again, she could not hear
them well. It was repeated again and again. The golog stone was getting taller and taller, andfinally, it reached the clouds. The children could not be seen anymore.
When the mother finished pounding the rice, she was (9) ________! She could not find herchildren. She then cried and prayed to God. She wanted to bring her children down, but she did notknow how. Somehow God answered her pray. She had to use the rice pounder to cut down thegolog stone. Then, she (10) ________ the stone with the rice pounder. Amazingly, the stone broke
55PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
down into three pieces. The first part fell in an area which later was called Gembong Village, thesecond part fell in area which was later named Dasan Batu, and the last part fell in area which laterwas named Montong Teker. Unfortunately, the two children could not come back to their mother.They had changed into birds.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Nusa%20Tenggara%20Barat>
Jawaban:1. f 2. a 3. h 4. l 5. c6. k 7. i 8. b 9. g 10. d
J. Combine these pairs of sentences using the past perfect tense.
1. Stanly arrived. The meeting had already started.When ________, ________.
2. Policemen arrived. The robbers left the jewelry shop.By the time ________, ________.
3. We were happy to see Ms. Marlene again. We hadn’t seen her for three years.________ because ________.
4. Mother left the gas stove on. She left the house a few minutes ago.Mother realized that ________ when ________.
5. I bought Ronald sneakers as his birthday gift. He had already had three pairs of sneakers.________; although, ________.
Jawaban:1. When Stanly arrived, the meeting had already started.2. By the time policemen arrived, the robbers had left the jewelry shop.3. We were happy to see Ms. Marlene again because we hadn’t seen her for three years.4. Mother realized that she had left the gas stove on when she left the house a few minutes ago.5. I bought Ronald sneakers as his birthday gift; although, he had already had three pairs of
sneakers.
Variasi:Put the following words in the correct order to get good sentences.Begin the sentences with the bold-typed words.1. had–that–two–sold–it–years–Brandon–had–before–his–motorcycle–for–father2. when–the lake–the storm–That man–had–that place–fished–at–hit3. his–over–study,–he–had–Uncle Jasson–two–years–finished–been–in–By the time–
Germany–for4. because–had–Marlina–ever–she–lived–there–for–years–knew–Sidney–three–so well5. that house–moved out–lived–in–for–over–Mr. Hananto–and–ten–had–years–before–he–
to–his family–Surabaya6. Harry–believed–that–had–We–that–monster–killed7. over–when–been–Septa–and–The party–had–Simon–arrived8. that–he–paper–Alvian–sent–our–told–me–work–by–had–already–e-mail9. had–soldiers–to–his–asked–his–daughter,–but–could–The king–find–not–find–they–her
10. when–that–she–this–won–we–Melisa–had–the–competition–went–not–heard–home–morning
56 UNIT 1 Narratives
K. Complete the sentences with the proper words.Mind the tenses.
Lucky can’t believe that he (get) ________ (1) that scholarship. He (submit) ________ (2) hisapplication three months ago, but he didn’t think he had a chance of getting it. When he (show)________ (3) up to hand in his application, there were many people who (arrive) ________(4) before him. They (fill, already) ________ (5) out their applications.
Jawaban:Lucky can’t believe that he got (1) that scholarship. He submitted (2) his application three
months ago, but he didn’t think he had a chance of getting it. When he showed (3) up to hand inhis application, there were many people who had arrived (4) before him. They had already filled(5) out their applications.
L. Underline the noun phrases in the following sentences.
1. The guests admired the crown on the princess’ head.2. I got a new touched screen reddish metallic mobile phone from my uncle.3. Do you know who lives in this large antique grey wall castle?4. The boy with cubby cheeks and a big nose has been walking here and there for hours.5. Unfortunately, Prince Halilintar forgot to bring his sharp and shiny long sword on his journey.
Jawaban:1. The guests admired the crown on the princess’ head.2. I got a new touched screen reddish metallic mobile phone from my uncle.3. Do you know who lives in this large antique grey wall castle?4. The boy with cubby cheeks and a big nose has been walking here and there for hours.5. Unfortunately, Prince Halilintar forgot to bring his sharp and shiny long sword on his journey.
M. Put the following words in the correct order to get good sentences.Begin the sentences with the bold-typed words.
1. a bunch of–big–fragrant–Ruth–brought–yellow–flowers2. table–looks–under–the–The storybook–interesting3. dictionary–for–my–buy–an–illustrated–little–sister–I–want to4. soft silky–Finally,–cat–slept–that little–on–the white–blanket5. bought–shiny black–a–second–American–jeep–Mr. Rod
Jawaban:1. Brandon had had that motorcycle for two years before his father sold it.2. That man had fished at the lake when the storm hit that place.3. By the time Uncle Jasson finished his study, he had been in Germany for over two years.4. Marlina knew Sidney so well because she had ever lived there for three years.5. Mr. Hananto and his family had lived in that house for over ten years before he moved out to
Surabaya.6. We believed that Harry had killed that monster.7. The party had been over when Septa and Simon arrived.8. Alvian told me that he had already sent our paper work by e-mail.9. The king had asked his soldiers to find his daughter, but they could not find her.
10. Melisa had not heard that she won the competition when we went home this morning.
57PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban:1. Ruth brought a bunch of big fragrant yellow flowers.2. The storybook under the table looks interesting.3. I want to buy an illustrated dictionary for my little sister.4. Finally, that little cat slept on the white soft silky blanket.5. Mr. Rod bought a second shiny black American jeep.
A. Write the past participles of the following verbs.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. to arrest arrested 2. to begin begun3. to choose chosen 4. to drink drunk5. to drive driven 6. to go gone7. to grow grown 8. to hide hidden9. to keep kept 10. to lead led
11. to ride ridden 12. to run run13. to see seen 14. to seek sought15. to sing sung 16. to speak spoken17. to spend spent 18. to stand stood19. to throw thrown 20. to wear worn
B. Make ten sentences using the words in Task A.Use the past perfect tense.
Example:The meeting had begun when Jodie entered the room.
Contoh jawaban:1. By the time Mr. Arnold arrived, the thief had been arrested.2. Had the film begun when I arrived home?3. Rafli had chosen a birthday present for Aunt Jessica when we met him.4. Had you drunk the medicine before you went to sleep?5. Father had driven the car for six hours before we arrived at Paiton.6. When Pak Tani, the farmer, appeared, Si Kancil had gone into the bush.7. Ega had grown up to be a strong and handsome man from the last time I met him.8. Those thieves had hidden their treasure in the cave before Aladdin found it.9. Keke had never run 1 km far before she joined a running competition this morning.
10. Had you ever spoken in English before you studied in Australia?
C. Here is a story, but there are some words which are misspelled or miswritten.Find and correct them.
A Cat and Its Shadow
Once lived a greedy stupid cat. One day he got a peace of meat, and he wated to carry ithome. He carried the meat in his mouth.
On his woy home, he had to cross a plank lying across a runing brook. As he crossed, helooked down and saw his own sadow reflected in the water beneth. Thiking it was another cat with
58 UNIT 1 Narratives
another piece of beat, he made up his mine to have that also. So he made a snap at the shadow inthe water, but as he opened his mouth, the piece of meat fell out. It droped into the water and wasnever seen anymore.
Adapted from: September 29, 2008 <http://aesopfables.com>
Jawaban:A Cat and Its Shadow
Once lived a greedy stupid cat. One day he got a (1) piece of meat, and he (2) wanted tocarry it home. He carried the meat in his mouth.
On his (3) way home, he had to cross a plank lying across a (4) running brook. As hecrossed, he looked down and saw his own (5) shadow reflected in the water (6) beneath.(7) Thinking it was another cat with another piece of (8) meat, he made up his (9) mind to havethat also. So he made a snap at the shadow in the water, but as he opened his mouth, the piece ofmeat fell out. It (10) dropped into the water and was never seen anymore.
D. Read a legend from a magazine, newspaper, story book or the Internet.Rewrite the story using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:
Sidomukti
Sidomukti and his father lived in Widorokandang, East Java. Sidomukti was sad because hisfather was seriously ill. His father asked him to go to a jungle to take some leaves for his medicine.Sidomukti went to the jungle immediately.
Sidomukti tried hard to find the leaves. He had to go here and there. Suddenly, he found a hut.He went to the hut and knocked at the door. An old woman opened the door.
“What can I do for you, young man?” asked her.“My father is very ill. I want to find some leaves of medicines for him. Do you know where I can
find them, Madam?”“I know where they are. But, it’s getting late outside and going to be dark soon. Why don’t you
stay here and spend the night in my place? Let us find them tomorrow,” the woman said. Sidomuktiagreed. He felt very tired and directly went to sleep. All of sudden, he felt something creeping onhis hand. It was a spider and it stung him. Sidomukti screamed in pain. “Ouuuchh! That hurts!!!”Then, he tried to find something to kill the black spider. He took a broom in the corner of the room.“Gotcha!”
Suddenly, a beautiful woman appeared. Sidomukti was confused. “Who are you?” askedSidomukti to the lady. The beautiful lady answered, “Don’t be afraid, young man. I was the spider.A witch cursed me into a black spider. Actually I’m a princess. Because you have already helpedme, I will tell my father, the king, to help you.”
Sidomukti and the princess then headed to the palace. The king was very happy knowing thathis daughter was back home. To show his gratitude to Sidomukti, the king gave him a box of gold.He also ordered his people to help Sidomukti find the leaves of medicines.
Adapted from: March 29, 2008 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/>
59PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
E. Make sentences using the past perfect tense based on the pictures and the clues.
to hold – to join the ‘catchingeels’ competition
1
to reach – to lose to travel – to go
2 3
to sell – to have to have – to sell
4 5
Contoh jawaban:1. Reina had never held an eel before she joined the ‘catching eels’ competition this morning.2. Sorry, you couldn’t reach me because I had lost my mobile phone.3. Had you ever traveled by train before you went to Jakarta last month?4. Mr. Rahmat had sold toys using a bicycle before he had a motorcycle.5. Mr. Samson had had that car for four years before he sold it.
F. Make five sentences using the past perfect tense.
Contoh jawaban:1. I had finished studying by the time my mother came home.2. After I had bought some stationery, I went to a restaurant for lunch.3. My brother had practiced hard before he participated in the swimming competition.4. I thought I had locked the door before I left the house.5. By the time the bell rang, I had finished doing my math exercise.
60 UNIT 1 Narratives
Contoh jawaban:1. a cat
a white cata cute white cata cute white cat with soft fura cute white cat with very soft fura cute white cat with very soft fur on thesofa
2. a roada wide roada smooth wide roada top and down smooth wide roada top and down smooth wide asphalt road
3. a flowera red flowera big red floweran aromatic big red floweran aromatic big red flower in the schoolyard
4. a teachera beautiful teachera beautiful and wise teachera beautiful, wise and tall teachera beautiful, wise and tall English teachera beautiful, wise and tall English teacherwith glasses
5. a housea green housea big green housea big green bamboo housea big green bamboo Javanese house
G. Let’s compete.Work in groups of four.Expand each word below to make proper noun phrases.The winner is the group that can make the longest proper noun phrases.
1. cat 2. road 3. flower4. teacher 5. house
H. Make sentences using the phrases you have written in Task G.
Contoh jawaban:1. I saw a cute white cat with very soft fur on the sofa.2. We had an unforgettable experience when we passed a top and down smooth wide asphalt
road.3. The gardener plants an aromatic big red flower in the school yard.4. We have a beautiful, wise and tall English teacher with glasses.5. My family lives in a big green bamboo Javanese house.
61PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
1.3 Short Functional Texts: Poems and Diaries
Read the following poem.
Good Night
By Amanda
Sweet dreams,Sleep tight,Have a good dream tonight,Move away from the day,Relax and don’t delay,Fly away to dream land,To a nice peaceful place,Good night.
Spoken Text
Source: Amanda, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem112.htm>
The text above is called a poem. There are some definitions about it, but they havea similar meaning. One of them said that a poem is a written expression of emotion orideas in an arrangement of words/verse most often rhythmically. (August 31, 2009<http://www.shadowpoetry.com/resources/intro.html>)
So, what is a good poem? Some people try to define it. One of them is MicheleCoppola. He said, “A good poem awakens the senses, allowing me to see, touch andexperience something in a powerful way. A good poem makes the ordinary and familiarseem extraordinary. (Michele Coppola, editor, Dutton Books, August 31, 2009<http://www.marilynsinger.net/Goodpoem.htm>). When we say a poem aloud to audience,it means we recite it.
Now, let’s see the poem above. In that poem, Amanda tries to say good night to thereaders. She asks the readers to go to sleep, forget the day and enjoy the dream.
62 UNIT 1 Narratives
Read the following diary.
Written Text
Adapted from: Beautiful Girl, A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>
The text above is a diary. A diary is a record in written book format with discreetentries arranged by date reporting on what has happened over the course of a day orother period. Schools or parents may teach or require children to keep diaries in order toencourage the expression of feelings and to promote thought.
Generally, the term is today employed for personal diaries, in which the writer maydetail more personal information and normally intended to remain private or to havea limited circulation amongst friends or relatives. The word “journal” may be sometimesused for “diary”, but generally one writes daily in a diary, whereas journal-writing can beless frequent.
Source: August 31, 2009 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diary>
Answer the following questions.
1. Do you like reading poems?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
2. Do you think it is sometimes difficult to understand the message of a poem? Why?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Because sometimes a poem uses many conotative words.
3. Do you like writing diaries? If you do, what do you usually write?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I usually write my bad or good things that have happened in my life
day by day.
Sorry, by Beautiful Girl6–12–09
I’m sorry if I did something, Elizabeth.
I don’t know what to do now.
I guess I was trying to say that I thought it wasn’t very
nice what you did to me. But I guess making a diary entry
about it wasn’t the smartest thing I have come up with.
I forgive you. Will you forgive me?
Still laughing too hard from my own lame joke . . .
63PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Variasi:
Recite the poem you have written.Do it in turns.
B. Listen to your teacher carefully.Answer the following questions.
Puisi yang dibacakan guru:My Best FriendBy Kelli Harris
You love me for me.How is it possible that-My very being, you understand, you see.In my mind, you shall remain-If something should ever happen to you,My sunshine would turn to rain.You will always be in my heart,For that is where you belong,That is where you were from the very start.Thank you for being you.Thank you for understanding.Thank you for always being true.I love you.
Source: Kelli Harris, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem127.htm>
1. What is the title of the poem?Jawaban: My Best Friend.
2. The first line says, “You love me for me.”What does the word ‘you’ refer to?Jawaban: It refers to the writer’s friend.
3. “My sunshine would turn to rain.” What does this line tell about?Jawaban: It tells that the writer’s happiness will turn into sadness when something bad happens to
her friend.
A. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences.
Puisi yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Rain
By Michelle
Rain is pouring down,On our roof and house,Please do not rain now!!!
Source: Michelle, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem130.htm
64 UNIT 1 Narratives
C. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following poem based on what you have heard.
Puisi yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Mirrors
By Kathy Chu
So many things they (1) represent,The producers of vanity,And of resentment.
So many things they have to tell,They (2) reflect not just the truth,But lies as well.
They show (3) light and dark,Tones and colors,But their only weakness,Is they can’t (4) show,Personalities of one another.
So why do people spend so much time, looking into them?For they are shallow and only (5) illusions.
Source: Kathy Chu, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem137.htm>
Variasi:
Read the following words and find their meanings.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to represent = mewakili2. vanity = kesia-siaan, kesombongan3. resentment = kemarahan, kebencian4. to reflect = menggambarkan, membayangkan5. truth = kebenaran6. lies = kebohongan, kepura-puraan7. tone = sifat8. to spend = menghabiskan atau melewatkan waktu9. shallow = dangkal
10. illusion = bayangan, ilusi, khayalan
4. Why does the writer love her friend?Jawaban: Because he/she is his/her real self, understands her, and is always true.
5. What can we learn from the poem?Jawaban: We need friends.
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences.Guru membacakan satu atau dua kali lagi puisi pada kegiatan A yang berjudul ”My BestFriend”. Siswa disuruh mendengarkan dan menulis kalimat-kalimat tersebut di secarik kertas.
B. Recite the poem you have written.Do it in turns.
65PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
D. Your teacher is going to read the poem in Task C once again.Listen to him/her carefully.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the poem?
1. ______ “So many things they have to tell,” The word ‘they’ refers to mirrors.2. ______ Mirrors only tells about truth.3. ______ People should not spend their days before mirrors.4. ______ Mirrors have no weaknesses because they reflect everything.5. ______ In fact, people don’t need to have mirrors because mirrors are shallow.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (They (mirrors) reflect not just the truth, but lies as well. (lines 5 and 6))3. T4. F (Mirrors have also a weakness that they can’t show personalities of one another. (lines 9–11))5. F (Based on the sentence line 12, “So why do people spend so much time, looking into
them?”, it means that many people need or have mirrors.)
A. Recite the following poems.Do it in turns.
1.
WindowBy Christian
If you look through a window,Do you see what I see?Or is it black or gray?Can you see the little white bunny with the tea cup?Or maybe you see the old man with the tears in his eyes,Telling his son goodbye.We all see something different,Even looking through the same window,At the same time.
Source: Christian, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem135.htm>
66 UNIT 1 Narratives
2.Hope
By Cassara Gellar
When your heart gets brokenAnd your mind won’t open,From all the pain that was causedBy the people you loved and lost,You wait for the dayThat you will be saved,When it finally comesIt seems to make reruns,Of all the tragic timesThat you thought you left behind,
It stays bundled up insideIt’s something that will never die,It’s the love you left behind.
Source: Cassara Gellar, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories. com/read/poem138.htm>
B. What do the following words mean?
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to look through = memandang 2. bunny = kelinci3. tear = air mata 4. heart = jantung hati5. pain = rasa sakit 6. to cause = menyebabkan7. to lose = hilang 8. rerun = pertunjukan ulangan9. to leave behind = meninggalkan 10. to bundle = membungkus
Variasi:
Read the poems in Task A once again.Match the words in column A with their antonyms in column B.
Jawaban:1. f2. j3. h4. g5. d6. c7. i8. b9. e
10. a
A
1. to cause2. to leave behind3. tragic4. open5. to die6. to come7. pain8. inside9. never
10. to love
B
a. to hateb. outsidec. to leaved. to livee. everf. to effectg. closeh. comici. comfortj. to come together
67PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
C. Read the poems in Task A once again and answer the following questions.
1. For poem 1. What are the first and second lines of the poem about?2. According to you, what is the third line about?3. What does the writer try to tell the readers about?4. For poem 2. What are the first and second lines about?5. What does the writer try to tell the readers about?
Jawaban:1. It’s about the writer’s request to the readers to see things through a window.2. Contoh jawaban: Something black means something which is clear, while something gray
implies that something is abstract or unclear.3. Contoh jawaban: The writer tries to tell that people have their own descriptions and opinions
about things; although, they see similar things.4. They are about someone’s feeling when the one he/she loves breakes his/her heart.5. The writer tries to tell the readers that there’s always hope; though, we are in bad condition.
Variasi:
Read the following poem and answer the questions.
Light Over NightLight Over NightLight Over NightLight Over NightLight Over Night(By Michael Banks)
Because of this thing called pride,I have opened mine eyes and realized,
That no matter what is said or done,At the end of it all I have won.
In the deepness of the night there is still light,A light that shines so bright.
Yes, so bright it gives me sight,A sight to see, A sight to follow,A sight to be, A sight to swallow.
To swallow the stains,To swallow the guilt,To swallow the pain it built.
At the end of the road, at the end of the cold night,There will be a new beginning, and a warm light over night.
Source: Michael Banks, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem123.htm>
Questions:1. What are the first and second verses about?
Jawaban: They are about pride which the writer knows and realizes.2. What does the third verse imply?
Jawaban: In the worst condition (deepness of the night), there is a hope/way to succeed(there is still light).
3. “Yes, so bright it gives me sight,” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?Jawaban: It refers to light.
4. What does the word ‘sight’ mean?Jawaban: It means eyesight or vision.
5. “There will be a new beginning, . . . .” What does that sentence mean?Jawaban: It means that there is always a hope.
68 UNIT 1 Narratives
D. In turns, recite the following poem in front of the class.Explain what it tells you about.
Things 24By Ghost
1. Your presence is a present to the world.2. You’re unique and one of a kind.3. Your life can be what you want it to be.4. Take the days just one at a time.5. Count your blessings, not your troubles.6. You’ll make it through whatever comes along.7. Within you are so many answers.8. Understand, have courage, be strong.9. Don’t put limits on yourself.
10. So many dreams are waiting to be realized.11. Decisions are too important to leave to chance.12. Reach for your peak, your goal and your prize.13. Nothing wastes more energy than worrying.14. The longer one carries a problem, the heavier it gets.15. Don’t take things too seriously.16. Live a life of serenity, not a life of regrets.17. Remember that a little love goes a long way.18. Remember that a lot goes forever.19. Remember that friendship is a wise investment.20. Life’s treasures are people — together.21. Realize that nothing is ever too late.22. Do ordinary things in an extraordinary way.23. Have health and hope and happiness.24. Take the time to wish upon a star . . . . And don’t ever forget — for even a day — how very
special you are.Source: Ghost, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem102.htm>
Contoh jawaban:The poem is about the fact that each of us is a special person, so we should do things and thinkaccordingly.
E. Now, try to express your feeling through a poem.
Contoh jawaban:
Dear Old Lady
Dear old lady,You’re getting old,Though you haven’t been told,The time has come for your skin to fold,Your teenage years have been sold,Are you cold?Don’t be! For we LOVE you tough and bold,And you will always be ours to hold!
Source: Elaine Lo, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem128.htm>
69PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
A. Read the following diary and answer the questions.
Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>
Questions:1. What does the word ‘our’ in the first sentence refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to the writer’s and her mother’s.2. Why does the writer say that her house is like a zoo?
Jawaban: Because they keep some pets there; a tortoise and two cats.3. Who is human mentioned in the text?
Jawaban: The writer.4. “It’s weird and out of control.” What does the word ‘weird’ in Indonesian mean?
Jawaban: It means aneh.5. “I don’t know who wrote it.” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to a song.
Our House, by Beautiful Girl5–11–09
Our house is a zoo. A small zoo. My mother and I have a tortoise, two cats,a human and an alien. My mom’s the alien. This is what happens when I hang out with mymom. We get hyper on just being around each other. I can’t imagine any other momhaving the same relationship my mother and I have. It’s weird and out of control. The titleof this entry sounds like a song, “Our house is very, very, very fine house.” I don’t knowwho wrote it. I’ll ask my mom. Ya.
That’s it, write some other time . . .
B. Complete the following diary with the suitable words from the box.
Computer Room/Lab Whatever, by Beautiful Girl
a. blocked b. waking up c. callingd. playing e. simple f. start
Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>
5–14–09
I’m in the computer room with Carolyn, Zoe and Rachel. They are making fun of me for(1) ________ the computer lab the computer room. I mean what’s the difference? We areusing computers in a room. It’s that (2) ________. We are at school at 7:21 a.m. becausewhen you get to the computer lab before school starts, you get to go on any site you want to,if it’s not (3) ________ of course. If you want to know, our first classes (4) ________ at 8:10a.m. Yup. Today I have two hours classes in the morning. No team time!! Yay!! First I havesocial studies. Then, I have math. Ew. Can you imagine an hour of math when you’re just(5) ________? I’m going to die this morning. They will have to come a carry me off. And noI’m and not over doing it.
I have to go and do homework that I didn’t do last night now.
70 UNIT 1 Narratives
Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task B?Correct the false ones.1. ______ The text is about the writer’s experience at school.2. ______ The phrase “making fun of (someone)” means laughing at someone.3. ______ The writer was in the computer lab less than half an hour before the first lesson
started.4. ______ The writer loved math.5. ______ The writer was a bit lazy because she hadn’t done her homework the day before.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (The phrase “making fun of (someone)” means to ridicule or in Indonesian mengolok-
olok.)3. F (The writer arrived at school at 7:21 a.m. and her first classes started at 8:10 a.m. It
means she was in the computer lab for 49 minutes or more than half an hour.)4. F (Based on the sentence “Can you imagine an hour of math, when you’re just waking
up? I’m going to die this morning.”, it can be concluded that the writer disliked math.)5. T
Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. a 4. f 5. b
C. Read the diary.Find the meanings of the words that follow.
My Fate, by Beautiful Girl6–23–09
A moment ago, I was sitting outside in the rain. The water was thumping on myhead. Seeping through my hair. Running down my arms. Soaking my clothes.Dripping down my legs on to the grass where I am sitting.
My body is cold and wet. No one is outside but me. Then, I start to cry. When itrains, no one can see you cry. I thought I couldn’t cry, but I guess I can. For howcould someone feel this much misery? How could someone break a heart ofanother?
For now I have one more day of school. Then to summer. Then, back to the blackhole (also known as school). Where I once more must see his face and bereminded of my cold body and warm tears.
I try to go to my sacred place, but the door won’t open. For I have been lockedout. Forbidden to spin.
One day I will emerge victorious from the maze I have been traveling in.
Because my fate is in no one else but me, no other hands but mine.
Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>
71PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. to thump = mengetuk 2. to seep = merembes, meresap3. to soak = merendam 4. to drip = menetes5. grass = rumput 6. to break = mematahkan7. to guess = menduga 8. misery = kesengsaraan9. to remind = mengingatkan 10. tear = air mata
11. sacred = suci 12. to forbid = melarang13. to spin = melintir, memutar 14. to emerge = muncul15. fate = takdir
D. Read the diaries and choose A, B, Cor D for the correct answer.
Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3.
Dear diary,Last Sunday, Santi and I were going to
the city library together. We went there in theafternoon. In addition, the weather was fine.
Near the park, someone was followingus. We heard some noises behind the bush.We were very afraid that we thought wewere followed by a pickpocket or a freak.
But then, a dirty, poor boy came outfrom the bush. He asked for money to buysome food. Gosh, he was just a hungry kid.So, we gave him some money. He saidthanks and went away. That’s a very heartbeating experience.
semak hanyalah anak kecil yangkelaparan. Dari sini dapat disimpulkanbahwa mereka berjalan kaki (on foot).
3. The writer said that it was a heart beatingexperience because ________.A. she met a hungry kidB. a hungry kid followed herC. she gave some money to a hungry
kidD. someone who she thought was as
a pickpocket or a freak followed herJawaban: DDalam cerita tersebut, penulismenggambarkan pengalamannya sebagaipengalaman yang mendebarkan. Semulaia takut karena merasa diikuti olehseorang pencopet atau penjahat, tetapiternyata yang mengikutinya adalahseorang anak kecil yang kelaparan keluardari semak-semak.
Read the text and answer questions 4 to 6.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School(SMP/MTs)
1. The diary is about ________.A. the writer and his/her friend SantiB. the writer’s experience when he/she
went to the library with SantiC. a kid who was hungryD. a wicked man who followed the writer
and his/her friend SantiJawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengangagasan pada paragraf satu.
2. The writer went to the library ________.A. on foot B. by bikeC. by motorcycle D. by carJawaban: AParagraf dua menjelaskan bahwa penulisdan Santi merasa diikuti oleh seorangpencopet ketika mereka sampai di dekattaman, tetapi yang keluar dari semak-
English, by Beautiful Girl5–19–09
During English today, we were finishingour book projects. My group (made up ofZack, Will and Ryan) were making a posterabout our book. We, I mean they picked akilling seen. So we made a poster about it.As we were drawing, Zack, Will and I hadthe most weird conversation ever. They saidthat boys have the harder life. And Idisagreed. It was a weird conversation tohave with guys, but it was fun. If that’spossible.
Adapted from: A free online diary, August 31, 2009<http://www.my-diary.org/>
72 UNIT 1 Narratives
4. The writer was finishing ________ with herfriends, Zack, Will and Ryan.A. an art projectB. a drawing projectC. their book projectD. their group projectJawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama teks tersebut, yaitu ”DuringEnglish today, we were finishing our bookprojects.”.
5. “So we made a poster about it.” The word‘it’ refers to ________.A. English B. a killing seenC. a poster D. a bookJawaban: BKata ’it’ tersebut mengacu pada katabenda yang telah disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu ”We, I mean they pickeda killing seen.” dan kata bendanya adalah’a killing seen’.
6. “It was a weird conversation to have withguys,. . . .”The underlined word can be best replacedby ________.A. fun B. spookyC. strange D. confusingJawaban: CKata ’weird’ dan ’strange’ artinya sama,yaitu aneh. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. (A) artinya menyenangkan,(B) artinya menyeramkan, dan (D) artinyamembingungkan.
Read the text and answer questions 7 and 8.
Rise up this morning smiled with the risingsun
8–21–2009
So you think we’re nothing but strangers.Justa shame you don’t or ever will know the truth.Always been the girl you’ve never noticed, andnow I’m the only girl you see. How do I tell you
this? There’s going to be so manyconsequences. Losing you, not knowing whoI am anymore, feeling like it was all just a bigjoke that back fired. It wasn’t supposed to turnout this way.
- KelsieSource: A free online diary, August 31, 2009
<http://www.my-diary.org/>
7. Kelsie felt ________ when she wrote thatdiary.A. sadB. happyC. satisfiedD. anxiousJawaban: ABerdasarkan isi buku harian itu, perasanKelsie saat itu sedang sedih. Hal ini dapatdisimpulkan kalimat pertama dan keduayang artinya ”Jadi kamu pikir kita ini bukanapa-apa, hanya seperti orang asing.Memalukan kalau kamu tidak akan pernahtahu yang sesungguhnya/sebenarnya.”dan kalimat terakhir yang artinya”Seharusnya tidak berakhir seperti ini.”.
8. Kelsie addressed that text to __________.A. her friendB. her parentsC. her sisterD. her boyfriendJawaban: CBerdasarkan isinya, buku harian inimerupakan ungkapan perasaan Kelsiekepada seseorang yang telahmemutuskannya. Hal ini sesuai dengankalimat ”Losing you, not knowing who I amanymore, feeling like it was all just a bigjoke that back fired.” yang artinya”Kehilangan kamu, tidak tahu lagi siapaaku ini, aku merasa semua ini hanyaseperti lelucon yang dikeluarkan kembali.”
73PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
A. Finish the following diary using your own words.
2–08–2009
I arrived home from school. No one was at home. I felt tired and hungry. Nothing on the diningtable. Where’s mom?______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
B. Write your own diary based on your one-week activity.
Write your own imaginative story.Share your work to the class.
Read and memorize the words.Use the words whenever you speakEnglish.
apparently : rupanyaenchant : memikat, menawanjealous : irimushroom : jamurorphan : anak yatimpoison : racunstingy : kikirtide : ombakto allow : mengizinkanto chase : mengejarto engulf : menelan, melandato grind : menggerinda
to heal : menyembuhkanto improve : meningkatkanto inform : memberi tahuto limit : membatasito look around: jalan-jalanto marry : menikahito mingle : bergaul, berkumpulto pass away : meninggalto play truant : membolosto pound : menumbukto run away : melarikan dirito rush : bersegerato spoil : memanjakanvast : sangat luasveil : kerudung
74 UNIT 1 Narratives
Read the following dialog and answerquestions 1 and 2.
Emily : Have you heard the news, Laila?Laila : What news, Emily?Emily : Tasikmalaya was hit by an earthquake!
And . . . about seventy people died.Laila : Are you kidding me?Emily : No! You can watch the news on TV this
evening.Laila : It’s a big tragedy. I wish the best for
them.
1. What are the speakers talking about?A. An earthquake that happened in
Tasikmalaya.B. The victims of an earthquake.C. The evening TV news.D. Poor people in Tasikmalaya.Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai ucapan Emily,”Tasikmalaya was hit by an earthquake!And . . . about seventy people died.” yangartinya ”Tasikmalaya diguncang gempa.Dan . . . sekitar tujuh puluh orangmeninggal.”. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (C)hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung,sedangkan (D) tidak dijelaskan dalampercakapan.
2. What does Emily say to inform Laila aboutthe surprising news?A. Hey, what’s up?B. Have you heard the news, Laila?C. Are you kidding me?D. It’s a big tragedy.Jawaban: BUngkapan untuk menyampaikan beritabiasanya diucapkan pada awalpercakapan, yaitu ketika Emily bertanyakepada Laila apakah ia sudah mengetahuiberita terbaru. Ia menyampaikannyadengan berkata ”Have you heard thenews, Laila?” yang artinya ”Sudahkahkamu mendengar berita, Laila?”.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Read the text and answer text and answerquestions 3 to 5.
Olih and his mother loved helping people;although, they were poor. That’s why, peopleloved them because they were not only kind butalso generous.
One evening, there were seven old womencame to their house. They asked for food anda place to stay. Olih and his mother gave themfood and let those women stay with them. Theywere very thankful to Olih and his motherbecause of their generosity.
In the morning, Olih’s mother asked him towake those women up. Suddenly, Olihscreamed. “Mom, please come here!” Olih’smother rushed to the bedroom and foundabundant rice. The seven old women were notthere. Instead, there was a beautiful little girl.She told Olih and his mother that her father hadsent her to their house. He had asked her togive delicious rice as a refund for theirkindness. They called the rice beras pulut orglutinous rice, which means sticky anddelicious rice. Olih and his mother did not forgetto give some rice to their neighbors.
Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/
North%20Sumatra>
3. What is the text about?A. A good boy.B. A good little girl.C. Seven old poor women.D. A generous mother and her son.Jawaban: DTeks tersebut menceritakan kehidupanOlih dan ibunya yang baik hati, meskipunmereka miskin. Pada akhir cerita, merekamendapat beras yang sangat melimpahkarena kebaikannya itu. Jadi, ceritatersebut menceritakan tentang ibu dananak laki-lakinya yang baik hati.
4. “Olih’s mother rushed to the bedroom andfound abundant rice.” (Paragraph 3)The underlined word has a similar meaningto ________.A. few B. less thanC. plenty D. more than
75PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: CKata ’abundant’ artinya melimpah. Pilihanjawaban yang mempunyai arti samadengan kata itu adalah ’plenty’ yangartinya banyak sekali. Pilihan jawaban lainsalah karena maknanya berbeda. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya sedikit, (B) artinyakurang dari, dan (D) artinya lebih dari.
5. Which is NOT TRUE according to the story?A. Olih and her mother were stingy.B. That little girl was very generous.C. No one helped those old women.D. Those seven women thanked Olih
because of his kindness.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidaksesuai dengan isi cerita. Pilihan jawaban(A) tersebut artinya Olih dan ibunya kikir.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan isi teks.
Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8.
The Wolf and The Goat
A wolf saw a goat grazing at the edge ofa high cliff. The wolf smacked his lips at thethought of a fine goat dinner.
“My dear friend,” said the wolf in hissweetest voice, “aren’t you afraid you willfall down from that cliff? Come down hereand graze on this fine grass beside me onsafe, level ground.”
“No, thank you,” said the goat.“Well then,” said the wolf, “aren’t you
cold up there in the wind? You would bewarmer grazing down here beside me in thissheltered area.”
“No, thank you,” said the goat.“But the grass tastes better down
here!” said the exasperated wolf, “Why dinealone?”
“My dear wolf,” the goat finally said,“are you quite sure that it is my dinner youare worrying about and not your own?”
6. “Aren’t you cold up there in the wind?”The word ‘there’ refers to ________.A. a high cliffB. a sheltered areaC. grassD. ground
Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama cerita tersebut, ”A wolf saw a goatgrazing at the edge of a high cliff.” yangartinya ”Seekor serigala melihat seekorkambing sedang merumput di tepi tebingyang tinggi.”. Jadi, yang dimaksud ’there’adalah tempat di mana kambing itumerumput, yaitu tebing tinggi (high cliff).
7. What can we learn from the story above?A. Don’t look down to other creatures.B. Don’t easily believe in well behaved
creatures.C. Don’t judge others by their
appearance.D. Don’t easily beat other creatures.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini artinya jangan mudahpercaya pada tingkah laku baik orang/makhluk lain. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuaidengan isi cerita tersebut. Kambing itugagal dimangsa serigala karena ia sadaratas rayuan dan tipuan serigala itu.Kesimpulannya, ia tidak begitu sajapercaya kata-kata manis sang serigala,sehingga ia selamat.
8. From the story we know ________.A. the goat was very hungryB. the wolf was a helpful animalC. the wolf was eager to eat the goatD. the goat was going to fight with the
wolfUjian Nasional 2008/2009
Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan isi cerita tersebut. Serigala itu maumemangsa kambing yang sedangmerumput di pinggir tebing yang tinggi. Iapun melancarkan tipuan dan rayuanbeberapa kali agar kambing itu maumendekat, meskipun akhirnya ia gagal.
For questions 9 and 10, choose the correctwords to complete the sentence.
By the time that wicked witch (9) ________ thestone with her magical power, Luby (10)________ out of the cave already.
9. A. smashed B. smashesC. has smashed D. had smashed
76 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban: APilihan jawaban (A) yang berbentuk thesimple past tense benar karena kejadianitu terjadi setelah Luby lari keluar gua.
10. A. runs B. ranC. has run D. had runJawaban: DKalimat tersebut menjelaskan duaperistiwa yang terjadi pada masa lampau.Peristiwa yang terjadi terlebih dahulumenggunakan the past perfect danperistiwa berikutnya menggunakan thesimple past tense. Jadi, pilihan yang benaradalah kata dalam bentuk the past perfecttense (had run) karena peristiwa ini terjaditerlebih dahulu.
Read the text and answer questions 11 and12.
Weather WatchBy Dave Mountjoy
The weather really has its sayOn when and where we go to playOutside or in, it makes you choose,Which clothes to wear or toys to use.
In summer, outside is the choiceThe sunshine lets our hearts rejoice,To leap and jump and act the clownUntil, at last, the sun goes down.
In winter, more inside you stay,For shorter is the light of day,Unless of course, it starts to snowWhen wrapped up, outside must you go.
But anytime of year is fun,The cold, the rain, the shining sunThere’s always lots of things to doA favorite game, or something new.
Source: Dave Mountjoy, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem104.htm
11. According to the poem, people will wear________ when they go out in winter.A. thin clothes B. casual clothesC. T-shirts D. thick clothesJawaban: DBerdasarkan kalimat terakhir pada baitketiga, yaitu ”When wrapped up, outside
must you go.” yang artinya ”Ketika berbajuhangat, Anda pasti akan pergi ke luar.”. Ituberarti orang-orang akan memakai bajutebal selama musim dingin pada saatmereka pergi.
12. In his poem, the writer tries to tell us about________.A. what people can do according to the
weatherB. what people shall do anytime of the
yearC. two seasons of the year, summer and
winterD. the benefit of the weather forecastJawaban: AIsi puisi tersebut dapat disimpulkan daribait pertama yang artinya ”Cuaca mampumenjelaskan waktu dan tempat kita dapatbermain, di luar atau di dalam kamulahyang memilih, pakaian mana yang harusdikenakan atau mainan manakah yangakan digunakan.”. Kesimpulannya denganpuisi itu penulis mencoba memberi tahutentang apa yang bisa dilakukan orangsesuai dengan cuaca.
13. Belgium heard Javanese Mr. Reinhard1 2 3 4
furniture antique would I wooden sell5 6 7 8 9 10
carved to11 12
The proper arrangement is ________.A. 8–2–4–7–10–12–9–5–3–11–6–1B. 4–8–2–7–10–3–9–11–6–5–12–1C. 8–2–4–7–10–6–3–9–11–5–12–1D. 4–7–10–9–6–11–3–5–12–1–8–2Jawaban: CSusunan kata yang benar sehinggamenjadi kalimat yang bermakna adalah”I heard Mr. Reinhard would sell antiqueJavanese wooden carved furniture toBelgium.” yang artinya ”Saya dengar PakReinhard akan menjual perabot kayuberukir antik model Jawa ke Belgia.”.
77PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15. Read the text and answer questions 16 to 18.
Amelia’s house was in a quiet place. Itwas a hilly village. The garden of her housewas very beautiful. Flowers with variouscolors grew there. Amelia grew some roses.She’s a nature lover. One day Amelia closedher book. She felt tired after studying hard.She stood by the window. She could see themountain from there. It was beautiful withits bluish green color.
“How beautiful! How wonderful it wouldbe if I could reach the top of that mountainwithout climbing.”
“If you want to fly up there, follow me,”said a soft voice. Amelia was surprised.
“Who are you? Why did you come inwithout permission? ”
“My name is Yuli. My home is a bit farfrom here. I want to be your friend, Amelia,”said the girl.
“You know my name?” said Amelia.“I often hear your mother calling you,”
Yuli answered. She reached out her hand toAmelia. Amelia shook Yuli’s hand.
“Why is your hand so cold? Are youill?” asked Amelia, worried.
“I haven’t been to school for a fewdays,” said Yuli.
“If you were sick, why aren’t you in bednow?” asked Amelia.
“The fresh air will make me better,Amelia,” said Yuli pulled Amelia’s hand. Shewanted Amelia to follow her.
“Oh, no. I cannot go now. I must do myhomework. How about tomorrow? Mymother will make some delicious cakes forme. You must taste some, Yuli,” saidAmelia.
“Thanks, Amelia. You are so kind.” Yuliwaved to Amelia and then she was gone.
Amelia’s mother was puzzled to see herdaughter talking alone.
16. What does the story tell you about?A. A mysterious girl.B. Amelia’s new friend.C. A little girl in a village.D. A quiet place in a village.Jawaban: BCerita tersebut menceritakan tentangkehadiran teman baru Amelia, yaitu Yuli.Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena tokohutama cerita tersebut adalah Amelia
What Happened? By kiki_bunny23
06–14–2008
My life seems to be doing a complete u-turn.In elementary, I rarely talked; middle school,I talked more; but this year . . . it seems I justcan’t make myself heard. I don’t know whatto do anymore. It seems that whenever I tryand talk, . . . I’m just ignored. I just don’tthink I can survive anymore . . . . Why dothese things always happen to me? I makefriends easily, but then I lose them just asfast. Why? It’s a question I ask a lot lately,but it is never answered. Well, I guess I’mgoing to go now.
Jackie Lynn
Source: Jackie Lynn, September 7, 2009, A free online
diary <http://www.my-diary.org/>
14. Which is TRUE according to the poem?A. The writer loved talking in public.B. The writer was hopeless in making friends.C. The writer was happy when she was
in elementary school.D. Everyone listened to the writer when
she was talking to them.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”I make friends easily, but then I lose themjust as fast.” yang artinya ”Saya mudahmencari teman, tetapi kemudian saya cepatkehilangan mereka.”. Berdasarkan kalimatitu, dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis ituputus asa dalam hal pertemanan.
15. “It seems that whenever I try and talk, . . .I’m just ignored.” This statement means________.A. no one listened to herB. her friends cared for herC. the writer tried to listen to her friend
when they were talkingD. the writer was talking to her friends
and they were willing to listen to herJawaban: APernyataan itu artinya ”Tampaknya, kapanpun aku berusaha dan berbicara, . . . akudiabaikan.” Itu sama artinya tak seorang punmendengarkannya (no one listened to her).
78 UNIT 1 Narratives
(bukan gadis misterius). Pilihan jawaban(C) dan (D) salah karena tidak disebutkandalam teks.
17. The first paragraph is about ________.A. the dream of AmeliaB. the setting place of the storyC. how the story happenedD. the problem faced by AmeliaJawaban: BBagian awal suatu cerita (narrative)disebut orientasi. Bagian ini menceritakansiapa, di mana, dan kapan suatu ceritaterjadi. Paragraf satu teks tersebutmenceritakan keadaan rumah Amelia.Jadi, paragraf itu menceritakan latartempat (the setting of place) ceritatersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak terdapat dalam paragraf satu.
18. “. . . make some delicious cakes for me.”The word ‘delicious’ means ________.A. bad smell B. nice tasteC. bitter taste D. stale flavor
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: BKata ’delicious’ artinya ’enak’ atau ’nikmat’.Kata yang bermakna sama dengan kata’delicious’ adalah (B) nice taste yangartinya enak. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena memiliki makna berlawanan.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya berbau tidaksedap, (C) artinya berasa pahit, dan (D)artinya berasa basi.
Read the text and answer questions 19 and 20.
I wanna talk, by Vivian09–07–2009
New semester, I’m in my junior year inuniversity.Sometimes, I get disappointed at the life cuzit isn’t what I think.Well I’m not complaining anything.It’s meaningless.
My parents pay for my tuition.Honestly, I really appreciate that.Cuz it doesn’t really matter if I have a parttime job.They deal with everything.I feel quite lucky.But we’re not rich either.
This September I started to save.I’ll save for emergency, for next summer,for two years later.Cuz I’ll go abroad afterwards.To visit some places like Europe.I secretly called it graduation-trip-on-my-own.Ha . . . ha . . . my parents dunno that.Well the last entry I mentioned 10 monthsmeans I’ll travell by my own next summer.To learn to be real independent.I’ll keep my diary fo sho.
2009 summer is gonna finish.I’m going back to school this Friday.
Source: Vivian, September 7, 2009, A free online diary<http://www.my-diary.org/>
19. There are some abbreviations in that diary.Some of them are ‘cuz’ which meansbecause, ‘dunno which means ________and ‘fo sho’ which means for sure.A. do now B. do knowC. don’t know D. don’t nowJawaban: CMenurut konteks kalimat, kata ’dunno’tersebut artinya ’don’t know’. Jadi, kalimat”Ha . . . ha . . . my parents dunno that.”artinya ”Ha . . . ha . . . kedua orang tuakutidak mengetahuinya.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena maknanya tidaksesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
20. The writer tries to save money for________.A. paying her tuitionB. paying her boarding houseC. going abroadD. her independent life
79PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: CPilihan ini sesuai dengan tulisan dalambuku harian bait ketiga, ”This SeptemberI started to save. I’ll save for emergency,for next summer, for two years later. CuzI’ll go abroad afterwards.” yang artinya”September ini aku akan mulai menabung.Aku akan menabung untuk keperluanmendadak, untuk musim panas berikutnya,untuk dua tahun yang akan datang.Karena aku akan pergi ke luar negerisetelahnya.”. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yangsesuai dengan kalimat tersebut adalahgoing abroad (pergi ke luar negeri).
What a day!12–23–2009
I had two tests. All were hard to do, butI had done them my best. Hope getgood marks.
On way home, my tire was flat. Nomoney left! I had to walk home.5 kilometers far!
I arrived home sweaty, thirsty, hungryand . . . tired. Put off my shoes, changedclothes, washed my hands and feet.I went to the dining room, took my lunch.Took a nap after that. What a day!
B. Write a diary which tells one of theoccasions you experienced yesterday.
Contoh jawaban:
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 1. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
80 UNIT 1 Narratives
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and2.
Gerry: You must listen to this, Dewa!Dewa: What is it? You look serious.Gerry: Harris got a parrot from his uncle! And
you know, it can say hello, goodmorning, goodbye, and even singIndonesia Raya.
Dewa: I can’t believe it!
1. What is the dialog about?A. Harris’ uncle.B. Harris’ uncle’s parrot.C. Harris’ parrot.D. A clever parrot.
2. What does Dewa say to respond to Gerry’sinformation?A. You must listen to this!B. I can’t believe it!C. You look serious.D. And you know, it can say hello, good
morning, goodbye, and even singIndonesia Raya.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
Mbok Rondo went fishing one morning.Today was not her lucky day because shecouldn’t get any fish. However, she didn’t giveup. After a moment, she caught a golden snailon her net, and she took it home. She wasamazed at the snail, so she put it in a jar.
The next morning, she went to the river tocatch fish. She went home in the afternoon. Onher amazement, she found her house clean andtidy. She also found some food on the diningtable. She wondered who did all the things.
3. What is the suitable title of the story?A. Keong Mas.B. Mbok Rondo.C. A Lonely Old Woman.D. An Invisible Creature.
4. “She was amazed at the snail, so she put itin a jar.” What does the underlined wordrefer to?A. A fishing net. B. The fish.C. The river. D. The snail.
5. “However, she didn’t give up.”The underlined phrase can be bestreplaced by ________.A. accept B. rejectC. surrender D. deliver
Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8.Once upon a time there lived
a kind-hearted man and his wife. Onemorning, his wife found a poor littlesparrow. She took it gently and fed it. Toshow its gratitude, the sparrow stayed withthem and sang every morning. But therewas an ill-tempered old woman who didn’tlike the sparrow. She cut the sparrow’stongue. That’s why the bird returned to itsprevious nest.
Knowing that their sparrow flew away,the kind man and woman looked for theirsparrow. They walked a long way, crossedthe bridge, climbed a mountain, and passedthe wood.
Not long afterwards, they found thesparrow’s nest. The sparrow welcomedthem and provided a feast for them. Beforethey went home, the sparrow brought twobaskets, one was large and looked heavy,and the other one was small and light. Thesparrow asked them to choose one.
They chose the small one. And that wasthe best choice. There were many rolls ofsilk and piles of gold in it.
Being jealous, the ill-tempered oldwoman did the same thing as the kind manand woman did. However, she chose the bigbasket which actually contained wasps andvenomous crawlers, such as scorpions,centipedes and other horrible creatures.Finally, they stung and bit her to death.
Source: January 20, 2005<http://www.childrenstory.com/tales/tes/tcs1.html >
81PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
6. What is the purpose of the text?A. To describe something.B. To inform something.C. To entertain the readers.D. To report something.
7. What happened to the sparrow in the text?A. It lived with the kind-hearted couple
forever.B. An ill-tempered woman cut its
tongue.C. An ill-tempered woman cut its leg.D. It was killed.
8. What is the resolution of this story?A. A kind-hearted woman found
a poor little sparrow.B. An ill-tempered woman cut the
sparrow’s tongue.C. The horrible creatures stung and
bit theill-tempered old woman to death.
D. The kind-hearted man and womanlooked for the sparrow.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Read the text and answer questions 9 to 11.
A long time ago, there lived a fisherman.One day he had been fishing all day, but hedid not catch anything. In the evening, hecaught a very small fish. The fish said,“Please don’t eat me. Please, I’m too smallto make you a good dinner. Please, throwme back to the water. Later, when I growbigger, you come back and catch me again.”
“No,” said the fisherman. “I am going tokeep you. If you get back into the water, youwill take very good care, and you will nevercome near me again.”
Then, the fisherman put the poor littlefish in his pond at the backyard. When thefish grew biggger, it became a good friendof the fisherman. He never wanted to eat thefish.
9. What is the purpose of the text?A. To tell how to do something step by
step.B. To entertain the readers.C. To tell past events.D. To describe a person or a place.
10. Below are what the fish asked thefisherman to do, except ________.A. not to eat himB. to throw him back to the waterC. to come back and catch him again
when he grew biggerD. to make him a good dinner
11. What did the fisherman do to the fish?A. He took care of the fish.B. He ate him.C. He sold him.D. He gave him to another person.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13.
The Sea(By Viki Reichova)
The sea is quite wavy,When it is storming, it is crazy,The fishermen fish for food,By the sandy shore at dawn or night,The fish are slimy,They jump in the boat,The sea is quite wavy!
Source: Viki Reichova, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem118.htm>
12. “They jump in the boat,” (line 6)The word ‘they’ refers to ________.A. the fishermenB. the fishC. the dawn or nightD. the food
13. According to the poem, the fishermen gofishing ________.A. at day break or in the morningB. in the evening or at nightC. in the afternoon or at nightD. at day break or at night
82 UNIT 1 Narratives
16. There some abbreviations in that diary.The word ‘abt’ means about, ‘cuz’ means________ and ‘dun’ means don’t.A. because B. caseC. cost D. course
17. “. . . we’re talking abt economic crisis.”What does the underlined word refer to?A. The readers.B. The writer’s friends.C. The writer’s parents.D. The writer and her friend B.
For questions 18 and 19, choose the correctwords to complete the text.
I used to have a close friend in elementaryschool, Jaya or Jay. I haven’t met him for years.However, I met him on my friend’s partyyesterday. I (18) ________ because my friend(19) ________ me before.
18. A. surprisedB. am surprisedC. was surprisedD. had been surprised
19. A. isn’t tellingB. didn’t tellC. hasn’t toldD. hadn’t told
20. shiny father secondhand this afternoon1 2 3 4
black car bought Japanese a 5 6 7 8 9The proper arrangement is ________.A. 2–7–9–8–6–1–5–3–4B. 2–7–9–8–1–3–5–4–6C. 2–7–9–3–1–5–8–6–4D. 2–7–9–3–8–5–1–6–4
B. Rewrite a story that you have everread.
Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15.
Didn’t talk, by kiki_bunny2306–21–2008–09:59:32
I didn’t talk at all to Will today or yesterday.I don’t know why, but I just didn’t want to. . .I was avoiding him and I think I knowwhy . . . .I have never held a secret this big frommy mom before. It makes me want to crybecause I keep pushing her out of mylife. She keeps slipping farther andfarther away. I don’t know if I will be ableto keep this up. It just gets so hardsometimes . . . I wish I knew what to do.
Well, short entry for today I guess. Bye.
Jackie Lynn
Adapted from: kiki_bunny23, September 7, 2009 <A freeonline diary - http://www.my-diary.org/>
14. According to the text, Jackie’s relation to hermother is ________.A. not good enoughB. very closeC. not too closeD. very bad
15. Jackie was ________ when she wrote thediary.A. confused B. touchedC. happy D. cheerful
Read the text and answer questions 16 and 17.
Hope or Despair, by Vivian02–11–2009
My friend B and I, we’re talking abteconomic crisis.What are we gonna do in the future?That’s terrible, cuz it’s hard to find a newjob nowadays.I dun even know what to do aftergraduating from college.omg
Source: Vivian, A free online diary, September 7, 2009<http://www.my-diary.org/>
83PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban Review Unit 1A. Pilihan Ganda
1. C. Pada percakapan itu, Gerry memberi tahuDewa bahwa Harris mendapat burungkakaktua dari pamannya. Ia jugamenyampaikan kepandaian burung tersebut.Jadi, Gerry dan Dewa membicarakantentang burung kakaktua Harris.
2. B. Gerry menyampaikan kabar bahwa Harrismendapat burung kakaktua yang bisamenyapa dan bernyanyi. Dewa meresponsdengan mengatakan, ”I can’t believe it!”.
3. A. Pada teks tersebut diceritakan tentangMbok Rondo yang menangkap keong masdan kegiatan yang dilakukan Keong Mas dirumah Mbok Rondo. Jadi, judul yang sesuaiuntuk cerita tersebut adalah Keong Mas.
4. D. Kata ’it’ merupakan kata ganti benda yangtelah disebutkan sebelumnya. Kata bendayang telah disebutkan sebelumnya adalah’the snail’. Jadi, kata ’it’ tersebut mengacupada the snail.
5. C. Kata ’give up’ artinya menyerah. Pilihanjawaban yang memiliki makna menyerahadalah surrender. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya menerima, (B) artinya menolak, dan(D) artinya menyerahkan.
6. C. Teks ini berbentuk naratif yang disimpulkan,dari frasa ’once upon a time’ yang artinyapada zaman dahulu kala’. Tujuan sebuahteks naratif adalah untuk menghiburpembaca (to entertain the readers), sesuaidengan pilihan jawaban (C). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya untukmendeskripsikan sesuatu, (B) artinya untukmenginformasikan sesuatu, dan (D) artinyauntuk melaporkan sesuatu.
7. B. Kalimat kelima dan keenam paragrafpertama adalah ”But there was an ill-tempered old woman who didn’t like thesparrow. She cut the sparrow’s tongue.”yang artinya ”Namun, ada seorang wanitatua yang jahat yang tidak menyukai burungpipit itu. Ia memotong lidah si burungpipit.”. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan bahwayang terjadi pada burung pipit itu adalahseorang wanita tua yang jahat memotonglidah burung pipit itu (an ill-temperedwoman cut its tongue). Pilihan jawabanyang benar adalah (B). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya burung itu tinggal dengansepasang suami istri yang baik selamanya,(C) artinya seorang wanita tua yang jahatmemotong kaki burung pipit itu, dan(D) artinya burung pipit itu dibunuh.
8. C. Soal menanyakan resolusi, ataupenyelesaian konflik masalah. Konflik padacerita ini diselesaikan dengan adanyamakhluk mengerikan yang menyengat danmenggigit wanita tua yang jahat tersebutsampai mati (horrible creatures stung andbit the ill-tempered old woman to death).Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah(C). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.(A) artinya seorang wanita yang baikmenemukan seekor burung pipit yangmalang, (B) artinya seorang wanita tuayang jahat memotong lidah burung pipit itu,dan (D) artinya pria dan wanita yang baikitu mencari burung pipit.
9. B. Teks tersebut berbentuk naratif karenamenceritakan hal-hal yang bersifat khayal,misalnya tentang a talking fish (ikan yangdapat berbicara). Tujuan sebuah ceritanaratif adalah untuk menghibur pembaca(to entertain the readers), sehingga pilihanjawaban yang benar adalah (B). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. (A) yang artinyauntuk memberi tahu cara melakukansesuatu dengan serangkaian langkahmerupakan tujuan sebuah teks procedure,(C) yang artinya untuk menceritakankejadian masa lalu merupakan tujuan teksrecount, dan (D) yang artinya untukmenggambarkan orang atau tempatmerupakan tujuan teks deskriptif.
10. D. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat yangdiucapkan ikan, yaitu ”Please don’t eat me.Please, I’m too small to make you a gooddinner. Please, throw me back to the water.Later, when I grow bigger, you come backand catch me again.” yang artinya ”Tolongjangan makan saya. Saya masih terlalukecil untuk dibuat makan malam yanglezat. Tolong lemparkan saya kembali kedalam air. Di kemudian hari, saat sayabertambah besar, datanglah kemari dantangkap saya lagi.”. Pilihan jawaban yangbukan permintaan ikan kepada nelayan ituadalah (D) yang artinya untuk menjadikanikan tersebut makan malam yang lezat.Oleh karena itu, pilihan jawaban yangbenar untuk soal pengecualian adalah (D).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan permintaan ikan tersebut.
11. A. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat”Then, the fisherman put the poor little fishin his pond at the backyard.” yang artinya”Kemudian nelayan itu menaruh ikan kecilyang malang itu di kolam di halamanbelakang.”. Dari sini kita mengetahuibahwa nelayan tersebut merawat ikanmalang itu. Oleh karena itu, pilihan
84 UNIT 1 Narratives
jawaban yang benar adalah (A) He tookcare of the fish yang artinya dia merawatikan itu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.(B) artinya dia memakannya, (C) artinyadia menjualnya, dan (D) artinya diamemberikannya kepada orang lain.
12. B. Kata ’they’ tersebut menggantikan katabenda jamak yang telah disebutkan padakalimat sebelumnya, yaitu fish.
13. D. Pilihan jawaban ini yang artinya pada saatsubuh atau waktu malam ini sesuai denganbaris ketiga dan keempat puisi tersebut,yaitu ”The fishermen fish for food,” dan”By the sandy shore at dawn or night,”.
14. B. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”I havenever held a secret this big from my mombefore. It makes me want to cry becauseI keep pushing her out of my life.” yangartinya ”Sebelumnya saya tidak pernahmenyimpan rahasia besar seperti ini dariibuku. Hal ini membuatku ingin menangiskarena aku menjauhkannya dari hidupku.”.Berdasarkan kedua kalimat itu, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa hubungan Jackiedengan ibunya sangat dekat (very close).
15. A. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai denganbeberapa kalimat dalam puisi tersebut,yaitu ”I don’t know why, but I just didn’twant to . . . I was avoiding him and I think Iknow why . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya tidaktahu mengapa, tetapi saya hanya tidakingin . . . . Saya mengindarinya dan sayarasa saya tahu mengapa . . . .” dan ”I wish Iknew what to do.” yang artinya ”Sayaharap saya tahu apa yang harus sayalakukan.” Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwaJackie dalam kondisi bingung (confused)ketika menulis buku harian tersebut.
16. A. Menurut konteks kalimat, kata ’cuz’tersebut artinya because. Jadi, kalimat”That’s terrible, cuz it’s hard to find a newjob nowadays.” artinya ”Sungguh sangatsulit, karena sangat susah memperolehpekerjaan sekarang ini.”. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya masalah, (C) artinya ongkos,dan (D) artinya pelajaran.
17. D. Kata ganti ’we’ mengacu pada orangkedua jamak. Kata ini mengacu padasubjek yang telah disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu penulis dan temannyayang bernama B pada kalimat ”My friend Band I, we’re talking abt economic crisis.”.
18. C. Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, pernyataantersebut terjadi pada masa lalu (yesterday),sehingga kalimat itu menggunakan bentukthe simple past tense (was surprised).
19. D. Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan peristiwa yangterjadi lebih dahulu pada masa lampau. Olehkarena itu, kalimat tersebut berbentuk thepast perfect tense (hadn’t told).
20. C. Susunan kata yang benar sehinggamembentuk kalimat yang bermakna adalah”Father bought a secondhand shiny blackJapanese car this afternoon.”
B. Esai
Contoh jawaban:Nai Manggale
Datu Panggana was a famous sculpture wholived in Tapanuli, North Sumatra. He could makeany statues from wood. One day, he decided tomake a statue of a girl. When it was finished, itturned into a beautiful girl. Datu Panggana put it infront of his house. Unfortunately, it didn’t have anyclothes yet.
One morning, a young merchant, named BaoPartigatiga, who sold jewelleries and clothes,passed Datu Panggana’s house. He was impressedby the beauty of the statue. Then, he put on one ofthe clothes he wanted to sell on the statue. “Well,this statue will look more beautiful this way,” said he.After that, he left.
Another day, a priest and his wife, who had notgot any child, passed by. They were also impressedby the beauty of the statue. They decided to pray toGod to make her live like a real human so that theycould take her as their daughter. God heard theirwish, and very soon the statue changed intoa beautiful girl. Then, they named her Nai Manggaleand took her home.
The news about Nai Manggale spread veryfast. The priest’s neighbors visited the priest’shouse just to see the girl. They did admire NaiManggale’s beauty. Datu Panggana and BaoPartigatiga also heard the news. Immediately, theydecided to come to the priest’s house.
In the priest’s house, those three men startedarguing who had to have the girl. Datu Pangganaclaimed that he made the statue. Bao Partigatigastated that he gave her the clothes. At last, thepriest said that he was the one who prayed to Godto make the clothed statue alive. This argumentdidn’t finish until an elderly of the village, named AjiBahir, gave a solution. He said, “You all can haveher and have a relationship with her. DatuPanggana, you are her uncle. Bao Partigatiga, youare her brother. And you the priest, you are herfather.” The three men accepted Aji Bahir’s advice.
They were happy because they all could askher to stay in their houses. Besides that, now thosethree men were related.
Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/
85PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk narrative yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatanlistening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrasesdalam teks.
Text 1Nyi Banjarsari
It was a rainy season. The villagers were happy, most of them were farmers. Rain would water theirrice field, and soon they would harvest their rice.
Pak Bong was one of the farmers. He was also very happy. He wanted to buy some clothes for himself,his wife and his beloved daughter, Nyi Banjarsari. She was a very beautiful girl. Her parents loved herbecause she was very obedient.
One night, Pak Bong had a terrible dream. An old man came to him and said the rain would never stop.There would be a great flood. At first Pak Bong thought it was just a dream, but he had the same dream inthe following nights. He decided to tell all the villagers about his dream and asked them to evacuate on a hillnot far from their village.
“Ha ha ha? You are joking, Pak Bong. How can we leave our rice field? We are going to have greatharvest, remember?” Everybody was laughing at Pak Bong.
Pak Bong did not give up. He kept on asking the villagers to evacuate to the hill. Finally, some villagersbelieved him. Together with his wife and his daughter Nyi Banjarsari, Pak Bong and his friends went to thehill.
In the meantime, heavy rain fell days and nights. It continued until water entered the houses. Thevillagers were sorry they did not listen to Pak Bong and ignored his advice. Soon, the village was drowned!
Pak Bong and his friends could not do anything. They were sad because their village was under water.Then, they prayed to God. They asked God how the water dried up from their village. The answer came inPak Bong’s dream. In his dream, the same old man told him how to save their village.
“If you want the water to dry up, you have to sacrifice your daughter. She has to jump into the water!”said the old man.
Pak Bong was very sad. He then told his family about his dream. His wife did not agree at all. She didnot want to lose her lovely daughter.
“That’s O.K., Mother. If this is the only way to save our village, I would jump into the water,” said NyiBanjarsari. Her parents could not say anything. They could not prevent their daughter from jumping into thewater.
Slowly, water dried up. Pak Bong and his friends then returned to their village. They built their housesand had their lives back. To show their thankfulness and gratefulness to Nyi Banjarsari, the villagers namedtheir village into Banjarsari.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Banten>
Text 2The Story of a Sugar Palm Tree
A husband and a wife lived happily in a village. They had two children, a son and a daughter. The son’sname was Tare Iluh, and the daughter’s name was Beru Sibou. Their happy life ended when their father died.Since then their mother worked hard for them. She worked so hard that it made her suffer from a terrible illness.Their mother then died. Later, Tare Iluh and Beru Sibou stayed at their uncle’s house.
Days passed by and those kids have grown into adults. Tare Iluh decided to find a job in another village.He then left his sister and his uncle. Tare Iluh wanted to make money in a short time. He thought gambling wasthe answer. He gambled using the money his uncle gave him. At first he won some money. He was so happyand used all the money. Sadly, he lost. All the money he had was gone. He was upset. After that he borrowedmoney from the villagers, he lost again, and he borrowed some money again. He kept on borrowing somemoney until he had a lot of debts.
When the villagers asked him to pay the debt, Tare Iluh could not pay them. He did not have anymoney. The villagers were angry. They put him in the jail!
86 UNIT 1 Narratives
In the mean time, Beru Sibou was waiting for his brother. She was worried because he had not givenher any news. Finally, she heard that his brother was in the jail. She rushed to go and wanted to meet herbrother.
Beru Sibou did not know the way to the village. She was lost in a jungle. She met an old man andasked about his brother. The old man knew that there was a man in the jail because of gambling. He thensuggested Beru Sibou to climb a high tree and sang a song about his brother. His brother might hear hersong.
Beru Sibou then climbed a high tree. She sang a song about his brother. She sang and screamed hisbrother’s name.
“My brother Tare Iluh? Where are you? The villagers, please release my brother.”Nobody listened to the song and that made Beru Sibou frustrated. She then prayed to God.“God, I’m willing to pay my brother’s debts. I will pay with my tears, my hair, and all parts of my body
can be used by the villagers. But please free my brother.”Right after she finished praying, heavy storm attacked. And slowly Beru Sibou changed into a tree.
It was just not an ordinary tree. All parts of tree were useful. Her tears changed into sweet water. Her hairchanged into very strong leaves. People can use them as roof of their houses. The fruits of the tree namedkolang kaling are very delicious. People name it as a sugar palm tree or pohon enau. People in othervillages name it as pohon aren.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/North%20Sumatra>
Text 3The Lonely Traffic Light
Once upon a time, there was a traffic light . . . a lonely traffic light. She felt that nobody gave her muchattention. Sometimes people would stand by her and push the button for the light to change, and she feltless lonely while they were waiting. But once the light changed, the people would leave and cross the street.
At times, when the light was red, the people waiting in the cars would give her their attention as theywaited for the light to turn green. That also made her less lonely, but not for long. Once the light turnedgreen, the cars would zoom by without noticing that she existed.
Then, the traffic light noticed that there was a little red car that passed by early every morning andagain every afternoon. It was a mother and two little kids dropping off their daddy at the train station in themorning and picking him up in the afternoon.
Sometimes when the light was red, the two kids would wave to the traffic light, show her their stuffedanimals, or stare at her waiting for the light to change. That made her very happy. At other times when thelight was green, the car would go right through the intersection, and the little kids wouldn’t even look at thelight. That made her very sad.
The traffic light wanted the attention of the two little children and decided that the next time she saw thecar, she would turn herself red. That would give the kids a chance to wave to her or stare at her. She thoughtthe idea sounded very nice, so that was what she did the next morning and afternoon when she saw the redcar.
After a few days of switching herself, the circuit inside of her pole got messed up and the light stayedon yellow. She tried very hard to switch it to red or green but she just couldn’t.
The next morning, the repairmen came and opened the little door on the side of her pole. They workedfor a couple of hours and found the problem. The switch that she used to turn the light from red to yellow togreen had burnt out. In a few minutes they had replaced the bad switch, and the traffic light was back tonormal. Now she was again able to stop the red car and see the little children every morning and afternoon.But after a few days the switch burnt out again, and the repairmen had to come out to fix it once more.
As they were working, the traffic light could hear them talking to each other. She heard them saying that thetraffic light must be getting too old, and that it was really hard for all of the people because it was making trafficjams when she broke down. When she looked up, she saw a huge line of cars all waiting and honking. All of thepeople in them were very upset because they couldn’t get where they needed to go.
It was then that the traffic light realized how important she was to all of the people in their cars. She hadalways thought that they were simply ignoring her when they drove away, but now she knew that without herno one would be able to drive anywhere. Then, she felt very bad that she had caused all of these problems.The traffic light did not want to make people unhappy, so she decided that from now on she would onlyswitch herself from green to red when it was the proper time so that her switch wouldn’t burn out too soon.She thought of how happy it made people when she was working properly, and she knew that she would stillsee the kids every day, even if it was for only a few seconds. That made her very happy, and from that dayon she was never lonely again.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/traflite.htm>
87PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. Rina : It’s a hot news. Have you heardabout it?
Sifa : Not yet. What news?Rina : Susi ________ a new dress for the
party.Sifa : Really?Rina : Yes. I saw it yesterday. It’s beautiful!A. will make B is makingC. can make D. has made
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005Jawaban: DKalimat Susi tersebut menjelaskan pentingnyahasil dari suatu kegiatan yang dilakukan padawaktu lampau dan masih ada hubungannyadengan waktu sekarang. Oleh karena itu,kalimat yang diucap Susi tersebut meng-gunakan the present perfect tense (has/have +past participle).
2. Rafi : Did you watch the tennis match onTV?
Akmal: Yes. Serena Williams won it.Rafi : Really?Akmal: Yes, she played ________.A. calmly B. carelesslyC. slowly D. wonderfully
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005Jawaban: DBerdasarkan isi percakapan itu, diketahuibahwa Serena Williams memenangkanpertandingan tenis. Oleh karena itu, ketika iabertanding, tentu saja ia melakukannya denganbaik/mengagumkan (wonderfully). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan konteks percakapan. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya dengan tenang, (B) artinya dengansembrono, dan (C) artinya dengan pelan-pelan.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4.Maid 1 : Did you hear that the wicked lady had
broken her big mirror?Maid 2 : No, I didn’t. How come?Maid 1 : She was angry when the mirror replied
her question.Maid 2 : What did it say?Maid 1 : It said that there was a girl who was much
beautiful than she was.Maid 2 : It is not surprising.
3. Maid 1 and Maid 2 are talking about ________.A. a broken mirrorB. a beautiful girlC. a wicked lady’s behaviorD. a mirror that can talkJawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Maid1 di awal percakapan, yaitu ”Did you hear thatthe wicked lady had broken her big mirror?”yang artinya ”Sudahkah kamu mendengarbahwa wanita jahat itu telah memecahkancermin besarnya?”. Ucapan-ucapan berikutnyamerupakan gagasan pendukung dari ucapantersebut.
4. “She was angry when the mirror replied herquestion.”The underlined word can be best replaced by________.A. answered B. questionedC. claimed D. explainedJawaban: AKata ’replied’ dan ’answered’ mempunyai artiyang sama, yaitu menjawab. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (B) artinya bertanya ataumenanyai, (C) artinya menuntut atau meminta,dan (D) artinya menjelaskan.
Read the text and answer questions 5 and 6.I am a mouse. My name is Niblet. I live in a little
hole in a house. Living in the house is a man,a woman, a boy and a girl. I like the two childrena lot. They always leave crumbs behind and I get toeat them when everyone is asleep. They also havecool little toys. Some of the toys are good for myhome so I borrow them and use them in my house.Last week I found a little chair, just big enough forme. It fits so nicely in my living room.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/imouse.htm>
5. What can you learn from the story?A. We should be grateful.B. We should let garbage or toys scatter around.C. We should keep the house clean.D. We should be good to other people by
lending them what they need.Jawaban: CTokoh utama cerita tersebut adalah seekortikus bernama Niblet. Ia suka makan makananyang berserakan dan mengambil mainan
88 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
penghuni rumah itu. Kesimpulannya, kita harusmenjaga rumah kita tetap bersih (we shouldkeep the house clean) agar tikus tidakberkeliaran di rumah kita.
6. “They also have cool little toys.”The word ‘they’ refers to ________.A. crumbsB. the two childrenC. cool little toysD. a man and a womanJawaban: BKata ’they’ tersebut mengacu pada kata gantiorang jamak yang telah disebutkan padakalimat sebelumnya, ”I like the two childrena lot.”, yaitu ’the two children’.
Read the text and answer questions 7 to 9.Once upon a time, people in Kawar Village
were happy. They held and enjoyed a party becauseof their best harvest. They were singing, laughing,and eating delicious food, except an old woman whostill stayed in her house. She is too old and weak togo to the party. Her son and her daughter-in-law didnot take her there.
At home, the old woman felt very sad andlonely. She was hungry, but she found no food in thekitchen. Her daughter-in-law did not cook that day.At the party, the son asked her wife to take somefood from the party to his mother at home. His wifedid so. Then, she asked her son to deliver it.
The old woman was so happy that she finallygot something to eat. However, her happinessturned into sadness because she found thatsomeone had eaten the food. There was only littlerice left. The fish just had the bones. She couldnotstay any longer. She cried and cried. She thoughther son had disrespected and neglected her. Theold woman did not know that it was her grandsonwho had eaten the food. He did that on the way fromthe party to the house.
In her anger, the old woman cursed her son.Suddenly, there was a great earthquake! Thunderstruck the village and heavy rain started to fall.Slowly, the field turned into a lake. Finally, the wholevillage turned into a big lake. People named the lakeLau Kawar.
Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/North%20Sumatra
7. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to thestory?A. Kawar people were happy because they
got good crops.B. Kawar people were singing, laughing, and
eating delicious food during the party.
C. There was one old woman who wasneglected by her family. She didn’t come tothe party.
D. A little boy cried and cried becausesomeone ate his lunch.
Jawaban: DPernyataan ini tidak sesuai dengan kalimat”However, her happiness turned into sadnessbecause she found that someone had eaten thefood. . . . . She couldnot stay any longer. Shecried and cried.” yang artinya ”Namun,kebahagiannya berubah menjadi kesedihankarena ia mendapati seseorang telah memakanmakanan itu. . . . . Ia sudah tidak tahan lagi. Iamenangis dan menangis.”. Jadi, yang menangisadalah wanita tua itu, bukan seorang anakkecil.
8. That the old woman cursed her son becausehe had neglected her is the main idea ofparagraph _________.A. one B. twoC. three D. fourJawaban: DSaat wanita tua itu mengutuk anak laki-lakinyakarena telah menelantarkannya terdapat padaparagraf empat. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama paragraf tersebut.
9. The story is about ________.A. the legend of Lau KawarB. a poor old womanC. rich people of KawarD. Kawar people’s harvesting partyJawaban: ACerita tersebut menjelaskan terjadinya DanauKawar. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhirteks, yaitu ”People named the lake Lau Kawar.”.Jadi, cerita itu tentang legenda Danau Kawar.
Read the poem and answer questions 10 and 11.Caterpillar~Christina Rossetti
Brown and furryCaterpillar in a hurry,Take your walkTo the shady leaf, or stalk,Or what not,Which may be the chosen spot.No toad spy you,Hovering bird of prey pass by you;Spin and die,To live again a butterfly.
Source: Christina Rossetti, September 9, 2009 < http://www.storyit.com/Classics/JustPoems/caterpillar.htm>
89PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
10. What is the caterpillar doing?A. Walking fast to find food.B. Hiding under a shady leaf from toad or bird.C. Finding a place to spin and die to live again
as a butterfly.D. Running from a furrious toad and bird, and
then hiding under a shady leaf.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan gagasan pokok puisi itu, yaitu ulatcoklat itu buru-buru mencari tempat di daunatau tangkai daun, kemudian mengalami siklusmati dan hidup lagi sebagai kupu-kupu. Pilihanjawaban yang lain hanya sebagai gagasanpendukung.
11. ‘Staying in the air in one place’ means ________.A. furry B. to hoverC. to spin D. stalkJawaban: BFrasa itu artinya berada di udara pada satutempat. Frasa itu merupakan penjelasan darimakna kata ’to hover’ yang artinya melayang-layang. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya marah,(C) artinya memutar, dan (D) artinya tangkaidaun.
Read the dialog and answer questions 12 and 13.Iyok : Do you know that this country claims another
of our cultural heritage?Titi : Again? It’s so embarrassing!Iyok : That’s right. I’m just thinking why it happens
many times.Titi : Well, we must keep and preserve our cultural
heritage.Iyok : I agree.
12. Iyok said, “Do you know that this country claimsanother of our cultural heritage?”What does it mean?A. He asks for information.B. He responds to interesting news.C. He asks for an opinion.D. He tells interesting news.Jawaban: DUcapan Iyok yang berarti ”Apakah kamu tahubahwa negara ini mengklaim satu lagi warisanbudaya kita?”. Kalimat itu dimaksudkan untukmemberi tahu Titi tentang berita yang menarik(tell interesting news).
13. Titi said, “It’s so embarrassing.”It means ________.A. not keeping cultural heritage is so
embarrassingB. thinking of another country’s cultural
heritage is so embarrassing
C. claiming another country’s cultural heritageis so embarrassing
D. thinking of our cultural heritage is soembarrassing
Jawaban: CTiti mengucapkan pernyataan tersebut sebagairespons atas pemberitahuan Iyok yangmengatakan bahwa negara itu mengklaimwarisan budaya kita. Oleh karena itu, maksudpernyataan Titi tersebut adalah mengklaimwarisan budaya negara lain (yaitu warisanbudaya negara kita oleh negara lain) adalahsangat memalukan.
Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16.Once upon a time in West Sumatra, a widow
took her two children to a party. Her children, a boyand a girl, were very happy. They wore beautifulclothes to the party. They found delicious foods, andsaw many guests in the party. The children werehaving a great time.
There was also a traditional music show. Theshow crowded with people. The children asked theirmother if they could see the music show which waslocated a few meters away.
“Yes, you two may go there. But pleaseremember, don’t go too far,” said the mother. Thechildren ran to the stage where the music show wasperformed. They enjoyed the music, but soon theywere bored for just watching the show. So they tooka walk around the stage. They forgot their mother’smessage not to go too far.
After a while, they saw a pond. The water wasvery clear and fresh. Because the sun was very hot,they were tempted to play in the water. So they tookoff their clothes and jumped into the water. Theyswam together happily. It felt so fresh!
Meanwhile, the party was almost over. Themother remembered her two children. She felt sodesperate because she could not find them. The dayturned into night. The children were still missing. Themother only cried and cried, and she went homewithout her children.
After a long hour of crying, she fell asleep andhad a dream about her children. In her dream, shemet an old woman. The old woman told her, “Yourchildren are in the pond near the party house. If youwant to see them, throw a handful of rice into thepond. Your children will appear.”
As soon as she woke up, she quickly ran to thepond. She also had a handful of rice in her hand.When she reached the pond, she threw the rice intothe pond and called out her children’s names. Thedream came true! Two big fish with beautiful colorsappeared in the pond. The mother cried when shesaw them. Her children had turned into big beautiful
90 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
fish because they disobeyed their mother’smessage. The mother cried and cried again. All thepeople of the village cheered her up, but she wasstill very sad.
The village where the pond was located is nowcalled Desa Sungai Jernih. It is called so becausethe water in the pond is very clear. Desa SungaiJernih is located in the northern part of NagariBaso, in Agam Regency, West Sumatra. The nameof the village also reminds people today in WestSumatra that it is important to obey our parents.Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/
search/label/West%20Sumatra>
14. The text is about ________.A. two good childrenB. the legend of Desa Sungai JernihC. a poor woman with her two childrenD. the description of a sacred pond in Desa
Sungai Jernih, West SumatraJawaban: BNarratives mempunyai tiga atau empat elemen,yaitu orientation, complication, resolution danreorientation. Orientation menjelaskan tokoh-tokoh yang terlibat di dalam cerita, tempat, danwaktu terjadinya peristiwa. Complicationmenjelaskan permasalahan yang terjadi dalamcerita. Resolution menjelaskan akhir ceritayang berisi jalan keluar atas permasalahanyang terjadi. Reorientation menjelaskankomentar penulis atau nilai moral cerita. Padacerita di atas, bagian reorientation menjelaskannama tempat letak kolam tersebut, yaitu DesaSungai Jernih. Kesimpulannya, cerita tersebuttentang legenda Desa Sungai Jernih.
15. The main idea of paragraph six is ________.A. how the mother found her childrenB. how the mother felt about her childrenC. what news the mother got in her dreamD. where those children wentJawaban: AGagasan utama paragraf enam dijelaskan padadua kalimat terakhir paragraf itu, yaitu ”If youwant to see them, throw a handful of rice into thepond. Your children will appear.” yang artinya”Jika kamu ingin melihat mereka, lemparkansegenggam beras ke dalam kolam. Anak-anakmu akan muncul.”. Jadi, gagasan utamanyatentang cara ibu itu menemukan anak-anaknya(how the mother found her children).
16. What is the moral value that you can learn fromthe story?A. It is important to obey our parents.B. It is important to pay attention to our
neighborhood.
C. A party may make somebody forget aboutanything.
D. Never play in the pond without our parents’guidance.
Jawaban: ANilai moral suatu cerita biasanya terletak dibagian reorientation, yaitu ”The name of thevillage also reminds people today in WestSumatra that it is important to obey our parents.”yang artinya ”Nama desa itu juga mengingatkanpenduduk Sumatera Barat sekarang, yaitupentingnya menaati orang tua kita.”.
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 19.A long time ago, there lived on the island of Bali
a giantlike creature named Kbo Iwo. The people ofBali used to say that Kbo Iwo was everything,a destroyer as well as a creator. He was satisfiedwith the meal, but for the Balinese people this meantenough food for a thousand men.
Difficulties arose when for the first time thebarns were almost empty and the new harvest wasstill a long way off. This made Kbo Iwo wild withgreat anger. In his hunger, he destroyed all thehouses and even all the temples. It made theBalinese turn to rage. So, they came together toplan steps to oppose this powerful giant by usinghis stupidity.
They asked Kbo Iwo to build them a very deepwell and rebuild all the houses and temples he haddestroyed. After they fed Kbo Iwo, he began to diga deep hole. One day he had eaten too much, andhe fell asleep in the hole. The oldest man in thevillage gave a sign, and the villagers began to throwthe limestone they had collected before into thehole. The limestone made the water inside the holeboiling. Later, Kbo Iwo was buried alive. However,the water in the well rose higher and higher until atlast it overflowed and formed Lake Batur.Meanwhile, the mound of earth dug from the wellby Kbo Iwo is known as Mount Batur.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School(SMP/MTs)
17. The story is from ________.A. West Java B. East JavaC. Lombok D. BaliJawaban: DJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertamadan kedua teks tersebut, yaitu pada frasa ’theisland of Bali’ dan ’the people of Bali’.
18. The purpose of the text is to ________.A. describe a specific creature, named Kbo IwaB. explain how to do things orderlyC. entertain the readersD. tell past events
91PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: CTeks tersebut berbentuk narrative karenamenyajikan cerita khayalan/imajinasi. Hal inidisimpulkan dari keterangan wait ’once upona time’ yang artinya ’dahulu kala’. Tujuannarrative adalah menghibur pembaca (entertainthe readers). Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuanteks descriptive, (B) adalah tujuan teksprocedure, dan (D) adalah tujuan teks recount.
19. “It made the Balinese turn to rage.”The word ‘rage’ has a similar meaning to________.A. rough B. wildC. fury D. patientJawaban: CKata ’rage’ dan ’fury’ mempunyai arti yangsama, yaitu marah besar. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya kasar, (B) artinya buas, dan(D) artinya sabar.
For questions 20 and 21, choose the correctwords to complete the following dialog.Amin : Wow, there’s Jakarta Post here.Akbar : You should (20) ________ English
newspaper.Amin : I know it’s very useful for us as
students. Not only do we get interestingthings, but we can also improve ourEnglish.
Akbar : I think so. That’s why, I read it.Amin : But how do you get the paper? Do you
buy or borrow it from the library?Akbar : No, my father (21) ________ to the
Jakarta Post.Ujian Nasional 2002/2003
20. A. speak B. listenC. write D. readJawaban: DBerdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata yang tepatuntuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah’read’, sehingga kalimat itu menjadi ”You shouldread English newspaper.” yang artinya ”Kamuseharusnya membaca surat kabar berbahasaInggris”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat itu.
21. A. sells B. subscribesC. reports D. takesJawaban: BBerdasarkan konteks kalimat sebagai responsatas ucapan Amin, kata yang tepat untukmelengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah ’subscribes’yang artinya ’berlangganan’. Jadi, kalimat itumenjadi ”No, my father subscribes to theJakarta Post.” yang artinya ”Tidak, ayahku
berlangganan Jakarta Post.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks kalimat itu.
22. Anto : Indonesia has to import rice next year.Mike : How come? Indonesia is an
agricultural country.Anto : There are some reasons for that.Mike : Like what?Anto : The harvest failed ________ natural
disaster occurred.A. although B. becauseC. but D. and
Ujian Nasional 2002/2003Jawaban: BBerdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata yang tepatuntuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah’because’ yang artinya karena/sebab, sehinggakalimat itu menjadi ”The harvest failed becausenatural disaster occurred.” yang artinya ”Panengagal karena terjadi bencana alam.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan konteks kalimat itu.
23. Budi : Diana told me that your brother hasa problem with his computer. Is thattrue?
Alwi : Yeah.Budi : Don’t worry. My brother can fix it.Alwi : I’m not sure he ______ do the job well.Budi : Trust me. He’s really a good
programmer and he can fixcomputers.
A. may B. canC. cannot D. may not
Adapted from Ujian Nasional 2002/2003Jawaban: BDalam percakapan tersebut Budi tahu kalauAlwi ada masalah dengan komputernya. Ia punmenawarkan kakaknya untuk memperbaikikomputer tersebut. Alwi tidak yakin kalau kakakBudi bisa memperbaikinya. Namun, Budimeyakinkan Alwi bahwa kakaknya bisamemperbaiki komputernya karena dia adalahprogramer komputer yang handal. Jadi, modalyang tepat melengkapi konteks kalimat ituadalah can yang artinya mampu/bisa.
24. reached about competition the news had 1 2 3 4 5
the royal the prince of also Blambangan6 7 8 9
The correct arrangement is ________.A. 4–2–6–3–5–8–1–7–9B. 4–2–6–3–1–8–5–7–9C. 4–2–6–5–3–8–1–7–9D. 4–2–6–3–5–1–9–8–7
92 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
Jawaban: AKata-kata itu, apabila diurutkan dengan benar,akan membentuk kalimat ”The news about theroyal competition had also reached the princeof Blambangan.” yang artinya ”Berita tentangpertandingan di istana itu juga sampai di telingaPangeran Blambangan.”.
For questions 25 and 26, choose the correctwords to complete the following paragraph.
Burk and Kim were late. By the time they(25) ________ at the football field, the footballmatch (26) ________ already.
25. A. arriveB. arrivedC. have arrivedD. will arriveJawaban: BKalimat soal menerangkan dua kejadian yangterjadi berurutan pada waktu lampau; peristiwapertama disusul oleh peristiwa berikutnya. Padakonteks seperti itu, peristiwa pertamamenggunakan the past perfect tense,sedangkan peristiwa berikutnya menggunakanthe simple past tense. Pada soal ini, peristiwaberikutnya dijelaskan dengan kalimat ”By thetime they . . . at the football field”, sehingga katakerja yang tepat melengkapinya adalah verbpast, yaitu (B) arrived.
26. A. has beed startedB. has startedC. had startedD. had been startedJawaban: CKlausa ”the football match . . . already”menunjukkan peristiwa yang terjadi lebih dulu,sehingga klausa itu menggunakan the pastperfect tense. Jadi, pilihan yang tepat adalah(C) had started.
For questions 27 and 28, choose the correctsentences to complete the following dialog.Kathy : (27) ________ Father will take us to a Bali
trip next month.Brook : (28) ________ This will be a great trip!Kathy : I heard Kuta Beach is the best beach in the
world. I’ll do sun bathing in Kuta and enjoythe sun set there.
Brook : Oh, I can’t wait!
27. A. Is that true?B. Are you sure?C. You know what?D. What’s the matter?
Jawaban: CBerdasarkan konteks percakapan, Kathymenyampaikan kabar menarik. Jadi, ungkapanyang sesuai adalah ”You know what?”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan konteks percakapan.
28. A. Wow, I can’t believe it!B. I heard that news.C. What a day!D. That’s it.Jawaban: AKalimat yang diucapkan Kathy bermaksud untukmenyampaikan kabar bagus. Oleh karena itu,respons yang paling tepat diucapkan Brookadalah (A) Wow, I can’t believe it!
Read the text and answer questions 29 to 32.Gossiper
A woman repeated a bit of gossip abouta neighbor. Within a few days the whole communityknew the story. The person it concerned was deeplyhurt and offended. Later the woman responsible forspreading the rumour learned that it was completelyuntrue. She was very sorry and went to a wise oldsage to find out what she could do to repair thedamage.
“Go to the marketplace,” he said, “and purchasea chicken, and have it killed. Then, on your wayhome, pluck its feathers and drop them one by onealong the road.” Although surprised by this advice,the woman did what she was told. The next day thewise man said, “Now go and collect all thosefeathers you dropped yesterday and bring themback to me.”
The woman followed the same road, but to herdismay, the wind had blown the feathers all away.After searching for hours, she returned with onlythree in her hand. “You see,” said the old sage, “it’seasy to drop them, but it’s impossible to get themback. So it is with gossip. It doesn’t take much tospread a rumor, but once you do, you can nevercompletely undo the wrong.”
Source: Scaffolding English forJunior High School Students Grade IX
29. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to thetext?A. The gossip told by the woman spread very
quickly.B. It was not easy to undo the woman’s fault.C. The person who was concerned in
a gossip was hurt and offended.D. A wise old sage killed a chicken to help
a gossiper undo her fault.
93PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini bertentangan dengankalimat pertama paragraf dua, yaitu ”Go to themarketplace,” he said, ”and purchase a chicken,and have it killed.” yang artinya ”Pergilah kepasar,” katanya, ”dan belilah seekor ayam danmintalah seseorang untuk menyembelihnya.”.Itu berarti laki-laki itu tidak menyembelih ayamyang dibeli wanita itu.
30. “. . . he said, “and purchase a chicken, and have itkilled.” The underlined word refers to ________.A. a chicken B. a gossipC. a community D. the damageJawaban: AKata ’it’ merupakan kata ganti dari kata bendayang telah disebutkan dalam klausasebelumnya, yaitu a chicken.
31. The main idea of paragraph two is ________.A. how to repay the woman’s faultB. the wise old sage’s adviceC. what the woman do to her neighborD. the effect of a gossipJawaban: BGagasan utama paragraf itu dapat disimpulkandari keseluruhan isi paragraf. Paragraf itumenjelaskan nasihat laki-laki tua yang bijaksanakepada wanita pembuat gosip. Jadi, pilihanjawaban (B) benar.
32. What can you learn from the story?A. Do what you can do.B. Do something good to your neighbor.C. Never hurt other people by telling a gossip.D. People will remember our right things as
well as our mistakes.Jawaban: CSecara keseluruhan, cerita itu menjelaskanakibat dari sebuah gosip, yaitu mudahdilakukan tetapi sangat sulit menghapusketidakbenaran dari gosip tersebut. Jadi,kesimpulannya adalah jangan pernah menyakitiorang lain dengan menceritakan suatu gosipatau kabar burung.
Read the following text and answer questions 33to 36.
The Lonely LandyOne day, there was a porcupine named
Landy. He was lonely. No one wanted to playwith him because they were afraid of his spike.
“Dear, Landy. We don’t want to play with youbecause your spikes are too sharp. We don’twant you to hurt us,” said Cici the rabbit oneday.
“Cici is right, Landy. It is not because you’rebad or rude to us. No, Landy. It’s just because ofyour spikes. They will stab us if we close to you,”said Tito the rooster.
Landy felt lonely. Landy spent most of thetime daydreaming at the river bank, “I would behappy if there were no spikes on my body.”
Suddenly, Kuku the turtle appeared from theriver. He came to Landy and said, “Landy, whatare you thinking of?”
“Oh, nothing,” Landy replied.“Don’t lie to me, Landy! Who knows I can
help you,” said Kuku wisely. Then, he satbeside Landy. He wasn’t afraid of Landy’sspikes.
Shortly, Landy told his problem. Kukunodded his head. He said, “Poor you. But it isn’tyour fault. I know, your spikes are very usefuland helpful for you. They will realize itsomeday. Trust me!”
“Thanks, Kuku. You are my best friend.”One day, Koko the frog held his birthday
party. He invited all his friends, including Landy.But he decided not to come. He didn’t want tomess up the party.
“I’ll come with you, Landy. I’ll tell everyonethat you’re harmless,” said Kuku. Finally, Landyattended the party. Everyone enjoyed it.
Suddenly, Tito screamed, “Help . . . help! Theevil wolf is coming! Save yourself!” Then,everyone saved their lives, except Kuku andLandy. Kuku pulled his head and his legs intohis shell. And Landy rolled his body into a ball.
Unintentionally, the evil wolf touched Landy.Of course, the spike pricked him. He screamed,“Ouch!” Since his foot was bleeding, he didn’tchase Landy’s friends any longer. Then, he ranaway.
“Horray . . . horray . . .! Long live Landy! Hesaved our lives” said Cici and her friends. Theythanked him. From then on, Landy wasn’t lonelyanymore.
33. Which of the following sentences is TRUEaccording to the text?A. Kuku was afraid of Landy very much.B. Landy’s friends were afraid of his spikes
at first.C. Koko only invited some of his friends to
his party.D. Landy’s friends wanted the wolf to hurt
him.
94 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”Dear, Landy. We don’t want toplay with you because your spikes are toosharp. We don’t want you to hurt us,” said Cicithe rabbit one day.”. Jadi, pada awalnya teman-teman Landy takut pada duri-durinya.
34. “Don’t lie to me Landy!” (Paragraph 7)What does the underlined word refer to?A. Tito the roaster.B. Koko the frog.C. Cici the rabbit.D. Kuku the turtle.Jawaban: DJawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengankalimat ””Don’t lie to me, Landy! Who knowsI can help you,” said Kuku wisely.” Jadi, kata’me’ tersebut mengacu pada orang yangmengucapkan kalimat itu sendiri, yaitu Kuku(dari frasa kunci ’said Kuku wisely’).
35. What can we learn from the story above?A. We like someone to ridicule each other.B. We have to help our friends and
appreciate them.C. We are disappointed to get a bad
physical appearance.D. We should not underestimate
someone’s bad physical appearance.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”He said, ”Poor you. But it isn’tyour fault. I know, your spikes are very usefuland helpful for you. They will realize it someday.Trust me!”” yang artinya ”Ia berkata, ”Kasihankamu. Namun, itu bukan salahmu. Saya tahu,duri-durimu sangat berguna dan bermanfaatbagimu. Mereka akan menyadarinya suatu saatnanti. Percayalah padaku!” Berdasarkanucapan Kuku ini, kita dapat menarik kesimpulanbahwa penampilan fisik yang kurang baik tidakselalu berarti buruk. Oleh karena itu, kita tidakboleh meremehkannya (we should notunderestimate).
36. How many characters are there in the story?A. Four.B. Five.C. Six.D. Seven.
Ujian Nasional 2008/2009Jawaban: CKarakter yang ada dalam cerita itu adalahLandy the porcupine, Cici the rabbit, Tito therooster, Kuku the turtle, Koko the frog, dan theevil wolf. Jadi, ada 6 (six) karakter.
Read the following text and answer questions 37and 38.
2009-09-11 10:42:59 p.m.
A little good news, by skin deep
I have that one person I can trust back.We are friends again and I am happy to beso. I just want her not to worry about me andnot punish herself over hurting me. It’s in thepast and it doesn’t matter. There are manymore things in life imposing a threat rightnow than any pain that she may havecaused me. We are friends that is all thatmatters to me. And thank you for it.
Source: skin deep, September 2, 2009, <A free online diary -http://www.my-diary.org/>
37. What did the writer feel when she wrote the diary?A. Sad. B. Angry.C. Tired. D. Happy.Jawaban: DBerdasarkan isi buku harian itu, penulis merasasenang karena teman yang dipercayainyakembali lagi menjadi temannya (kalimat ”I havethat one person I can trust back”.). Selain itu,catatan itu ditutup dengan ucapan ”We arefriends that is all that matters to me. And thankyou for it.” yang artinya ”Kita berteman, itulahyang penting bagiku. Dan terima kasihkarenanya.”. Dari kalimat-kalimat tersebut dapatdisimpulkan bahwa penulis merasa senang(happy) karena temannya telah kembali.
38. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to thetext above?A. The writer and her friend just met again
after they had separated for a long time.B. The writer and her friend had a conflict, but
it had been settled down.C. The writer was glad because she could get
her friend back.D. The writer’s friend had hurt the writer’s
feeling.Jawaban: APernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A) salahkarena penulis dan temannya tidak berpisahdalam jangka waktu yang lama. Merekakembali berteman setelah masalah di antaramereka terselesaikan (sesuai dengan pilihanjawaban (B)). Hal itu membuat penulis gembira(sesuai dengan jawaban (C)). Permasalahan itukarena temannya telah melukai perasaanpenulis (sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (D)).
95PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Read the following text and answer questions39 and 40.
A long time ago, the Sun and the Moon werea married couple who lived on the Earth and weregreat friends of the Sea. One day, they invited theSea to visit them.
So the Sea went along with the fish and all themembers of his family. Surprisingly, the water beganto rise, so that the Sun and the Moon had to climbup to the roof because they did not want to bedrowned, then they climbed up into the sky, wherethey remain ever since.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
39. What is the text about?A. The Sun, the Moon and the Sea were great
friends.B. Why the Sun and the Moon lived in the sky.C. The Sun and the Moon were afraid of water.D. The water of the sea would drown the Sun
and the Moon.Jawaban: BInti cerita tersebut dapat disimpulkan darikalimat terakhir bacaan itu, yaitu ”. . . then theyclimbed up into the sky, where they remain eversince.” yang artinya ”. . . kemudian mereka naikke langit tempat mereka tinggal semenjak itu.”.Jadi, cerita itu tentang alasan mengapa SangMatahari dan Sang Rembulan berada di langit.
40. “. . . then they climbed up into the sky, wherethey remain ever since.”The underlined word means ________.A. keep B. revealC. stay D. mentionJawaban: CKata ’remain’ dan ’stay’ mempunyai arti yangsama, yaitu ’tinggal’. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyamenjaga, (B) artinya mengungkap/membuka,dan (D) artinya menyebutkan.
Read the following poem and answer questions41 to 43.
All Things Bright and BeautifulBy Cecil Frances Alexander
All things bright and beautiful,All creatures great and small,All things wise and wonderful,The Lord God made them all.
Each little flower that opens,Each little bird that sings,
He made their glowing colors,He made their tiny wings.
The purple-headed mountain,The river running by,
The sunset, and the morning,That brightens up the sky;
The cold wind in the winter,The pleasant summer sun,
The ripe fruits in the garden,He made them every one.
He gave us eyes to see them,And lips that we might tell,How great is God Almighty,
Who has made all things well.Source: Cecil Frances Alexander, August 3, 2009
<http://www.storyit.com/Classics/JustPoems/allthings.htm>
41. What is the poem about?A. Something beautiful.B. God’s creation.C. Something bright.D. The colors of the world.Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan, puisi tersebutmengungkapkan kebesaran Tuhan yang telahmenciptakan alam semesta beserta isinya.Pada tiap bait dalam puisi itu menjelaskanciptaan Tuhan, misal bunga kecil dengan warnaberkilauan, matahari terbit pada pagi hari yangmenerangi alam, angin dingin pada musimdingin, dan mata kita untuk melihat semuaciptaan Tuhan.
42. “He made them every one.”What does the word ‘he’ refer to?A. The Lord God.B. The cold wind.C. A little bird.D. The purple-headed mountain.Jawaban: AKata ganti ’he’ tersebut mengacu pada sangpencipta semua yang ada, termasuk angindingin pada musim dingin, matahari yanghangat di musim panas, serta buah-buahanyang telah masak di taman/kebun. Jadi, kata’he’ mengacu pada ’The Lord God’.
43. “He made their glowing colors,”The underlined word can be best replaced by________.A. boring B. interestingC. shinning D. tiringJawaban: CKata ’glowing’ dan ’shinning’ mempunyai artiyang sama, yaitu berkilauan. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya membosankan, (B) artinya menarik,dan (D) artinya melelahkan.
44. Rearrange the sentences below into a goodstory.1. The man gave him five magic beans for
the cow.2. Jack climbed up the beanstalk. He
wanted to see what was at the top.
96 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester
3. Jack and his mother were very poor, sohis mother asked him to sell their cow.
4. On the way, he met a strange man.5. His mother was very angry and threw
the beans out of the window.6. The next morning they saw a giant
beanstalk.7. Jack found a huge castle and a lot of gold.A. 5–6–2–7–3–4–1 B. 3–4–1–5–6–2–7C. 3–4–5–6–1–2–7 D. 4–1–3–5–6–7–2
Ujian Nasional 2008/2009Jawaban: BKalimat-kalimat tersebut bila digabung akanmembentuk cerita naratif. Cerita dimulai daritahap orientasi (pengenalan), yaitu kalimatnomor 3. Kemudian, ada tahap dimulainyakonflik, yaitu kalimat nomor 4, 1, 5. Terakhiradalah tahap resolusi, yaitu kalimat nomor 6, 2,dan 7. Pilihan jawaban (B) benar.
45. ________ Mr. Lambart had bought an executiveclass train ticket to go back to Solo, hissecretary found a good price. A. After B. WhenC. Before D. WhileJawaban: AKalimat soal menerangkan dua peristiwa/kejadian yang terjadi beriringan pada waktulampau; suatu peristiwa terjadi setelah atausebelum peristiwa lain. Peristiwa yang terjaditerlebih dahulu menggunakan the past perfecttense dan diawali kata hubung after.
46. Bruce ________ his parents before he left forcamping this morning.A. informed B. has informedC. had informed D. was informedJawaban: CKonteks kalimat soal tentang peristiwa lampaudengan menggunakan the simple past tense.Kata hubung ’before’ menghubungkan duaperistiwa yang terjadi berurutan. Klausa yangmendahului kata before menerangkan peristiwayang terlebih dahulu pada waktu lampu,sehingga klausa itu menggunakan the pastperfect tense (had + past participle).
Read the following text and answer questions47 to 50.
Collin Caterpillar and Sylvia Snail were crawlingalong the garden wall one sunny morning.
“Isn’t the world big?” remarked Collin as hegazed around.
“It’s huge, it’s enormous,” agreed Sylvia, whothought a lot about such things inside her mind.
“It makes me feel so very small,” Collin said.“But I know a way to change all that!” said
Sylvia wisely.
So the two of them spent the rest of thatmorning collecting the tiniest things they could find.
Collin collected a crumb, a pea, a shell anda petal. Soon he had found a feather, a peanut,a button and a berry.
Sylvia brought back a drawing pin, a paper clip,a pen nib, a pin and a needle.
“Look! You’re almost a giant Collin!” said Sylvia.“Funnily enough, how small these things are,”
chuckled Collin, “and look how big I am!”Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
47. What is the text about?A. The big world.B. The tiniest things.C. The garden wall.D. Collin Caterpillar and Sylvia Snail.Jawaban: DCerita tersebut tentang Collin Caterpillar danSylvia Snail yang menganggap kalau dirimereka itu kecil dalam dunia yang besar,sehingga mereka mengumpulkan benda-bendapaling kecil yang akan membuat merekatampak besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena hanya merupakan gagasan pendukung.
48. Sylvia collected the following things, except________.A. a drawing pin B. a needleC. a paper clip D. a berryJawaban: DBenda-benda yang dikumpulkan Sylviadisebutkan pada kalimat ”Sylvia brought backa drawing pin, a paper clip, a pen nib, a pin anda needle.”. Jadi, benda yang tidak dikumpulkanSylvia adalah (D) a berry.
49. How many the tiniest things did Collin collect?A. Ten. B. Nine.C. Eight. D. Seven.Jawaban: CBerdasarkan kalimat ”Collin collected a crumb,a pea, a sheel and a petal. Soon he had founda feather, a peanut, a button and a berry.”, bendaterkecil yang ditemukannya ada 8 (eight).
50. Isn’t the world big? remarked Collin as hegazed around. (Paragraph 2)What is the synonym of the underlined word?A. Spread. B. Looked.C. Walked. D. Paid attention.Jawaban: BKata ’gazed’ mempunyai arti yang samadengan kata ’looked’, yaitu memandang. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya menyebar, (C) artinyaberjalan, dan (D) artinya menaruh perhatian.
97PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Objectives:
At the end of this unit youwill be able to:● express politeness,● tell something in general
using spoken English,● create short functional
texts (contestannouncements),
● write report texts aboutpublic places, and
● write short functional texts(letters),
● use sentence connectorsand modals properly.
Suppose you ask for your teacher’spermission to go somewhere or request someoneto do something for you. How would you say it?You should say it politely, shouldn’t you? Do you knowhow to make polite requests? You will find the answer andlearn more about polite expressions in this unit.
Next, could you mention some public places in your hometown?There are hospitals, banks, bus stations, market and others. Haveyou ever noticed similar public places, such as a traditional market inyour town with the one in another town? Do they have something incommon? If you write down about the common things of the similarpublic places, then you write a report. In this unit, you’ll learn moreabout this type of text, including its text structure and characteristics.Hopefully, at the end of this unit you will be able to write reports.
98 UNIT 2 Reports
2.1 Expressions
Expressing Politeness
Read the following dialog.
Look at the bold-typed sentences in the dialog above. In the dialog, the student asks forinformation to her teacher about Mr. Burhan. She says, “Excuse me. Could you please tellme where Mr. Burhan is, Sir?” The sentences express a polite request.
To make your request sounds polite, you may use the following words.● Please, at the beginning, middle or the end of your sentence.● Modals, like can, will, could, would, may. Only use could and would in a formal situation
or when you are talking with someone you haven’t known before.
Here are some expressions used to express politeness and their possible responses.
Expressing Politeness
● Open the door, please.● Can you help me bring the books?● Will you accompany me to the dentist, please?● Excuse me. Where is the Principal’s office?● Would you tell me where the Principal’s office is,
please?● Could you tell me where the Principal’s office is?● May I help you . . .?● Would you mind . . .?● Could you please . . .?● Would you please . . .?
Responding
● O.K.● No problem.● No big deal.● Sure.● Certainly.● Sure. It is next to the library.
Excuse me. Could youplease tell me whereMr. Burhan is, Sir?
I see. Thankyou, Sir.
Well, he has just been out.Perhaps he’s in the librarynow. He likes going there
during the break.
You’rewelcome.
99PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Venna : (1) Excuse me, Ma’am.Teacher : Yes, Venna. What’s up?Venna : Ma’am, I’m a little bit confused with question number three. (2) Would you be kind
enough to explain me more about it?Teacher : Let’s ask the others first.Venna : O.K.Teacher : Listen, class. Venna has a problem with question number three. (3) Can any of you
help Venna? What about you, Sony?Sony : (4) I’m really sorry, Ma’am, I can’t. Frankly, I don’t understand it either.Teacher : Do you? Well, . . . it seems to be everybody’s problem. All right then, I’ll explain it once
again. But first, Dono, (5) will you clean the blackboard?Dono : Yes, Ma’am.Teacher : Thank you.
Answer the questions below.
1. What expressions did you learn in Unit 1?Jawaban: I learned about telling interesting news or information and responding to it.
2. Can you mention some of those expressions?Jawaban: Yes, I can.Telling about interesting news or information:● Guess what!● Let me tell you this.● I’ll tell you what!
Responding to interesting news or information:● That is smart.● You are terrific.● Is that true?
100 UNIT 2 Reports
Variasi:
Write the sentences in the dialog which use expressions of politeness.Explain the purpose of each sentence.
B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.
1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?Jawaban: In a classroom.
2. What is Venna’s problem?Jawaban: She is a little bit confused with question number three.
3. Can Sony help Venna solve her problem? How do you know?Jawaban: No, he can’t. Because he said, “I’m really sorry, Ma’am, I can’t. Frankly, I don’t
understand it either.”
4. What is Dono asked for?Jawaban: He is asked for cleaning the blackboard.
5. Venna said, “Would you be kind enough to explain me more about it?”What does the word ‘you’ refer to?Jawaban: The teacher.
C. Read the dialogs and answer your teacher’s questions.
Dialog 1Nino : Hello, Mr. Randi. How are you?Mr. Randi : Hello, Nino. I’m fine, thanks.Nino : So, how was your trip to Singapore? Would you mind telling me more about it?Mr. Randi : Well, it was not very smooth exactly.Nino : Oh, really? Would you please tell me why?Mr. Randi : I had some trouble with my photo in the passport. The boarding-check officers said
that I looked very different because of the surgery in my chin two months ago and myhaircut. They almost brought me to the immigration office.
Nino : That’s horrible. What happened next?Mr. Randi : Then, I called the Indonesian Embassy and they helped me.Nino : I see.
Sentence
1. Excuse me, Ma’am.2. Would you be kind enough to explain me more
about it?3. I’m really sorry, Ma’am, I can’t.4. But first, Dono, will you clean the blackboard?
Purpose
To ask for attention.To request someone to dosomething.To apologize.To request someone to dosomething.
101PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Which are the utterances expressing Nino’s politeness?2. How was Mr. Randi’s trip to Singapore?3. What did Mr. Randi experience on his trip?4. Why did Mr. Randi look different?5. Who helped Mr. Randi in Singapore?
Jawaban:1. “Would you mind telling me more about it?” and “Would you please tell me why?”2. It was not very smooth.3. He had trouble with his photo in the passport.4. Because he had a surgery in his chin two months ago and a new hair cut.5. The Indonesian Embassy.
Dialog 2Delon and Ferry arrive at Sari’s house to study together.Delon : Hello, Sari.Sari : Hello, Delon, Ferry. Please come in.Ferry : Thank you.Sari : Please have a seat. I’ve been waiting for you, guys. Anyway, can I get you something to
drink first? I have orange juice.Delon : I’d love orange juice.Sari : What about you, Ferry?Ferry : Could I have iced-lemon, please?Sari : No problemFerry : Thank you.Later on . . . .Delon : Listen, I have a problem with question number five. Sari, do you know the answer?Sari : Unfortunately, not. I passed that question.Ferry : I know it!Delon : Really? Can you explain it to us?Ferry : Sure.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Who are talking in the dialog?2. Where does the dialog take place?3. What does Ferry prefer to drink?4. What is Sari’s and Delon’s problem?5. Delon said, “Can you explain it to us?” What does it mean?
Jawaban:1. Sari and her friends.2. At Sari’s house.3. Iced-lemon.4. They do not know the answer of the question number five.5. He asks someone to explain something.
102 UNIT 2 Reports
D. Listen to your teacher.Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the dialog you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Waiter : Excuse me, Sir. What would you like to order?Mr. Permana : I would have cream of mushroom and grilled steak, please.Waiter : How do you like your steak, Sir?Mr. Permana : Well done, please.Waiter : What vegetables would you like, Sir?Mr. Permana : I’d like French fried potatoes, peas and green beans.Waiter : And what would you like to drink, Sir? We have special drink for tonight,
mocca-strawberry float.Mr. Permana : No, thanks. I prefer orange squash, please.Waiter : Anything else, Sir?Mr. Permana : No, thanks.Waiter : O.K. Please wait. Your order will be ready in ten minutes.Mr. Permana : No problem.
Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Mr. Permana : I’d like French fried potatoes, peas and green beans.
Waiter : O.K. Please wait. Your order will be ready in ten minutes.
Mr. Permana : No, thanks. I prefer orange squash, please.
Waiter : Excuse me, Sir. What would you like to order?
Mr. Permana : Well done, please.
Waiter : Anything else, Sir?
Mr. Permana : I would have cream of mushroom and grilled steak, please.
Waiter : And what would you like to drink, Sir? We have special drink for tonight,mocca-strawberry float.
Mr. Permana : No problem.
Waiter : How do you like your steak, Sir?
Mr. Permana : No, thanks.
Waiter : What vegetables would you like, Sir?
6
8
1
4
92
7
11
12
310
5
Variasi:
Complete the following statements based on the dialog in Task D.1. Mr. Permana orders ________ steak.2. Mr. Permana likes to order vegetables, such as ________.3. The waiter offers ________, special drink of the restaurant.4. Mr. Permana likes to drink ________.5. Mr. Permana’s order will be done in ________.
Jawaban:1. well-done grilled2. French fried potatoes, peas and green beans3. mocca-strawberry float4. orange squash5. ten minutes
103PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
E. Listen to your teacher.Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog you have justheard?Correct the false ones.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Nita : Good morning, Mrs. Dirga.Mrs. Dirga : Good morning, Nita. What can I do for you?Nita : My mother is going to make chicken soup for lunch. Would you please get me one
pound of onions, some carrots, cabbages and some potatoes?Mrs. Dirga : Is that all?Nita : Please let me take a look at my list. Um . . ., I also need 500 grams of chicken fillet
and a can of chicken sausage.Mrs. Dirga : Here you are. Anything else?Nita : No, thank you.Mrs. Dirga : O.K. They cost you Rp75,000.Nita : Here’s the money. Thank you, Mrs. Dirga.Mrs. Dirga : You’re welcome.
1. ______ Nita’s mother is going to make a chicken soup.2. ______ Nita buys some vegetables, such as spinach and parsley.3. ______ Nita also buys a half kilogram of chicken fillet.4. ______ Nita writes down the things she wants to buy.5. ______ All the things Nita buys costs Rp55,000.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (Nita buys onions, carrots, cabbages and some potatoes.)3. T4. T5. F (All the things Nita buys costs Rp75,000.)
A. Read the dialog and answer the questions.
Miranda : Good morning, Doc.Ms. Salwa : Good morning. Please have a seat. Well, what can I do for you?Miranda : I’m not feeling well, Doc. I think I’ve got a temperature and sore throat.Ms. Salwa : O.K., let me check. Could you please open your mouth?Miranda : Sure.Ms. Salwa : Um, your tonsils are red. Let me write a prescription for you. Remember, take the
medicines regularly.Miranda : Doctor, is it possible for me to have medicines that won’t cause drowsiness?Ms. Salwa : Certainly. Here is the prescription.Miranda : Thank you, Doc.Ms. Salwa : You’re welcome.
104 UNIT 2 Reports
Questions:1. Where does the conversation take place?
Jawaban: In a doctor’s room.2. How does Miranda feel?
Jawaban: She gets a temperature and sore throat.3. According to the doctor, what happens to Miranda?
Jawaban: She gets red tonsils.4. What does Miranda ask for to the doctor?
Jawaban: She asks the doctor to give her medicines that won’t cause drowsiness.5. What should Miranda do to recover soon?
Jawaban: She should take the medicines regularly.
B. Read the dialogs.Are the statements that follow true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs?Correct the false ones.
Dialog 1Assistant : Good morning. Can I help you?Zaskia : Yes, please. I want some cakes, please.Assistant : What sort would you like? The cheese cakes are very yummy.Zaskia : Are they? I’ll take four of those, please.Assistant : And these are nice too, the ones with chocolate cream in the middle.Zaskia : Hm . . . they also look delicious indeed. I’d like three of those as well.Assistant : Sure.Zaskia : O.K., how much are they?Assistant : Fifty thousand Rupiah.Zaskia : Here’s the money.Assistant : Thank you.
Statements:1. ______ The dialog takes place in a bakery shop.2. ______ Zaskia likes to buy three cheese cakes.3. ______ Zaskia also buys four cakes with chocolate cream in the middle.4. ______ All the cakes look yummy and delicious.5. ______ Zaskia spends Rp55,000 to pay the cakes.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (Zaskia likes to buy four cheese cakes.)3. F (Zaskia also buys three cakes with chocolate cream in the middle.)4. T5. F (Zaskia spends Rp50,000 to pay the cakes.)
Dialog 2Dony : Excuse me, Sir. May I have your time?Mr. Ardian : Sure. Please come in. O.K., what can I do for you, Dony?Dony : Sir, my mom just called and told me that my father is in hospital. I really want to go
there and see him. Would you please allow me to leave the class now, Sir? I’m reallyworried about my father.
Mr. Ardian : Oh, I’m sorry to hear about your father. O.K., you can go home now.Dony : Thank you, Sir.Mr. Ardian : You’re welcome. Give my best regards to your parents. I hope your father will get better soon.Dony : All right, Sir. Thank you.
105PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Statements:1. ______ The dialog takes place in a hospital.2. ______ Dony’s mother is hospitalized.3. ______ Mr. Ardian permits Dony to go home earlier.4. ______ Dony is worried about his father’s condition.5. ______ Mr. Ardian expresses his sympathy when he’s heard Dony’s father’s condition.
Jawaban:1. F (The dialog happens at school.)2. F (It is Dony’s father who is hospitalized.)3. T4. T5. T
C. Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box.
a. How long are you going to stay, Sirb. how do you intend to pay, Sirc. Thank you very muchd. Could you please tell mee. Could you tell me your personal identity, Sirf. That’ll be fine, Sirg. Your private address, pleaseh. May I help youi. Could you please spell that address againj. I’d like to reserve two double rooms
Receptionist : Good evening, Sir. (1) ________?Guest : Yes, please. My name’s Anderson. (2) ________.Receptionist : O.K. (3) ________?Guest : Sure. My name’s Anderson Morgan. A-N-D-E-R-S-O-N M-O-R-G-A-N.Receptionist : (4) ________?Guest : 20 Flamboyant Street, Daventry, England.Receptionist : I’m sorry, Sir. (5) ________?Guest : 20 Flamboyant. F-L-A-M-B-O-Y-A-N-T Street. Then, D-A-V-E-N-T-R-Y, Daventry
England.Receptionist : (6) ________ your passport number, Sir?Guest : Sure. One moment. Ah, it’s 6 oh 5, 5-7-1-T.Receptionist : (7) ________?Guest : Five days.Receptionist : And (8) ________?Guest : By credit card. American Express.Receptionist : (9) ________. Here are your room’s keys, room 265 and 266. You’ve arrived today,
March 6.Guest : That’s right.Receptionist : All right, Sir. I’ll get the porter to show you the room now. I hope you and your
family enjoy staying with us.Guest : (10) ________.
Jawaban:1. h 2. j 3. e 4. g 5. i 6. d 7. a 8. b 9. f 10. c
106 UNIT 2 Reports
D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the dialog in Task C.
1. What are the speakers talking about?A. Booking a hotel room.B. Canceling an appointment.C. Complaining a hotel’s service.D. Reserving a table in a restaurant.Jawaban: ASecara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebuttentang pemesanan kamar hotel, sesuaidengan kalimat yang diucapkan PakAnderson di awal percakapan, yaitu ”I’dlike to reserve two double rooms.”, dengankata kunci ’reserve’ yang memiliki maknayang sama dengan kata ‘book’, yaitu’memesan’.
2. Where does Mr. Anderson come from?A. Germany. B. Holland.C. Scotland. D. England.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari alamat yangdiberikan Pak Anderson kepada petugashotel, yaitu ”20 Flamboyant Street,Daventry, England.”. Dengan demikian,Pak Anderson berasal dari Inggris(England). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan negara asal Pak Anderson.
3. When will Mr. Anderson and his familycheck out from the hotel?A. March 13. B. March 12.C. March 11. D. March 10.Jawaban: CBerdasarkan isi percakapan itu, PakAnderson dan keluarga tiba pada tanggal6 Maret dan akan tinggal di hotel itu
selama lima hari. Jadi, Pak Anderson dankeluarganya akan check out (keluar) darihotel pada tanggal 11 Maret. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi percakapan.
4. The following statements are TRUEaccording to the text, except ________.A. Mr. Anderson will stay in the hotel with
his familyB. the porter will show the guests their
roomsC. Mr. Anderson will pay the hotel’s bills
using a credit cardD. Mr. Anderson gets two rooms which
are far enough from each otherJawaban: DPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan adalah (D) yang artinya PakAnderson memperoleh dua kamar yangcukup jauh satu sama lain. Hal inibertentangan dengan kalimat yangdiucapkan petugas resepsionis bahwa PakAnderson memperoleh dua kamar dengannomor 256 dan 266, yang berarti keduakamar itu bersebelahan.
5. “And how do you intend to pay, Sir?”The underlined word can be best replacedby ________.A. choose B. aimC. collect D. examineJawaban: BKata ’intend’ memiliki arti yang samadengan ’aim’, yaitu ’bermaksud’. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyamemilih, (C) artinya mengumpulkan, dan(D) artinya memeriksa.
E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a proper dialog.
Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Receptionist : For what time, Sir?
Customer : Reza Ramlan.
Receptionist : Thank you, Sir.
Customer : Around 7:30 p.m.
Receptionist : Good morning. Melia Restaurant. May I help you?
Customer : That’s right.
Receptionist : We open at 9 a.m., and close at 11 p.m.
Customer : Yes, please. Could you tell me first what time your restaurant opens?
5
11
61
103
2
8
107PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
F. Complete the following dialogs with proper expressions.Use expressions to show politeness.
1. Doni : (a) ________?Erna : Certainly.That’s very kind of you.Doni : Don’t mention it.Erna : (b) ________?Doni : Don’t worry I can lift the table by myself. It’s not heavy.Erna : All right.
2. Mother : Have you mopped the floor, dear?Jane : I’m sorry, Mom. I haven’t. The mop is broken.Mother : I see. If that’s so, (a) ________ in a supermarket?Jane : No problem. (b) ________?Mother : No. The traffic is busy right now, and you don’t have a license.Jane : O.K., Mom, I’ll take a bus.
3. Tiara : Dina, wait! Are you going to the canteen?Dina : Yes. What’s up?Tiara : ________?Dina : Sure.Tiara : Thank you. Here is the money.
Contoh jawaban:1. a. May I help you move the table
b. Shal I call someone to help2. a. will you buy a mop
b. May I ride a motorcycle, Mom3. Can you buy me soft drink, please
912
74
Receptionist : O.K., a table for two this evening at 7:30 p.m. for Mr. Reza Ramlan.
Customer : You’re welcome. Bye.
Receptionist : May I have your name, please?
Customer : O.K. I’d like to reserve a table for two this evening, please.
Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task D?Correct the false ones.1. ______ The dialog is about canceling a reservation.2. ______ The restaurant opens for thirteen hours.3. ______ The reservation is a table for two people.4. ______ Mr. Reza Ramlan will have brunch at Mulia Restaurant.5. ______ The reservation is made on the name of Reza Ramlan.
Jawaban:1. F (The dialog is about making a reservation for a table in a restaurant.)2. F (The restaurant opens at 9 a.m. and closes at 11 p.m. It means that it opens for
fourteen hours.)3. T4. F (Mr. Reza Ramlan reserves a table for two this evening at 7:30 p.m. which is the time to
have dinner, not brunch.)5. T
108 UNIT 2 Reports
Variasi:A. Complete the following expressions with your own idea.1. Can you ________? 2. May I help you ________?3. Would you like to ________? 4. Do you think it is all right if ________?5. Excuse me, but is it possible for me to ________?
Contoh jawaban:1. Can you help me lift the box?2. May I help you look after the baby, auntie?3. Would you like to lend me some money?4. Do you think it is all right if I use your motorcycle, Dad?5. Excuse me, but is it possible for me to leave this room now?
B. Deliver short conversations using the expressions in Task A with your friend.Do it in turns.
Contoh jawaban:1. You : Can you help me lift the box?
Your friend : Certainly.
2. Your friend : May I help you look after the baby, auntie?You : That really helps. Thank you.
3. You : Would you like to lend me some money? My purse is lost. I don’t know how toget home.
Your friend : Don’t worry. Here you are.You : Thanks a lot.
4. Your friend : Do you think it is all right if I use your motorcycle, Dad?You : No, you can’t. I’m going to use it.
5. You : Excuse me, but is it possible for me to leave this room now?Your friend : Have you finished your task? If you have, you may leave now.You : Thank you.
You
Greet the shop assistant.
Mention your purpose, and ask where to find theitems.
Tell the size (25) and the color you want to theshop assistant.
Ask whether you can try more than one item.
Pick the trousers you want to try on. Ask the shopassistant other trousers in similar size and color,but from different label.
Tell you’ll wait while the shop assistant is lookingfor the trousers.
Tell that you don’t need anymore help and thankthe shop assistant.
Shop Assistant
Answers your greeting, and offers you help.
Shows you the direction to get what you want andasks the size.
Shows you the trousers and where the fittingroom is.
Tells that you can try on two items only.
Helps you to get them.
Gives you the trousers and asks whether you needmore help.
Respond to your gratitude.
G. Create a dialog expressing politeness based on the following guideline.
You are in a department store to buy non-denim trousers. You’ve never been to that store before.Therefore, you need the shop assistant’s help. As you are courteous, you say your words politely.Ask a friend to help you to act as a shop assistant.
109PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban:You : Good morning.Shop assistant : Good morning. Is there anything I can do for you?You : I want to buy non-denim trousers. Could you please help me where to find
them?Shop assistant : My pleasure. This way please. What size are you in?You : Maybe 25. By the way, do you have a pair of dark brown?Shop assistant : Yes, here you are. You can try it on in the fitting room, over there.You : Do you think it is all right if I try more than one item?Shop assistant : You can try on two items.You : O.K. So, may I have one which is similar in color and size, but from different
brand?Shop assistant : Sure. Let me find them.You : O.K. I’ll wait here.Shop assistant : Here are the trousers. Anything else I can do for you?You : No. Thanks for your help.Shop assistant : Don’t mention it.
H. Create dialogs based on the following situations.
1. Suppose you are customer service staff of Grow Up Magazine. One of your subscribers callsand complains that for three months the delivery of his/her magazine always comes late.Then, you tell your customer that you’ll figure out the problem, and promise him/her that it willnot happen again.
2. Suppose you don’t quite understand what the teacher has explained about kinds of sentenceconnectors. Therefore, you can’t do the exercise well. You have difficulties in deciding thecorrect conjunction to complete each sentence. You tell your teacher about the problem, andhe/she gives you a tip to solve the problem. You thank him/her for it.
Contoh jawaban:1. You : Good morning, Grop Up Magazine. How can I help you?
Subscriber : Good morning. This is Sari speaking. I am one of your subscribers.You : Yes, Ms. Sari. What can I help you?Subscriber : I’m very upset that for the last three months I received the magazine quite late.
Even this month, I received it on the 20th.You : I’m very sorry to hear that, Ms. Sari. I understand how you feel. O.K., let me check
this matter, and I promise you that it won’t ever happen again in the future.Subscriber : All right, then. I hope you can keep your promise.You : Certainly, Ms. Sari. Once again, thank you for your understanding.Subscriber : You’re welcome. Goodbye.You : Goodbye.
110 UNIT 2 Reports
Spoken Text
2.2 Genre
Read the following monolog.O.K., guys, have you ever been to an airport? Do you know what an airport is? What do
airports have in common? Well, it is a transportation center used for the landing and taking offof aircraft. Airports provide transportation not only for people but also for freight, such as mail,perishable foods, and other important items.
You know, several areas and structures compose an airport. Those are designed to servethe needs of both aircraft and passengers. There are runways, taxiways, terminals, gates andcontrol towers. Well, runways are the long, narrow areas where airplanes take off and land.Taxiways are paths that aircraft follow from the runways to the terminal building. Next, theareas where passengers board and exit in an aircraft are called gates. They are located withinthe terminal. The terminal also contains ticket and baggage counters. The control tower islocated near the terminal. From this tower, air traffic controllers coordinate aircraft movementboth in the air and on the ground. There are also maintenance and refueling facilities foraircraft. They are located near the runways or in nearby hangars. Specially, for securitypurposes, access to major airports is usually limited to special roads.
Speaking of its types, airports differ in size and layout depending on their function. Thereare three major types of airports: military airports, general aviation airports, and commercialairports. Military airports have one or two paved runways, generally 3,000 to 4,600 m long.General aviation airports mostly are used by small civilian aircraft. They are often found inrural areas or in small towns. They have one or two runways from 900 to 1,500 m long. Andthe last one, commercial airports, small or large, are used by airlines. The large commercialairports are usually situated in the world’s major cities. They usually have pairs of parallelrunways from 3,000 to 3,700 m in length.
The text above is a spoken report. The purpose is to give information about the waythings are. A report focuses on people and things in general. It also uses the presenttense, except for the extinct ones, like dinosaurs, you use the past tense.
2. You : Excuse me, Sir. Could you help me, please?Teacher : Yes, Tiara. What should I do to help you?You : I have tried to understand your explanation about coordinating conjunctions, but
I still cannot answer five of the ten sentences. I’d rather confused to decide thecorrect conjunctions to complete the sentences.
Teacher : Quite a lot, huh? Well, let me take a look.You : Here you are, Sir.Teacher : Um . . . . O.K., I have a tip for you. All you need to do before choosing the correct
conjunction is try to understand the meaning of the sentence.You : I see. Let me try then. Thank you very much, Sir.Teacher : No big deal.
111PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Written Text
Description
Airports are transportation centers used for the landing andtaking off of aircraft. They provide transportation for people andfreight, such as mail, perishable foods, and other important items.
GeneralClassification
An airport is composed of several areas and structures that aredesigned to serve the needs of both aircraft and passengers, suchas runways, taxiways, terminals, gates and control towers. Runwaysare the long, narrow areas where airplanes take off and land.Taxiways are paths that aircraft follow from the runways to theterminal building. Gates located within the terminal are the areaswhere passengers board and exit in an aircraft. The terminal itselfcontains ticket and baggage counters. The control tower is locatednear the terminal. From this tower, air traffic controllers coordinateaircraft movement both in the air and on the ground. There are alsomaintenance and refueling facilities for aircraft which are locatednear the runways or in nearby hangars. For security purposes,access to major airports is usually limited to special roads.
Airports itself differ in size and layout depending on theirfunctions. There are three major types of airports: military airports,general aviation airports and commercial airports. Military airportshave one or two paved runways, generally 3,000 to 4,600 m long.General aviation airports, often found in rural areas or in smalltowns, are mostly used by small civilian aircraft. They have one ortwo runways from 900 to 1,500 m long. Commercial airports, smallor large, are used by airlines. The large commercial airports areusually situated in the world’s major cities. They usually have pairsof parallel runways from 3,000 to 3,700 m in length.
Read the following text.Airports
Source: April 8, 2008 <http://www.wikipedia.com>
The text is called a report in written form.A report describes the way things are, with reference to a range of natural, man-made andsocial phenomenon in our environment. It may contain descriptions, but it often does morethan describing phenomenon (a thing, event or situation). It also classifies information. Ithas a logical sequence of facts that are stated without any personal involvement (personalopinion) from the writer.
Picture source:October 10, 2009 <http://
www.phuketairportonline.com>
112 UNIT 2 Reports
The structure of a report text is:● general classification. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is.● description. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is like in terms of parts;
qualities; habits or behaviors (if living) and usages (if non-natural).The significant features of a report text are:● focus on generic participants, such as airports,● use of the simple present tense to indicate ‘timeless’ nature of information, such as
Airports are transportation centers . . ., They provide transportation for people . . .,● no temporal sequence, such as at first, and then, after that and finally,● use noun phrases, such as military airports, general aviation airports, commercial
airports,● use technical vocabulary or scientific terms for certain reports, such as runways,
taxiways, terminals, gates, control towers,● use verbs of being and having (are, is, am, have, has) rather than action verbs (sell,
buy, run, walk, etc.), and● use descriptive language (factual rather than imaginative e.g. language for describing
color, shape, size, body parts, habits, behaviors, functions, uses, etc.).
Grammar Section
Coordinating Conjunctions
Read the following dialog.
The bold-typed sentence is a compound sentence which consists of two independent clauses.The two clauses are connected by a coordinating conjunction ‘but’.
Coordinating conjunctions link two equal structures. For example, they can link twoindependent clauses, two nouns, two verb phrases, and so on.
Seno, look at that tree! Thetree loses its leaves, but it
doesn’t die.
Really?
That’s right. The leaves fallto the ground to reduce the
tree’s evaporation.I see.
113PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Coordinating Conjunction
and
but, yet
for
or
so
nor
Meaning
additional idea
contrast idea
reason
choice of two possibilities
result
negative choice
Here are some coordinating conjunctions you can use.
Pattern: Independent Clause, [conj.] Independent Clause.
Notice that the two independent clauses are separated by a comma and a coordinatingconjunction.Note: Coordinating conjunctions rarely begin sentences in formal writing, though somepeople use them to begin sentences in informal writing.
Examples:
Independent Clause
Rita is planting roses in the garden,Ari practiced writing every day,Linda’s advice may sound silly,You can take it,
Coordinating Conjunction
andsobutor
Independent Clause
her brother is mowing.his writing improved a lot.it worked for me.leave it.
Special Finites: ‘May’ and ‘Might’; ‘Can’ and ‘Could’
Read the following sentences.1. a. May I use your pencil?
b. You might join us to see a film yesterday afternoon.2. a. My brother can speak English fluently.
b. Could you open the door, please?
Notice the bold-typed words in the sentences above. They are called modals.Do you know their functions? Read the following explanation.
‘May’ and ‘Might’
May’ and ‘might’ are always used as special finites. Remember that you do not use ‘may’ torefer to the past; however, ‘might’ can refer to either present, past or future.Functions:1. ‘May’ is used to express formal permission whether it is asked, given or refused.
Example:Lina : Sir, may I leave the room? I’ve done my test.Teacher : Yes, you may.
2. ‘May’ is also used to express prohibition, usually in official notices.Examples:● The students may not enter the test room before the bell rings.● You may not make any sounds during the test.
114 UNIT 2 Reports
3. Both ‘may’ and ‘might’ show possibility.Examples:● We have a few minutes left; we may still catch the bus.● I think Donita might join the camping activity.
‘Can’ and ‘Could’
‘Could’ is the past tense form of ‘can’.Functions:1. ‘Can’ and ‘could’ are used to replace the more formal ‘may/might’ in expressing permission.
Examples:● Can I borrow this book?● Could I ask you a question?
2. ‘Can’ and ‘could’ are used to express ability or capacity to do something.Examples:● I can beat him at swimming any time!● Donna could join the national team.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
A. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.You will find the words in the monolog in Task C.
A
1. arrangement2. commuter3. cost4. to involve5. personal6. to reverse7. to ride8. role9. to share
10. vehicle
B
a. have or use jointly with othersb. to cause to participate in an activity or a situationc. make (someone/thing) the opposite of what it wasd. something organized in an ordered waye. a person’s (or a thing’s) function in a particular situationf. one who travels some distance between his/her home and place of
work on a regular basisg. a thing used for transporting people or goods on landh. travel in a vehiclei. belonging to a particular personj. an amount given or required as payment
Answer the questions below.
1. What text did you learn in Unit 1? 2. What is the purpose of that text?Jawaban: I learned about narratives. Jawaban: It is used to entertain the readers.
3. Can you mention the example of it?Jawaban: Yes, I can. The legend of Lake Toba and the story of Keong Mas.
Jawaban:1. d 2. f 3. j 4. b 5. i 6. c 7. h 8. e 9. a 10. g
115PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
B. Complete the following sentences with the words in Task A column A.Change the form of the words if necessary.
1. The school’s anniversary celebration will ________ all students and teachers.
2. This week I have a task to clean the aquarium. Next week my turn is ________ with mybrother’s.
3. To make your room comfortable, you need to consider the ________ of the things in it.
4. In big cities many kinds of ________ available to take you to your destination.
5. I’m not allowed to ________ a motorcycle to school since I haven’t got a license.
6. The five-day-tour to Bali arranged in my school ________ nearly one million Rupiah.
7. When my cousin visited us last holiday, I ________ room with her.
8. Thousand ________ in Jakarta take electric trains to take them from home to their workplacesor vise versa.
9. Leave him alone. He needs time to solve his ________ problem himself.
10. Trains have an important ________ as a means of mass transportation in Indonesia.
Jawaban:1. involve 2. reversed 3. arrangement 4. vehicles5. ride 6. costs 7. shared 8. commuters9. personal 10. role
C. Listen to your teacher.Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Many companies or factories in big cities usually provide
a carpool facility for their workers. Do you know whata (1) carpool is? Let me tell you about it.
A carpool consists of at least two (2) commuters whorideshare to and from work or school using their personal(3) vehicles. There are two types, either sharing the driving/riding or driving/riding only.
Now, let me tell you first about sharing the driving/riding.The most (4) common carpool arrangement involvescommuters sharing the driving and riding (5) duties. Forexample, in a two-person carpool one commuter drives one week using his or her personal vehicleand pays for the vehicle (6) operating costs, while the other commuter rides. The next week thecommuters’ roles are (7) reversed.
The other carpool (8) arrangement is driving/riding only. This type involves one or morecommuters driving only and one or more commuters riding only. For example, in a two-personcarpool one commuter does all the driving using his or her (9) personal vehicle, while the othercommuter only rides and pays an equal (10) share of the driver’s vehicle operating costs.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.ridefinders.org/Carpool/definition.aspx>
116 UNIT 2 Reports
D. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task C?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The text explains the advantages of using a carpool.
2. ______ A carpool should consist of more than one commuter.
3. ______ Sharing the driving/riding is less common than driving/riding only.
4. ______ In sharing the driving/riding, the commuters change their roles in definite time, suchas once a week.
5. ______ In driving/riding only, one commuter who rides only must pay the vehicle operatingcosts.
Jawaban:1. F (The text describes a carpool arrangement in general.)2. T3. F (Sharing the driving/riding is more common than driving/riding only, as stated in the third
paragraph, “Now, let me tell you first about sharing the driving/riding. The most commoncarpool arrangement involves commuters . . . .”)
4. T5. T
Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa:Do you need something for your study, life and maybe your home? Are you (1) ________
where to get the thing fast and (2) ________? Do not worry, there is a very quick and smart wayto get what you want now. Do you know what it is? It is the Internet. (3) ________ is a vast(4) ________ linking millions of computers around the world that use a (5) ________ as thetransmitter.
Governments, companies, newspapers, etc. in this world have their own sites to(6) ________ their products and information in the Internet. With the Internet, you will be easierto find what you need. It does not waste too much time. When your computer has an Internet(7) ________ which can be (8) ________ by dialing your Internet (9) ________ of your countrywith your local (10) ________, or when everything is set correctly, your Internet is ready to use.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Do you need something for your study, life and maybe your home? Are you (1) confused
where to get the thing fast and (2) accurate? Do not worry, there is a very quick and smart wayto get what you want now. Do you know what it is? It is the Internet. (3) Internet is a vast(4) network linking millions of computers around the world that use a (5) satellite as thetransmitter.
Governments, companies, newspapers, etc. in this world have their own sites to(6) advertise their products and information in the Internet. With the Internet, you will be easierto find what you need. It does not waste too much time. When your computer has an Internet(7) connection which can be (8) activated by dialing your Internet (9) provider of your countrywith your local (10) telephone, or when everything is set correctly, your Internet is ready to use.
117PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
B. Find the synonyms of the following words in the complete text in Task A.Then, find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text you have just heardin Task A?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The text is mainly about the Internet in general.2. ______ The Internet only links a few number of computers.3. ______ A government uses the Internet to inform their policies to the public.4. ______ It takes less time to get information we need via Internet.5. ______ You can access the Internet without dialing the Internet provider.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (It links millions of computers around the world.)3. T4. T5. F (You can access the Internet by dialing the Internet provider.)
E. Listen to your teacher.Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the monolog you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:In some countries, you can find a very unique market. It is a floating market. Precisely, such
a market can only be conducted in big rivers, such as Musi River in Palembang, Indonesia,Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam. On a floating market hundreds of boats gatherto form a place of trading activities. Both buyers and sellers conduct transactions on their boats.Various items, from vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs are sold.Commonly, the signal to buy is whistling or waving hand. The market meets all day long, but themost noisy and busy time is in the morning. There are hundreds of small boats full of agriculturalproducts, mostly fruits and vegetables. Some boats have roofs, some do not.
Word
1. intelligent2. to connect3. exact4. regional5. factory6. to contact7. properly8. to promote9. quick
10. enormous
Synonym
smartto linkaccuratelocalcompanyto dialcorrectlyto advertisefastvast
Meaning
pintarmenghubungkanakurat, tepatlokal, setempatperusahaanmenelepondengan tepatmengiklankan, memromosikancepatsangat banyak
118 UNIT 2 Reports
Teks yang kerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Both buyers and sellers conduct transactions on their boats.
Commonly, the signal to buy is whistling or waving hands.
In some countries, you can find a very unique market. It is a floating market.
Various items, from vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs are sold.
The market meets all day long, but the most noisy and busy time is in the morning.
On a floating market hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities.
There are hundreds of small boats full of agricultural products, mostly fruits and vegetables.Some boats have roofs, some do not.Precisely, such a market can only be conducted in big rivers, such as Musi River inPalembang, Indonesia, Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam.
F. Answer the following questions based on the proper text in Task E.
1. What is the text about?Jawaban: It’s about a floating market.
2. What is the purpose of the text?Jawaban: To describe a place in general.
3. Where can you find the place?Jawaban: In big rivers in certain countries, such as in Musi River in Palembang, Indonesia,
Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam.4. What can you see in the place?
Jawaban: Hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities.5. What kinds of things are sold there?
Jawaban: There are vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs.6. How is the situation of the place in the morning?
Jawaban: It is noisy and busy.7. What most agricultural products are sold?
Jawaban: Fruits and vegetables.8. What is the common signal to buy things?
Jawaban: Whistling or waving hands.
4
61
573
8
2
Picture source: October 10, 2009<http://www.junaedird.files.wordpress.com>
119PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
G. Listen to your teacher.Write the sentences you have heard on a sheet of paper.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Mail is usually delivered once a day, six days a week.2. In Mauritania, mail is delivered by post drivers.3. In the US, a mail carrier sometimes must walk along his route.4. In Spain or Indonesia, the postman often travels by bicycle or motorcycle.5. Rejected mail is mail that cannot be delivered or returned to its sender.6. This may happen if it is addressed wrong and does not have a return address.7. Such mail goes to the dead-mail or dead-letter office.8. The mail is opened to try to find the sender or addressee.9. If this is unsuccessful, the mail is destroyed and any valuables are sold.
H. Answer the following questions based on the sentences you have written in Task G.
1. How often is mail delivered?Jawaban: Once a day.
2. Who delivers mails in Mauritania?Jawaban: Post drivers do.
3. What is rejected mail?Jawaban: It is mail that cannot be delivered or returned to its sender.
4. How can there be rejected mails?Jawaban: It happens if it is addressed wrong and does not have a return address.
5. What happens to anonymous mails?Jawaban: The mails are destroyed and any valuables are sold.
I. Find the meanings of the following words.You will hear them in the monolog in Task J.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. Greek = bahasa Yunani 2. leisure = bersenang-senang3. supervision = pengawasan 4. to progress = maju5. compulsory = wajib 6. primary school = sekolah dasar7. secondary school = sekolah lanjutan 8. to attend = menghadiri9. vocational school = sekolah kejuruan 10. available = tersedia
Variasi:
Complete the following statements with the correct words based on the monolog youhave heard in Task E.1. A floating market is a ________ one.2. In Thailand there is a big river named _______.3. In a floating market, buyers and sellers conduct transactions on ________.4. The market becomes busy and noisy in ________.5. In the market, you can find that some boats have ________, but some do not.
Jawaban:1. very unique 2. Mekhong River 3. their boats4. the morning 5. roofs
120 UNIT 2 Reports
J. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.
Teks yang dibacakan guru:I’m sure all of you are familiar with the
word ‘school’. Anyone knows where thatword actually comes from? Well, ‘school’actually comes from Greek word, scholç.It originally means leisure. It is an institutionwhere you are allowed and encouraged tolearn, under the supervision of teachers. Youknow, almost all countries have systems offormal education. The systems wherestudents progress through a series ofschools are compulsory for the citizen.
The series of schools have differentname, but in common, there are primaryschool for young children and secondaryschool forteenagers who have completed primaryeducation. Additionally, students may alsohave access to and attend schools bothbefore and after primary and secondaryeducation. For example, kindergarten orpre-school which provides some schoolingto very young children, typically ages 3–5,and university, vocational school or collegewhich may be available after secondaryschool.
Source: January 3, 2009 <http://en.wikipedia.org>
1. What is the text about?
mendeskripsikan sekolah secara umum,yang diawali dengan asal kata dandefinisinya, serta jenis-jenis sekolah(primary dan secondary school) yangterbagi menjadi beberapa jenjang sekolah,yaitu kindergarten, university atau college,dan vocational school.
2. What does the word ‘school’ originallymean?A. Relaxation. B. A kind of game.C. A place to study. D. Knowledge.Jawaban: AKata ’school’ berasal dari bahasa Yunani(Greek), yaitu scholç yang artinya saatbersenang-senang. Hal ini sesuai dengankalimat ”Well, ‘school’ actually comes fromGreek word, scholç. It originally meansleisure.”. Kata ’leisure’ memiliki maknayang sama dengan kata ’relaxation’, yaitupersantaian.
3. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE according to the text?A. The word ‘school’ comes from Greek
word, scholç.B. Schools allow and encourage us to learn.C. There is no school available for children
before entering primary schools.D. The system of formal education
is compulsory for the citizen.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar untuk soalpernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”Additionally, students mayalso have access to and attend schoolsboth before and after primary and second-ary education.” yang artinya ”Apalagi,siswa mungkin juga memiliki kesempatandan masuk sekolah baik sebelum maupunsesudah sekolah dasar dan menengah.”. ”Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)sesuai dengan kalimat ”Well, ‘school’actually comes from Greek word, scholç.It originally means leisure.”; (B) sesuaidengan kalimat ”It is an institution whereyou are allowed and encouraged to learn,. . . .”; (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . thesystems of formal education. The systemswhere students progress through a seriesof schools are compulsory for the citizen.”.
A. 1 B. 2C. 3 D. 4Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkanberdasarkan isi keseluruhan teks yang
1 2
3 4
Picture source:static.panoramio.com
121PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
4. What kind of school is it for 3–5-year oldchildren?A. College.B. Kindergarten.C. Vocational school.D. Secondary school.Jawaban: BJenis sekolah untuk anak-anak usia 3sampai5 tahun adalah kindergarten. Hal ini sesuaidengan kalimat ”For example, kindergartenor pre-school which provides someschooling to very young children, typicallyages 3–5, . . . .” yang artinya ”Sebagaicontoh, taman kanak-kanak atau pra-sekolah yang memberikan pendidikan
kepada anak-anak yang masih kecil,biasanya yang berumur 3 sampai 5 tahun,. . . .”.
5. “It is an institution where you are allowed. . ., under the supervision of teachers.”What is the similar meaning of theunderlined word?A. authority B. instructionC. inspection D. controlJawaban: DKata ’supervision’ memiliki makna yangsama dengan kata control, yaitupengawasan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya kewenangan ataukekuasaan, (B) artinya perintah atauinstruksi, dan (C) artinya pemeriksaan.
A. Read the text.Find the meanings of the words that follow.
What’s a puffin crossing? A puffin crossing isa new style pedestrian crossing that looks verymuch like a pelican crossing, but has a fewadditional safety features.
Puffin crossings are operated by a demandbutton. Unlike pelican crossings of which the redor green man is displayed on the opposite side ofthe road, in puffin crossings the display of the redor green man appears on the demand box next toyou on the pavement. When the green manappears on the box, it’s time to cross.
Puffin crossings have a built-in detectorsystem which ‘sees’ that you are waiting to cross. If you are a mum with a buggy and another smallchild on tow and need a little bit longer to cross, the detector knows this and holds the traffic lightsat red until you reach the other side safely. This means that drivers are stopped for a shorter time ifa pedestrian crosses quite quickly, and that slower pedestrians are given more time to cross.
Puffin crossings don’t have the flashing amber light or flashing green man phase whichpelicans have. This removes that uncertain moment for drivers and pedestrians when neither isquite sure who has priority.
Don’t be put off by the fact that you can’t see the green man ahead of you as you cross. Thepuffin has its eye on you and will give you time to reach the other pavement safely.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.lambeth.gov.uk/Services/TransportStreets/RoadSafety/Cyclist+and+pedestrians/ PuffinCrossingsWhatsAPuffinCrossing.htm>
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. crossing = penyeberangan 2. pedestrian = pejalan kaki3. safety = keselamatan 4. demand = permintaan5. display = tampilan 6. pavement = trotoar
Picture source:<http://www.edu.dudley.gov.uk>
Picture source:<http://www.freewebs.com>
122 UNIT 2 Reports
7. opposite = sebaliknya 8. buggy = kereta belanjaan9. tow = gandengan 10. flashing = yang menyala
11. amber = lampu lalu lintas kuning 12. to put off = berhenti13. ahead = di depan 14. safely = dengan selamat15. to remove = memberhentikan
Variasi:
Find the similar meanings of the following words in the text above.Explain their meanings.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Word
1. to arrive2. to ask for3. extra4. fast5. to perform6. to quit7. recent8. tiny9. unsure
10. to watch
Synonym
to reachdemandadditionalquicklyto displayto stopnewsmalluncertainto see
Meaning
sampai, tibamemintatambahandengan cepatmenampilkanberhentibarukeciltidak pastimelihat
B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the text about?Jawaban: A general description of puffin crossings.
2. What is the purpose of the text?Jawaban: To describe the way things are or something in general.
3. How is a puffin crossing operated?Jawaban: It is operated by a demand button.
4. What are the differences of puffin and pelican crossings?Jawaban: Firstly, in puffin crossings, the red or green man appears on the demand box next
to you on the pavement, while in pelican crossings it appears on the opposite sideof the road. Secondly, puffin crossings don’t have the flashing amber light orflashing green man phase, but pelican crossings have.
5. What do puffin crossings have that pelicans don’t have?Jawaban: A built-in detector system.
6. What is the function of the system?Jawaban: It functions to detect if someone is waiting to cross, then to hold the traffic lights at
red until he/she reaches the other side safely.7. What is the advantage of a puffin crossing?
Jawaban: It has its eye on us and will give us time to reach the other pavement safely.8. “Don’t be put off by the fact that you can’t see the green man ahead of you as you cross.”
(Paragraph 4)What does the word ‘you’ refer to?Jawaban: It refers to the readers.
123PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
C. Find the main idea of each paragraph in the text in Task A.Then, retell the text based on the list of the main ideas.
Paragraph
1
2
3
4
5
Main Idea
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
Jawaban:
Paragraph
1
2
3
4
5
Main Idea
The general classification of puffin crossings.
The operation of puffin crossings.
The built-in detector system of puffin crossings.
The difference between puffin and pelican crossings.
The advantage of puffin crossings.
Contoh jawaban (monolog):Listen, guys. There is a new style pedestrian crossing. It looks very much like a pelican crossing,
but has a few additional safety features. Do you know what it is? Well, it is a puffin crossing.Let me tell you. Puffin crossings are operated by a demand button. You will see the display of
the red or green man on the demand box next to you on the pavement. It is just like a pelicancrossing. However, in pelican crossings the red or green man is displayed on the opposite side ofthe road. If the box displays the green man, it’s time for you to cross.
The puffin crossing is completed with a built-in detector system. It will detect if someone iswaiting to cross. For example, if you are a mother with a buggy and another small child on tow andneed a little bit longer to cross, the detector knows this and holds the traffic lights at red until youreach the other side safely. What does this mean? This means that if a pedestrian crosses quitequickly, drivers are stopped for a shorter time, but if you are a slower pedestrian, you are givenmore time to cross which means drivers are stopped for a longer time.
Another difference between puffin and pelican crossings is that puffin crossings don’t have theflashing amber light or flashing green man phase which pelicans have. This removes that uncertainmoment for drivers and pedestrians when neither is quite sure who has priority.
So, don’t bother yourself by the fact that you can’t see the green man ahead of you as youcross. Do you know why? Because the puffin has its eye on you and will give you time to reach theother pavement safely.
Variasi:
A. Find the main idea of each paragraph in the following text.Dengue fever is one of the most dangerous diseases in the world. Dengue fever is
endemic in most tropical countries of the south Pacific, Asia, the Carribean, the USA, andAfrica.
This disease rapidly spreads in most tropical urban areas of the world. It meanspeople in these areas have high risks of infection of the disease.
124 UNIT 2 Reports
Dengue fever is caused by a virus. The virus is transmitted into human by the bite ofinfected mosquitoes, usually Aedes aegypti. In other words, the disease cannot spreaddirectly from person to person.
The disease is characterized by the high fever, severe headache, backache, joint andmuscle pains. Sometimes, many patients get nausea, vomiting, and rash on arms, faceand legs. There is no specific treatment of the disease.
Source: Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Jawaban:
Paragraph
1
2
3
4
Main Idea
The general classification of dengue fever.
The spread of dengue fever.
The cause of dengue fever.
The symptoms of dengue fever.
B. Retell the text in Task A based on the list of the main ideas.Contoh jawaban:
You know, the cases of dengue fever are increasing especially during the rainy season.No wonder if dengue fever becomes one of the most dangerous diseases in the world.
Now, can you tell us the endemic areas of this disease are? Right. Dengue fever isendemic in most tropical countries of the south Pacific, Asia, including Indonesia, the Carribean,the USA, and Africa.
As a matter of fact, this disease rapidly spreads in most tropical urban areas of the world.It means people in these areas have high risks of infection of the disease.
Let’s talk about the cause of this disease. Well, dengue fever is actually caused by a viruswhich is transmitted into human by the bite of infected mosquitoes, usually Aedes aegypti. Inother words, the disease cannot spread directly from person to person.
Then, what are the symptoms of the disease? The person who suffers from the disease willshow the symptoms of high fever, severe headache, backache, joint and muscle pains.Sometimes, many patients get nausea, vomiting, and rash on arms, face and legs.Unfortunately, till now there is no specific treatment of the disease.
D. Deliver a monolog about a skyscraper.Use the following sentences or find other related sources.
● There isn’t any official definition or set height fora skyscraper. Usually a skyscraper is describedas a very tall building that towers above the otherbuildings along a city’s skyline.
● Some define any building with 20 stories or moreas a skyscraper, others as 50 or 100 or morestories. The word skyscraper was originallya nautical term that referred to the tall sails ona sailing ship.
● Today’s image of a skyscraper in our urbansociety is that of a mega structure rising to thesky that can only be found in a world class citysuch as Hong Kong or New York. Picture source: October 10, 2009
<http://www.isif.net-stb_boatquay3>
125PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
● The structural make-up is different for skyscrapers. Buildings not exceeding four floors can besupported by their walls alone; while skyscrapers, as they are taller and heavier have to besupported by a large network of steel and concrete known as a skeletal frame. The walls thenhang from this skeletal frame.
● Skyscrapers generally have a steel structure with a core column. The core is usually made upof reinforced concrete, and the elevators and plumbing are contained within the core.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.allaboutskyscrapers.com/introduction.htm>
Contoh jawaban:Listen, everyone. Do you know what a skyscraper is? Let me tell you then.Actually, there isn’t any official definition or set height for a skyscraper. Many people usually
describe it as a very tall building that towers above the other buildings along a city’s skyline.However, some also define any building with 20 stories or more as a skyscraper, others as 50 or100 or more stories. As a matter of fact, the word skyscraper was originally a nautical term thatreferred to the tall sails on a sailing ship.
Now, in the 21st century, the image of a skyscraper in our urban society is that of a megastructure rising to the sky. You can only find them in a world class city such as Hong Kong or NewYork.
Talking about the building structural make-up, it is different for skyscrapers. Buildings notexceeding four floors can be supported by their walls alone; while skyscrapers, as they are tallerand heavier, have to be supported by a large network of steel and concrete known as a skeletalframe. Then the walls hang from this skeletal frame.
One more important thing, skyscrapers commonly have a steel structure with a core column.The core is usually made up of reinforced concrete. Here the elevators and plumbing are containedwithin the core.
E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the information inTask D.
1. What is the information about?A. Today’s image of a skyscraper.B. The general description of skyscraper.C. The definition of a skyscraper.D. The structure of a skyscraper.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenamenyimpulkan keseluruhan informasi.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenahanya merupakan gagasan pendukungdari informasi utama.
2. What does the word ‘skyscraper’ originallyrefer to?A. The tall sails on a sailing ship.B. A very tall building.C. A city’s skyline.D. A mega structure.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar yangdisimpulkan dari kalimat ”The wordskyscraper was originally a nautical term
that referred to the tall sails on a sailingship.” yang artinya ”Kata skyscraper mula-mula adalah istilah kelautan yangmengacu pada layar yang tinggi padaperahu layar.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
3. These statements are true about thestructure of skyscrapers, except________.A. they generally have a steel structure
with a core columnB. the core of them is usually made up of
reinforced concreteC. they can be supported by their thick
and strong walls aloneD. they have to be supported by a large
network of steel and a skeletal frameJawaban: CStruktur pencakar langit dijelaskan dalamkalimat-kalimat ”. . . while skyscrapers, asthey are taller and heavier have to besupported by a large network of steel andconcrete known as a skeletal frame. Thewalls then hang from this skeletal frame.Skyscrapers generally have a steel
126 UNIT 2 Reports
F. Find a report about a public place.Talk about the public place using your own words.Bring a picture to support your talk.
Contoh jawaban:Harbors fall into two basic types, natural and artificial
harbors. Natural harbors are geological features created bythe landscape. A natural harbor can be quite large, or justsmall enough to fit a few ships sheltering from a storm. SanFrancisco Bay in California is a well-known example ofa natural harbor. Meanwhile, artificial harbors are createdthrough the use of piers, jetties and other man-madefeatures, and they may also be dredged to allow passage forlarger ships. The port of Trondheim in Norway is a largeartificial harbor.
A large harbor is often combined with a port, a facility which allows ships to load and unloadcargo. A port usually includes support for ships as well, including repair areas, stores forprovisioning and stocking ships and similar facilities. Ships often require a range of services whenthey dock, and an assortment of firms offer those services, sometimes at a premium in obscureports.
Since a harbor has traditionally been used as a shelter or haven, the verbal form of the word isused to refer to sheltering or protecting individuals as well as ships. A ship usually has extensivedetails on regional harbors in the form of a directory which allows the ship to find shelter andneeded facilities. Ship’s charts also include harbor information, with a basic chart simply noting thelocation of a harbor, along with its depth, so that a captain can determine whether he or she canenter that harbor. More extensive charts might include the kind of facilities available and otherinformation of interest.
A harbor is very economically important. Therefore, most nations closely control their harbors.Many largely landlocked nations also secure small areas of shoreline so that they can participate in
Picture source: October 10, 2009<http://www.pp3.co.id>
structure with a core column. The core isusually made up of reinforced concrete,. . . .”. Jadi, yang bukan merupakan syaratstruktur pencakar langit adalah (C) yangartinya dengan ditopang dinding yangtebal dan kuat.
4. “Buildings not exceeding four floors can besupported by their walls alone; . . . .”The underlined word refers to ________.A. skyscraper’sB. tall buildingsC. mega structuresD. one to four-floored buildings’Jawaban: DKata ganti kepemilikan ’their’menggantikan benda yang telahdisebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu ’buildingsnot exceeding four floors’ yang artinya’bangunan yang tingginya tidak lebih dari
empat lantai’. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yangbenar adalah (D) yang artinya milikbangunan yang memiliki lantai satusampai empat.
5. “The word skyscraper was originallya nautical term that referred to the tall sailson a sailing ship.”The underlined can be best replaced by_______.A. frankly B. properlyC. initially D. regularlyJawaban: CKata ’originally’ berarti ’mula-mula’. Kataini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata’initially’, yaitu pada awalnya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyasejujurnya, (B) artinya dengan baik, dan(D) artinya secara teratur.
127PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
shipping and trade, since numerous goods continue to be carried by ship. Harbors are oftenpatrolled by special law enforcement to enforce prevailing laws, and ship traffic is carefullymonitored to make sure that restricted items or people are not exiting or entering a country.
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-harbor.htm>
A. Read the text.Find the main idea of each paragraph.
Joglo is the famous traditional building inJava, especially in Central Java. Joglo refers toa traditional wooden house, which has a buildingstandard or it is called pakem in Javanese.
Commonly, joglo is made of high quality ofteak wood–since this kind of wood is ratherexpensive, only wealthy or noble people have orcan build it. At times part of it like the front door orcalled gebyog is made in luxurious handcraft withparticular theme and has a specific meaning orphilosophy. Therefore, a grand Javanese woodenhouse is highly priced.
Joglo has a specific home plan, which eachpart of it has a particular purport. The home plan ofjoglo may be divided into several parts, such assenthong and omah jero as primary territory, jogan and gandhok as secondary territory, thenpendapa as public territory.
Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory means only the owner haspermanently and complete control; senthong that means a room with partition used as a privateroom for the dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong. Next is secondaryterritory–a wide coverage area, which is periodically controlled. This room is notexclusively being used by the dwellers or certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this areaare set as semi private rooms; gandhok is usually set as a dining room or living room while jogan isused to receive informal guests or relatives. This part is different from pendapa that is a publicterritory to receive formal guests. In this public territory everyone is allowed as long as that personcomplies with certain condition in this area.
However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be developed in accordance to theneeds. One of the reasons is this type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult tofind now. The cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it. There are also changes in itsfunctions as meeting rooms, restaurants or hotels.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.google.co.id/search?hl=id&q=what+is+a+javanese+ joglo+house&start=10&sa=N>
Picture source: October 10, 2009<http://www.visitingjogja.com>
Paragraph
1
2
3
4
5
Main Idea
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
128 UNIT 2 Reports
Jawaban:
Variasi:
Identify the structure of the text in Task A.Jawaban:
Description
Joglo is the famous traditional building in Java, especially inCentral Java. Joglo refers to a traditional wooden house, which hasa building standard or it is called pakem in Javanese.
GeneralClassification
Commonly joglo is made of high quality of teak wood–since thiskind of wood is rather expensive, only wealthy or noble people haveor can build it. At times part of it like the front door or called gebyog ismade in luxurious handcraft with particular theme and has a specificmeaning or philosophy. Therefore, a grand Javanese wooden houseis highly priced.
Joglo has a specific home plan, which each part of it hasa particular purport. The home plan of joglo may be divided intoseveral parts, such as senthong and omah jero as primary territory,jogan and gandhok as secondary territory, then pendapa as publicterritory.
Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territorymeans only the owner has permanently and complete control;senthong that means a room with partition used as a private room forthe dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong.Next is secondary territory–a wide coverage area, which isperiodically controlled. This room is not exclusively being used by thedwellers or certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this areaare set as semi private rooms; gandhok is usually set as a diningroom or living room while jogan is used to receive informal guests orrelatives. This part is different from pendapa that is a public territoryto receive formal guests. In this public territory everyone is allowed aslong as that person complies with certain condition in this area.
However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can bedeveloped in accordance to the needs. One of the reasons is thistype of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to findnow. The cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it.There are also changes in its functions as meeting rooms,restaurants or hotels.
Paragraph
1
2
3
4
5
Main Idea
The general classification of Javanese wooden house, called joglo.
The characteristics of joglo.
The parts of joglo.
The purposes and rules of each of joglo’s territories.
The development of joglo’s home plan.
129PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
B. Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the text in Task A.Explain their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Word
1. cheap2. common3. commonly4. crowded5. easy6. to forbid7. general8. modern9. narrow
10. opposite11. peasant12. public13. temporally14. unfamiliar15. wealthy
Meaning
murahumumpada umumnyapadat, sesakmudahmelarangumummodernsempitkebalikanorang awamkhalayak umumuntuk sementaratidak dikenalkaya
Antonym
expensiveparticularespeciallyspaciousdifficultto allowspecifictraditionalwidesimilarnobleprivatepermanentlyfamouspoor
Meaning
mahalkhususpada khususnyaluassukar, sulitmengizinkankhusustradisionallebar, luassamabangsawan(milik) pribadisecara tetapterkenalmiskin
Variasi:
Underline the noun phrases in the text in Task A.Jawaban:
Joglo is the famous traditional building in Java, especially in Central Java. Joglo refers to a traditionalwooden house, which has a building standard or it is called pakem in Javanese.
Commonly joglo is made of high quality of teak wood–since this kind of wood is rather expensive,only wealthy or noble people have or can build it. At times part of it like the front door or called gebyog ismade in luxurious handcraft with particular theme and has a specific meaning or philosophy. Therefore,a grand Javanese wooden house is highly priced.
Joglo has a specific home plan, which each part of it has a particular purport. The home plan of joglomay be divided into several parts, such as senthong and omah jero as primary territory, jogan and gandhokas secondary territory, then pendapa as public territory.
Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory means only the owner haspermanently complete control; senthong that means a room with partition used as a private room for thedwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong. Next is secondary territory–a widecoverage area, which is periodically controlled. This room is not exclusively being used by the dwellers orcertain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this area are set as semi private rooms; gandhok isusually set as a dining room or living room while jogan is used to receive informal guests or relatives. Thispart is different from pendapa that is a public territory to receive formal guests. In this public territoryeveryone is allowed as long as that person complies with certain condition in this area.
However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be developed in accordance to the needs.One of the reasons is this type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now. Thecost is big as well that people will think twice to build it. There are also changes in its functions as meetingrooms, restaurants or hotels.
C. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the text about?Jawaban: It’s about the general description of a Javanese wooden house called joglo.
130 UNIT 2 Reports
2. Where can you find joglo?Jawaban: In Java, especially in Central Java.
3. What is joglo generally made of?Jawaban: It is generally made of high quality of teak wood.
4. According to the text, why do only rich people or noblemen have joglo?Jawaban: Because the wood to build the house is quite expensive.
5. What is the front door of a joglo house called?Jawaban: It is gebyog.
6. How many territories does a joglo house consist of? What are they?Jawaban: There are three territories; primary, secondary and public.
7. What rooms are there in the primary territory?Jawaban: There are senthong and omah jero.
8. What does gandhok usually function for?Jawaban; It usually functions as a dining room or living room.
9. What part of a joglo house is it to receive formal guests?Jawaban: It is pendapa.
10. Why is the home plan of a joglo house developed quite different from the original one?Jawaban: Because it requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now, costs much that
people will think twice to build it, and there are also changes in its functions.
D. Read the following text.Are the statements that follow true (T) or false (F) based on the text?Correct the false ones.
A water park is an indoor or outdoor amusement parkthat involves playing in and around water. It usually hasfeatures such as water slides and brightly colored areas forchildren to play and swim in. Although many water parkshave a beach theme, some actually have real sand to playin near a pool that is often called a lagoon.
The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, butis usually more creative for it may include plastic palmtree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed playequipment. A water park is like a playground with theadded fun of water. Many water parks have a splash zone,or play park in which sprinkler-like equipment creates funsprays of water for children to play in.
Water parks also usually have water rides that are similar to non-water rides at regularamusement parks. For example, a water park may have bumper boats in a water-filled sectionrather than bumper cars in a concrete area. Lazy rivers are often a part of water parks. These arewater-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts. You can often find a good mix ofthrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled areas in a water park.
A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool. Larger water parks mayhave a large section with many different types and sizes of water slides rather than just one or twowater slides. Most water parks have areas for toddlers and their parents. Some water parks alsohave other attractions on the grounds such as a petting zoo or a children’s play gym.
Water parks usually sell food such as ice cream, cold drinks and snacks. They’re often greatplaces for children’s birthday parties, and an indoor water park is a good option for those in coolerclimates. Most water parks don’t allow outside food and drinks, but have reasonably-priced birthdayparty packages and do allow you to bring a birthday cake.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-water-park.htm>
Picture source: October 10, 2009<http://www.flickr.com>
131PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Statements:1. ______ This text is mainly about a particular water park.2. ______ A water park can be built both indoor and outdoor.3. ______ The lagoon in a water park is less creative than a swimming pool.4. ______ Water rides in water parks are quite different from non-water rides at regular
amusement parks.5. ______ Visitors can experience of floating down on tubes or rafts in lazy rivers.6. ______ A water park may offer a good mix of thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled.7. ______ Larger water parks have a small section with less than three different water slides.8. ______ There are ground attractions in some water parks such as a petting zoo or a children’s
play gym.9. ______ An outdoor water park is a good option for people in cooler climates.
10. ______ All water parks don’t allow visitors bring food and drinks from outside.
Jawaban: 1. F (This text is mainly about water parks in general.) 2. T 3. F (The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but is usually more creative.) 4. F (Water rides in water parks are similar to non-water rides at regular amusement parks.) 5. T 6. T 7. F (Larger water parks may have a large section with more than three different water slides.) 8. T 9. F (It is an indoor water park that is a good option for people in cooler climates.)10. F (It is most water parks that don’t allow outside food and drinks, not all water parks.)
Variasi:
A. Write the sentences in the text above that use modals and sentence connectors.Jawaban:The sentences using modals:1. . . . but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other
tropical-themed play equipment.2. For example, a water park may have bumper boats in a water-filled section rather than
bumper cars in a concrete area.3. You can often find a good mix of thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled areas in
a water park.4. A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool.5. Larger water parks may have a large section with many different types and sizes of water
slides rather than just one or two water slides.
The sentences using sentence connectors:1. Although many water parks have a beach theme, some actually have real sand to play in
near a pool that is often called a lagoon.2. The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but is usually more creative for it may
include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed play equipment.3. A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool.4. They’re often great places for children’s birthday parties, and an indoor water park is
a good option for those in cooler climates.5. Most water parks don’t allow outside food and drinks, but have reasonably-priced birthday
party packages and do allow you to bring a birthday cake.
132 UNIT 2 Reports
B. Make new sentences using the modals and sentences connectors you find in the text.Contoh jawaban:The sentences using modals:1. Many schools may participate in the annual carnival to celebrate the Independence Day.2. All my classmates can join the study tour to Bandung next month.
The sentences using sentence connectors:1. Although they’ve just lost their houses due to the fire yesterday, they don’t want to fall in a deep
sorrow.2. Many children in remote villages live in a poor condition, but they face their daily life with
smiling.3. The development of some remote areas do not run well, for there is no proper road built to
access the areas.4. The local government should pay more attention to the unemployment issue and
encourage more job opportunities for the people.
E. Complete the following statements with the correct words based on the text in Task D.
1. “It usually has features such as water slides and brightly colored areas for children to play andswim in.” (Paragraph 1)The underlined word refers to ________.
2. “. . ., but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and othertropical-themed play equipment.” (Paragraph 2)The underlined word refers to ________.
3. “These are water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts.” (Paragraph 3)The underlined word refers to ________.
4. “Most water parks have areas for toddlers and their parents.” (Paragraph 4)The underlined word refers to ________.
5. “. . ., but have reasonably-priced birthday party packages and do allow you to bring a birthdaycake.” (Paragraph 5)The underlined word refers to ________.
6. “. . . some actually have real sand to play in near a pool that is often called a lagoon.”(Paragraph 1)The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.
7. “. . . that are similar to non-water rides at regular amusement parks.” (Paragraph 3)The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.
8. “These are water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts.” (Paragraph 3)The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.
9. “Larger water parks may have a large section with many different types and sizes of waterslides . . . .” (Paragraph 4)The similar meaning of the underlined word is ________.
10. “. . . and an indoor water park is a good option for those in cooler climates.” (Paragraph 5)The similar meaning of the underlined word is ________.
Jawaban:1. a water park 2. the lagoon in a water park 3. lazy rivers4. the toddlers’ 5. the readers 6. false7. irregular 8. to sink 9. part, area
10. choice
133PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
F. Complete the text with the suitable words from the box.
a. highways b. a full stop c. cell phonesd. traffic accidents e. very aggressively f. speedstersg. bad drivers h. speed limits i. the cautious driversj. overworked businessmen
Recently the number of (1) ________ keeps on rising. Many factors are involved. One of themis drivers’ bad attitude on the road. These (2) ________ may be the main factors as to why manyaccidents happen.
Bad drivers you see on the streets and (3) ________ of almost any country can be classifiedinto three types. The first kind of bad drivers is the wannabe Grand Prix racer. This kind of driverdrives (4) ________. For example, he or she steps on the gas and roars away a millisecond beforea traffic signal turns green. Driving in the passing lane and ignoring (5) ________ are normal forthis kind of driver.
The second one is the modern multitasker. Modern multitaskers include drivers such asworking mothers and (6) ________ and women. They eat a sandwich, drink a cup of coffee, talk ontheir (7) ________ and discipline the children fighting in the back seat while speeding down thehighway at 65 mph.
The last one is (8) ________. The cautious driver drives very slowly and carefully. Forinstance, he or she drives no faster than 40 mph on highways and slows down to 30 on everycurve. When making a turn, he or she almost comes to (9) ________ before inching around thecorner. Therefore, bad drivers can be (10) ________, slowsters or just inattentive, but you have towatch out for all of them.
Adapted from: Introduction to Academic Writing (First Edition)
Jawaban:1. d 2. g 3. a 4. e 5. h 6. j 7. c 8. i 9. b 10. f
G. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer based on the text in Task F.
1. What is the text mainly about?A. The types of bad drivers.B. The number of traffic accidents.C. The traffic’s attitudes.D. The factors of accidents.Jawaban: ASecara keseluruhan, teks tersebutmenjelaskan tipe-tipe pengendara mobilyang tidak baik yang menjadi faktor utamameningkatnya jumlah kecelakaan lalulintas, sesuai dengan kalimat dalamparagraf satu ”One of them is drivers’ badattitude on the road.”. Gagasan pokok inikemudian dijelaskan dalam paragraf duayang menyebutkan tipe-tipe pengendaramobil yang tidak baik, yang kemudian tiaptipe dijelaskan dalam paragraf-paragrafberikutnya.
2. What is the purpose of the text?A. To amuse or entertain the readers.B. To describe a particular person.C. To describe types of people in general
ways.D. To tell someone’s past experience.Jawaban: CTeks tersebut menjelaskan tipe-tipepengendara mobil secara umum, sehinggateks tersebut berbentuk report. Tujuan teksreport adalah untuk mendeskripsikansesuatu secara umum, sehingga pilihanjawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban (A)adalah tujuan narrative, (B) adalah tujuandescriptive, dan (D) adalah tujuan recount.
3. What is the characteristic of the wannabeGrand Prix racer?A. Drivers drive quite slowly and carefully.B. Drivers are good racer on streets.C. Drivers do other things while driving,
like eating.D. Drivers drive their cars very fast.
134 UNIT 2 Reports
Jawaban: DCiri pengendara yang ingin sepertipembalap Grand Prix adalah merekamengendarai mobil dengan cepat (drivetheir cars very fast). Hal ini sesuai dengankalimat dalam paragraf dua, yaitu ”Thiskind of driver drives very aggressively. Forexample, he or she steps on the gas androars away a millisecond before a trafficsignal turns green. Driving in the passinglane and ignoring speed limits are normalfor this kind of driver.” yang artinya”Pengendara mobil seperti inimengendarai mobil dengan sangat agresif.Contohnya, ia menginjak gas dan gigi satumilidetik sebelum lampu lalu lintasberwarna hijau. Mengendarai mobil di jaluruntuk membalap dan mengabaikan bataskecepatan adalah wajar bagi pengendaramobil seperti ini.”
4. What is the main idea of paragraph 4?A. The characteristics of modern
multitasker.B. The characteristics of a cautious driver.C. The type of bad drivers.D. The attitudes of bad drivers.
Jawaban: BGagasan pokok paragraf empatdisebutkan pada kalimat pertama paragrafini, yaitu ”The last one is the cautiousdrivers.” yang diikuti dengan kalimat-kalimat yang menjelaskan ciri-ciripengendara mobil tipe ini. Jadi,jawabannya adalah ciri-ciri pengendarayang hati-hati.
5. The following can be categorized asmodern multitaskers, except ________.A. college studentsB. working mothersC. carrier womenD. overworked businessmenJawaban: ABerdasarkan kalimat kedua paragraf tiga,”Modern multitaskers include drivers such asworking mothers and overworked business-men and women.”, yang bukan termasuk tipepengendara multitasker modern adalah (A)college students. Pilihan jawaban yang lainbenar karena sesuai dengan kalimattersebut; sedangkan carrier women bisadigolongkan dalam working mothers atauoverworked businessmen.
A. Join the following pairs of sentences using proper coordinating conjunctions.
1. My new watch was very expensive. It doesn’t work.2. We were new in town. Everyone made us feel welcome.3. I studied long and hard. I passed the course.4. These tires are bald. You should replace them.5. I get home from school. I collapse on the couch.6. The newspaper is here. Your magazine didn’t arrive.7. My heart pumps faster. My legs are tired.8. Is the man your uncle? Is the man your sister’s husband?9. You eat too many sweets. You will get cavities.
10. The subway was crowded. We found two seats.
Jawaban:1. My new watch is very expensive, but it doesn’t work well.2. We were new in town, but everyone made us feel welcome.3. I studied long and hard, so I passed the course.4. These tires are bald, so you should replace them.5. I get home from school and I collapse on the couch.6. The newspaper is here, but your magazine didn’t arrive.7. My heart pumps faster, and my legs are tired.
135PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
8. Is the man your uncle or your sister’s husband?9. You will get cavities, for you eat too many sweets.
10. The subway was crowded, but we found two seats.
B. Make five sentences using ‘may/might’ and five sentences using ‘can/could’.
Contoh jawaban:Using may/might1. I may be at home this weekend.2. May I join the camping activity, Mom?3. Your parents might forgive you if you told them the truth about the case.4. I might win the competition if I prepared myself better.5. The students may have a math test today.
Using can/could1. The little boy can stand on his one hand.2. My brother can cook very delicious fried rice.3. Could you pass me the book over there, please?4. Could I leave this room after finishing the task, Sir?5. Please tell me your problem. Who knows I can help you.
C. Read the following text.Identify the structure of the text.
A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each country. Through it,you can go into nearly every country in the world.
Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter. If your letters, documents,postcards, or packages are going overseas, they will pass through many hands and perhaps many lands.It is the duty of our postal service to see that your mail gets to its destination as quickly as possible.
Much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service. That’s why most nations cooperateclosely on postal matters. The mail always goes through. A flood in China or India, or an earthquake inTurkey or Iran may cause a delay, but new routes are quickly found and mail is still delivered.
Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country. A stamped letter is mailedfrom the post office or mail box. The mail is collected from the mailboxes on a regular schedule. Allletters, postcards and small parcels are taken to a central post office which employs many people.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban:
Description
A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects eachcountry. Through it, you can go into nearly every country in the world.
GeneralClassification
Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter.If your letters, documents, postcards, or packages are going overseas, they
will pass through many hands and perhaps many lands. It is the duty of ourpostal service to see that your mail gets to its destination as quickly as possible.
Much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service. That’s whymost nations cooperate closely on postal matters. The mail always goesthrough. A flood in China or India, or an earthquake in Turkey or Iran may causea delay, but new routes are quickly found and mail is still delivered.
Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country.A stamped letter is mailed from the post office or mail box. The mail is collectedfrom the mailboxes on a regular schedule. All letters, postcards and smallparcels are taken to a central post office which employs many people.
136 UNIT 2 Reports
Variasi:
A. Underline the verbs in the text you have just read.What do the verbs mean? Also, circle the modals used in the text.A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each country. Through
it, you can go into nearly every country in the world.Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter. If your letters,
documents, postcards, or packages are going overseas, they will pass through many handsand perhaps many lands. It is the duty of our postal service to see that your mail gets to itsdestination as quickly as possible.
Much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service. That’s why, most nationscooperate closely on postal matters. The mail always goes through. A flood in China or India,or an earthquake in Turkey or Iran may cause a delay, but new routes are quickly found andmail is still delivered.
Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country. A stamped letter ismailed from the post office or mail box. The mail is collected from the mailboxes on a regularschedule. All letters, postcards and small parcels are taken to a central post office whichemploys many people.
Jawaban (arti kata):1. to connect = menghubungkan 2. to go = pergi3. to become = menjadi 4. to pass = melewati, melintasi5. to get = tiba, sampai 6. to depend = tergantung7. to cooperate= bekerja sama 8. to cause = menyebabkan9. to find = menemukan 10. to deliver = mengirimkan
11. to handle = menangani 12. to mail = mengirimkan surat13. to collect = mengumpulkan 14. to take = mengambil15. to employ = mempekerjakan
B. Complete the following statements based on the text about a mail box.1. A personal messenger of a letter is ________. 2. Most nations cooperate closely on postal matters because ________.3. Generally, almost every country handles mail in ________.4. A postman regularly collects all mails from ________.5. ________ is collected all letters, postcards and small parcels.
Jawaban:1. a postage stamp 2. much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service3. the same way 4. mailboxes5. A central post office
D. Create a report about the following picture.It is a warehouse. Use facts and avoid opinions.
Picture source: October 10, 2009<http://www.newmanpaperboard.com>
137PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Contoh jawaban:A warehouse is a large building where goods are stored, and where they may be cataloged,
shipped, or received, depending upon the type. Though in the past, many warehouses, oftenlocated in industrial areas sometimes next to major shipping ports, were teeming with workers. Themodern warehouse may be either completely or totally automated depending upon how advancedthe company is. Sometimes a manufacturing facility also has an attached warehouse, where theirmanufactured goods are stored until shipped.
Warehouses have existed for several centuries, and the word itself is not hard to understand.“Wares” were the things possessed by a seller, and to “house” these in a central location meantyou were storing your wares. Normally, though, modern warehouses may store not just thepossessions of a single seller or manufacturer, but a host of different products. The principaloperation of the place is receiving, getting in new products, and shipping out products alreadystored. Another important part of maintaining a good warehouse is keeping inventory of whatproducts are presently in the warehouse, what has been shipped and what has been received.This process is again largely automated.
Some companies benefit by having huge storage facilities. For instance if you order somethingfrom some of the larger online companies, you’re generally asking them to obtain a product thatexists in a huge warehouse. Amazon.com maintains several enormous warehouses devoted todifferent products. Another modern turn on the warehouse is the Big Box stores, true commercialbuildings, like Costco®. These may be called warehouse stores and they do look like mini versionsof larger warehouses.
Such stores tend to have concrete floors, and high shelves made of metal with products soldin bulk. Instead of spending a lot of money on merchandising and attractive displays these storesare able to stock more merchandise and can offer consumers much lower prices since they orderso much more. However, such stores may also have warehouses from which they draw supplies,or they may need to order supplies from other companies that maintain warehouses.
If you live near the storage facility of a manufacturer, you may be able to purchase things forreduced prices. For instance, a bakery might produces all their things on site, and have an on sitestorage facility, from which these things are shipped. When you go directly to the source of storage,particularly when goods are also manufactured there, you can usually buy things for less becausethe company does not have to pay anything to ship or merchandise the product elsewhere.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-warehouse.htm>
Spoken Text
2.3 Short Functional Texts: Contest Announcements and Letters
Read the following text.Attention, please.
There will be a swimming contest for junior high school students. Those who are interestedshould enroll themselves to Mr. Parman not later than February the fifteenth. The contest willbe held on February the twenty fifth. Get further information in a brochure attached to theannouncement board.
Thank you.
138 UNIT 2 Reports
The text is a spoken contest announcement. It is stated publicly. It usually starts with anexpression of gaining attention or salutation and sometimes ends with an expression ofthanking. It gives people information or news. It is usually short so that people canremember easily what it is about. The announcement contents depend on the events andthe announcer’s purpose.
Written Text
Read the following text.
Dear Aunt Tia,
Aunty, I have some good news for you. Last month I passed my finalexamination. A week ago I succeeded to join in a senior high school Englishcompetition. Last night my parents promised to send me to a famous Englishcourse in my town. They also promised me if my scores in English are good,they’ll send me to a foreign university. Great, isn’t it? I’ll work hard. I want tobe a great pediatrician like you, Aunty.
Well, that’s all for now. I’m looking forward to hearing your news.
Love,
Debby
Source: Ujian Nasional
The text is a letter. A letter is a written message. There are many different sorts of letters,as follows:● news or recounts, e.g. letter to friends or relatives,● responses, e.g. apologies, complaints,● requests or transactions, e.g. business letter.
Here are what you should write on your letter.1. Sender: return address and phone number and email (optional).2. To: date, name and address (for formal letters), salutation or greeting, e.g. Dear . . .,3. Message: introduction, message and personal comment.4. From: closing, e.g. Yours sincerely or Regards, followed with name.
Letter tips:● Write your address and the date.● Greet people using their name.● Write your message politely.● Sign your name at the end.
Source: September 29, 2010 <http://www.writingfun.com>
139PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Attention, please.
We invite you to participate in our school’s first (1) cooking contest. Each class should be(2) represented by at least one group consisting of four students. Remember, you should enrollyour groups to Ms. Yuni not later than January the (3) twenty first. The contest will be held onJanuary the twenty ninth. For (4) further information, please read the brochure attached on the(5) announcement board.
B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete announcementin Task A?Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The announcement is about a cooking contest at school.2. ______ It is the second cooking contest held by the school.3. ______ Each group may consist of three students.4. ______ The closing date of the registration is January 29.5. ______ There is an announcement about the contest in the announcement board.
Jawaban:1. T2. F (It is the first cooking contest held by the school.)3. F (Each group consists of at least four students. It means it should consist of four or more
than four students.)4. F (The closing date of the registration is January 21.)5. T
C. Listen to your teacher.Write down the announcement you have heard.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:May I have your attention, please?Our school will hold a mid-term football competition. The competition will be held on Feburary
the eleventh, 2010. Complete the registration form at the football club’s room. Total prize of onemillion Rupiah is awaiting for the winners. For further information, please contact Norman at VIIIB.
Remember Unit 1. Answer the questions below.
1. You write your feeling on a book. What is it called?Jawaban: It is a diary.
2. Do you have it? Why/Why not?Jawaban: I have it. Because I can recall what I have experienced in my life.
140 UNIT 2 Reports
D. Listen to your teacher.Answer his/her questions based on the announcement you have written in Task C.
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What is the announcement about? 2. Whom is the advertisement addressed to?3. What is the requirement to join the contest? 4. Where can the students get the registration form?5. How much money will the winners get?
Jawaban:1. A mid-term football competition. 2. To all the school’s students.3. Complete the registration form. 4. At the football club’s room.5. One million Rupiah.
A. Complete the following text with the correct words from the box.
a. announced b. the twentieth c. crossword puzzled. valid ID card e. participate
Attention, please.There will be the tenth (1) ________ contest held by Teenlit Magazines. If you want to
(2) ________, send your answers and a copy of your (3) ________ to Teenlit Magazines PO BOX110 Jakarta. Don’t forget to write your active phone number. There are a lot of prizes for you. So,send your answer of the puzzle before March the second, 2010. The winner will be (4) ________at Teenlit Magazines on March (5) ________, 2010.
Jawaban:1. c 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. b
Variasi:
A. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.
Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c
B. Make sentences using the words in column A.Jawaban:1. My brother gave me a puzzle that made me headache.2. To get a scholarship I need to enclose a copy of valid school report.3. I like to read a teenlit, since the stories are close to my every day life.4. A driving license is active for five years.5. The teacher punished Dino for cheating by asking him to make a hundred copies of
regretting letters.
A
1. puzzle2. valid3. teenlit4. active5. copy
B
a. legally effective because made or done with the correct procedureb. functioning or in operationc. functioning or in operationd. a thing that is usually difficult to answere. teen writing, like short stories or novels
141PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
B. Answer the following questions based on the complete announcement in Task A.
1. What is the text about?Jawaban: A crossword puzzle contest.
2. Where should the participants send their answer of the puzzle?Jawaban: To Teenlit Magazines PO BOX 110 Jakarta.
3. When is the closing date of the contest?Jawaban: It is on March 2, 2010.
4. When will the winner of the contest be announced?Jawaban: On March 20, 2010.
5. “Don’t forget to write your active phone number.”What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word?Jawaban: To remember.
C. Retell the announcement in Task A using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:Listen, all.
Teenlit Magazines will hold the tenth crossword puzzle contest! If you are interested, sendyour answer to Teenlit Magazines, PO BOX 110 Jakarta. Please enclose the copy of your valid IDcard, and attach your active phone number. There are a lot of prizes for all winners. Remember,the contest will be closed on March the second, 2010. The winner will be announced at TeenlitMagazines on March the twentieth, 2010.
D. What announcement have you heard recently?Retell it using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:Attention, please.
There will be a traditional dancing contest. The contest is open for all junior high schoolstudents in this city. If you are interested, please enroll yourself to Ms. Nita, no more than Octoberthe fifth. The contest will be held on November the first. Get further information in the brochureattached to the announcement board near the teacher’s office.
Dear Lula,
How are you? I’m doing fine here. Last week I went to Batam for business. I’m so sorry I couldnot come to visit you in Pekanbaru because it was only a short visit. I only stayed for one night.My colleague picked me up at the airport. Then, we continued our journey to the hotel.
It was a very hot day. I remembered that I drank five cold drinks in one hour. I also visitedNagoya, Batam Center and Galang Island. I didn’t forget to go shopping there. O.K., Lula. That’senough for now. Don’t forget to write me soon. I do really want to know you better.
Best regards,Susan
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
A. Read the following text.Find the opposite meanings of the underlined words.
142 UNIT 2 Reports
Jawaban:● fine >< bad ● stayed >< left ● continued >< stopped● forget >< remember ● soon >< later
B. Answer the following questions based on the letter in Task A.
1. Who wrote the letter?Jawaban: Susan did.
2. Where does the writer’s friend live?Jawaban: In Pekanbaru.
3. Why couldn’t the writer visit her friend?Jawaban: Because it was only a short visit.
4. How was the day when the writer visited Batam?Jawaban: It was hot.
5. What activities did the writer do in Batam?Jawaban: She did a business, visited interesting places, such as Nagoya, Batam Center and
Galang Island, and went shopping.
C. Complete the following letter with the correct words from the box.
a. students b. lessons c. factoriesd. population e. swimming team
Cliffton SchoolNewport, Gwent Wales
March 15, 2010Dear everyone,
I don’t live in England, I live in a big town called Newport. It is in the south of Wales. It has gota (1) ________ of 120,000 people.
My school is in the north of the town. Near the school there are shops, offices and cafes. A lotof (2) ________ like football. After school they play football in the park near the sea. I don’t likefootball. I go to the swimming pool near the bus station after school. I’m in the school (3) ________.
I live about four kilometers from school. I don’t walk to school, but by the school bus. There area lot of factories near my flat. My mother works in one of the (4) ________. My father doesn’t work.
On Saturday mornings I have guitar (5) ________ in my teacher’s house near the library andmuseum.
Write and tell me about your town and school.
Love,Anne
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama/Madrasah Ibtidaiyah Kelas IX Edisi 4
Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. b
143PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a good letter.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
I hope you can understand my condition.
Yours sincerely,
Tiara
5
On Tuesday night the creek flooded right into our house. On Wednesday afternoon mysister slipped in the mud and we had to wait at the hospital for house because her arm wasbroken.
3
First of all, I’d like to apologize. I couldn’t do my homework this week because we hada disaster every night. On Monday night during the hail storm, the power went off and stayedout until after breakfast.
2
Last night it rained again and the roof of my bedroom collapsed. My homework sheet is nowburied forever!
4
Jalan Slamet Riyadi nomor 8Surakarta
Sunday, March 6, 2010
Dear Mr. Arifin,
1
Adapted from: September 16, 2009 <http://www.writingfun.com>
Variasi:
Complete the following statements based on the proper letter above.1. The purpose of the letter is to ________.2. On Monday night, the weather was ________.3. On Tuesday night, the writer’s house was ________.4. The writer’s sister was taken to the hospital because ________.5. The roof of the writer’s bedroom collapsed because of the rain on ________.
Jawaban:1. ask for an apology2. stormy3. flooded4. she slipped in the mud and her arm was broken5. Thursday night
144 UNIT 2 Reports
B. Suppose your school will take part in a carnival.Write a letter to one of the extracurricular clubs in your school to help for thepreparation.
Contoh jawaban:
Adapted from: September 16, 2009 <http://www.writingfun.com>
Observe some restaurants in your town.Write about what the restaurants have in common.
Permata SchoolJalan Pegangsaan number 10, Jakarta
February 28, 2010
Dear Sports Club members,
We do appreciate the time you have given to help for of our previous carnivals. Wecouldn’t do it without you.
Once again we are requesting your expert assistants to help us make this year’scarnival as successful as those in the past. We are expecting your presence in PermataSports Complex on March 21, 2010 from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m.
Thank you for your time. We are looking forward to hearing from you soon.
R.S.V.P.: March 14, 2010
Yours sincerely,
HermawanOSIS chairperson
145PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Read and memorize the words.Use the words whenever you speak English.
to allow : mengizinkanbill : tagihanboard : naik/masuk (pesawat, kapal)to conduct : mengadakanconfused : bingungcrossing : penyeberanganto define : mengartikandisplay : tampilanevaporation : penguapanto exceed : melebihito float : mengapung
formal : resmiframe : kerangkafreight : pengiriman dengan pesawatindependent : berdiri sendiri, mandirito intend : bermaksudlicense : surat/kartu izinnautical : berhubungan dengan lautpath : jalurpavement : trotoarpedestrian : pejalan kakito reserve : memesanto serve : menyajikanskyscraper : pencakar langittraffic : lalu lintas
146 UNIT 2 Reports
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the following dialog and answer questions1 and 2.
Verlita : Excuse me, Miss. Anything can I dofor you?
Ms. Donna : Yes, Verlita. What’s the matter?Verlita : Yes, please. May I borrow your dictionary?
I need to look up a new word.Ms. Donna : Sure. Here you are.Verlita : Thank you, Miss. I’ll return it as soon
as possible.Ms. Donna : No problem.
1. What is the dialog about?A. Lending a book.B. Returning a book.C. Borrowing a dictionary.D. Learning a new word.Jawaban: CPercakapan tersebut tentang meminjamkamus (borrowing a dictionary). Hal ini sesuaidengan kalimat yang diucapkan Verlita, ”MayI borrow your dictionary?” yang direspons BuDonna dengan berkata, ”Sure. Here you are.”
2. Verlita said, “I’ll return it as soon as possible.”What does the underlined word refer to?A. The book.B. The dictionary.C. The new word.D. The matter.Jawaban: BKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu padabenda yang dipinjam dan akan segeradikembalikan, yaitu kamus (the dictionary).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukanbenda yang dipinjam Verlita.
Read the following dialog and answer questions3 and 4.
Noval : Excuse me, Sir. May I ask yousomething?
Mr. Hotman : Certainly, Noval. What is it?Noval : I wonder if you could explain the
respiratory system once again.Mr. Hotman : O.K. I’ll explain it after the break time.
Is it all right?Noval : Yes, Sir. Thank you.
3. During what lesson does the dialog take place?A. Math. B. Physics.C. Biology. D. Chemistry.
Jawaban: CBerdasarkan frasa kunci ”the respiratorysystem” yang artinya ”sistem pernapasan”,dapat disimpulkan kalau percakapan ituberlangsung pada saat pelajaran biologi.
4. Noval said, “May I ask you something?”What does it mean?A. He is asking for information politely.B. He is offering something.C. He is instructing someone.D. He is requesting something.Jawaban: AKalimat yang diucapkan Noval artinya”Bolehkah saya bertanya?”. Kalimat inidiucapkan untuk meminta informasi (asking forinformation).
Read the following text and answer questions5 to 7.
Hotel
A hotel is the home of guests and touristswhen they are away from home.
The first impression guests have of a hotelis the doorman and the bellboy at the door andthe clerks at the front desk who greet them. Theguests often form their opinion of the hotel byreception they receive. The guests are usuallyhappy if they feel welcome and can get to theirrooms quickly.
Source: Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
5. What is the text mainly about?A. A description of a hotel in general.B. A place for guests and tourists.C. Guests’ opinions toward a hotel.D. A hotel’s first impressions.Jawaban: ATeks tersebut menjelaskan tentang hotelsecara umum, yang didukung dengan kalimat-kalimat penjelas, misalnya tentang fungsi hoteldan kesan pertama tamu saat hendakmenginap di suatu hotel.
6. The following are the impressions of a hotelthat guests will have at first, except ________.A. the doormanB. the interior of the hotelC. the bellboy at the doorD. the clerks at the front deskJawaban: BBerdasarkan kalimat ”The first impressionguests have of a hotel is the doorman and the
147PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jalan Jendral Sudirman number 23Bandung, East Jawa
March 4, 2007
Dear Aunt Dewi,
How clever of you to send me bluebeads! I was planning to wear a bluesweater and a plaid skirt to the morningbazaar next Sunday, and the beads willmatch perfectly.
Our bazaar is going to be bigger thanever this year. We’re having exhibits ofarts and crafts, books, food and flowerarrangements. In the bazaar there will befolk dances and games. You should bethere!
Thank you again for your thoughtfulgift.
Your loving niece,
Nita
bellboy at the door and the clerks at thefront desk who greet them.”, yang bukanmerupakan kesan pertama yang diperolehtamu hotel adalah (B) yang artinya bagiandalam hotel.
7. What usually makes guests feel happy to stayin a hotel?A. When the hotel’s clerks bring their luggage
to their rooms.B. When front desk staff greet them and fill
in the registration.C. When the doorman opens the door for them.D. When they soon get their room keys.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya apabilamereka segera memperoleh kunci kamarmereka benar karena merupakan hal yangmembuat tamu hotel merasa senang. Hal inisesuai dengan kalimat terakhir teks tersebut,yaitu ”The guests are usually happy if they feelwelcome and can get to their rooms quickly.”yang artinya ”Para tamu biasanya merasasenang apabila mereka merasa diterima dandapat langsung pergi ke kamar mereka dengancepat.”.
Read the following text and answer questions8 to 10.
8. What did Aunt Dewi give to Nita?A. Blue beads. B. A plaid skirt.C. A nice sweater. D. A big book.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”How cleverof you to send me blue beads.” yang artinya”Sungguh (tante) sangat cerdik mengirimi sayamanik-manik warna biru.”. Jadi, yang diberikanTante Dewi kepada Nita adalah blue beads.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks; (B) artinya rok yangdiwiru, (C) artinya baju hangat yang cantik, dan(D) artinya buku besar.
9. Nita wanted Aunt Dewi to go to the bazaarbecause ________.A. her aunt promised to go there to run
the bazaarB. she wanted Aunt Dewi to watch the
folk dances and gamesC. she thought her aunt would not be
busy thenD. their flower arrangements would be
exhibited thereJawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”In thebazaar there will be folk dances and games.You should be there!” yang artinya ”Di bazarnanti akan ada tari-tarian daerah danpermainan. Tante sebaiknya juga datang kesana.”. Jadi, Nita ingin Tante Dewi pergi kebazar karena ada pertunjukkan tari danpermainan. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya ia(Nita) ingin Tante Dewi melihat tari-tarian danpermainan benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai isi surat. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya tantenya berjanji untukpergi ke sana untuk mengurusi bazar itu,(C) artinya ia berpikir tantenya tidak akansibuk, dan (D) artinya rangkaian-rangkaianbunga mereka akan dipamerkan di sana.
10. Which of the statements is NOT TRUEabout Nita?A. She lived at Jalan Sudirman 23,
Bandung.B. She wrote her letter on March 4, 2007.C. She was Ms. Dewi’s loving younger
sister.D. She liked the gift that Ms. Dewi gave.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CPernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teksadalah (C) yang artinya ia (Nita) adalah adikperempuan Ibu Dewi tercinta. Pernyataan inisalah yang disimpulkan dari salam penutup
148 UNIT 2 Reports
surat yang tertulis ’Your loving niece’ yangartinya ’Keponakan perempuanmu tercinta’.Jadi, hubungan Nita dengan Ms. Dewi adalahkeponakan dengan tantenya. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi surat.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ia (Nita) tinggal diJalan Sudirman 23, Bandung, sesuai denganalamat pengirim yang tertulis di sudut kananatas. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya ia (Nita)menulis surat itu pada tanggal 4 Maret 2007,sesuai dengan tanggal surat yang tertulis disudut kanan atas surat. Pilihan jawaban (D)artinya ia (Nita) menyukai hadiah dari IbuDewi, sesuai dengan isi surat paragraf satu.
Read the following text and answer questions11 and 12.
Attention, please.
Persada Library Center is proud to announcea call for entries to the Annual Writing Contest.We seek original short stories from new youngtalented writers. The stories should be typed andconsist of not more than twenty-five pages. Thethemes are love, peace and respect. For furtherinformation please visit http://www.persadalibrary/Writing_Contest.com. This contest will be closedon March 20, 2010.
11. The text is mainly about ________.A. story themesB. love, peace and respectC. a short story writing contestD. new young talented writersJawaban: CPengumuman tersebut tentang lomba menuliscerita pendek (a short story writing contest).Hal ini disimpulkan dari frasa kunci ”the AnnualWriting Contest” dan ”original short stories”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanyamerupakan data pendukung gagasan utama.
12. “We seek original short stories from new youngtalented writers.”The underlined word can be best replaced by________.A. imitationB. abstractC. falseD. authenticJawaban: DKata ’original’ artinya asli. Kata ini memilikimakna yang sama dengan kata authentic yangartinya juga asli. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya tiruan, (B) artinya abstrak,dan (C) artinya palsu.
Read the following text and answer questions13 to 15.
Inns have served travelers since ancient times.The location of hotels has always been related tothe transportation available. During colonial timeshotels were usually situated in seaport towns, but bythe end of the 18th century, many inns and tavernswere constructed to offer lodgings along highwayroutes. After the construction of railroads in the 19thcentury, larger hotels were built near railroadstations to accommodate railway travelers.Standards of service and comfort rose appreciably,and in the larger cities the types of lodging offeredby certain hotels became luxurious.
Adapted from: Microsoft Encarta Reference Library, 2008
13. Where are hotels usually available?A. Quite far from the transportation available.B. Close to the transportation available.C. Near the railroad stations.D. Along highway routes.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua teks,yaitu ”The location of hotels has always beenrelated to the transportation available.”yang artinya ”Lokasi hotel biasanya terkaitdengan transportasi yang ada.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi teks.
14. The following statements are TRUE accordingto the text, except ________.A. inns have served travelers for hundreds
yearsB. the construction of railroads begun in the
19th centuryC. before colonial times hotels were usually
built in seaport townsD. there were many larger hotels near
railroad stations to accommodate railwaytravelers
Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya sebelummasa penjajahan hotel biasanya dibangundi kota-kota pelabuhan, salah karenabertentangan dengan kalimat ketiga, ”Duringcolonial times hotels were usually situated inseaport towns, . . . .” yang menerangkanbahwa selama masa penjajahan banyak hotelberdiri di kota-kota pelabuhan. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimatpertama, yaitu ”Inns have served travelerssince ancient times.” dari frasa kunci ’sinceancient times’ yang berarti sejak ratusan tahunyang lalu (for hundreds years). Pilihan jawaban
149PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
(B) dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat keempat,yaitu ”After the construction of railroads in the19th century, larger hotels were built nearrailroad stations to accommodate railwaytravelers.”.
15. “. . ., and in the larger cities the types oflodging offered by certain hotels becameluxurious.” (Last sentence)The opposite meaning of the underlined wordis ________.A. expensive B. fabulousC. elegant D. spartanJawaban: DKata ’luxurious’ artinya mewah. Kata iniberlawanan makna dengan kata ’spartan’ yangartinya tidak mewah. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya mahal, (B) artinya luar biasa,dan (C) artinya anggun.
For questions 16 and 17, choose the correctwords to complete the following dialog.
Teacher : O.K., class. That’s my explanation aboutour electormoganetics. Now, open yourbook on page 92 (16) ________ do theexercises.
Sania : Excuse me, Sir. I haven’t quite understoodyour last explanation. (17) ________ youexplain it once again, please?
Teacher : O.K. Listen and pay attention, will you?Sania : Yes, Sir.
16. A. so B. orC. but D. andJawaban: DKalimat soal berbentuk kalimat majemuk setara(compound sentence) yang menggabungkandua gagasan, yaitu membuka buku pelajaran(open your book on page 92) dan mengerjakanlatihannya (do the exercises). Jadi, katapenghubung yang tepat melengkapi kalimatsoal adalah and. Pilihan jawaban yang (A) katagabung untuk menunjukkan hasil, (B) katagabung untuk menyatakan pilihan, dan (C) katagabung untuk makna yang bertentangan.
17. A. Could B. MayC. Can D. MightJawaban: AKalimat soal diucapkan untuk memintaseseorang bersedia melakukan sesuatu, yaitubersedia menjelaskan tentang prosespembuahan. Modal yang tepat diucapkanuntuk meminta kesediaan adalah can ataucould. Karena yang bertanya adalah siswakepada gurunya, modal yang dipakai harusmenunjukkan kesopanan, yaitu could.
Read the following text and answer 18 to 20.
What is an Iceberg?
An iceberg is a great piece of ice floating in thesea. ‘Berg’ is the German word for ‘mountain’. In thecoldest parts of the earth, around the North andSouth Poles, land and sea are both covered bylayers of ice, more than 300 meters deep at thecenter.
Tongues of ice, called glaciers, stretch out intothe open sea. The sea water melts the bottom partsof these glaciers, then the top part moves into thewater with a great noise. The great piece of icesinks for a short time under the surface, then it risesagain, and floats away as a new iceberg. Someicebergs are many miles long, and travel forthousands of miles and several years before theyfinally melt. The part of an iceberg which can beseen above the water is only about one-ninth of thetotal size. The rest is hidden under the waves.
One of the world’s worst disasters at seawas in 1912 when the liner ‘Titanic’ hit an icebergand sank on her first journey, killing hundreds ofpassengers.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris
Sekolah Menengah Pertama/Madrasah Ibtidaiyah Kelas IX Edisi 4
18. How many part of an iceberg is hidden underthe waves?A. About one-ninth of the total size.B. Almost half of the total size.C. Around five-ninth of the total size.D. About eight-ninth of the total size.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar, yang disimpulkandari kalimat ”The part of an iceberg which canbe seen above the water is only about one-ninth of the total size. The rest is hidden underthe waves.” yang artinya ”Bagian gunung esyang dapat dilihat di atas permukaan air hanyasekitar sepersembilan dari ukuran seluruhnya.Sisanya tersembunyi di bawah gelombangair.”. Dengan kata lain, bagian gunung es yangterdapat di bawah air sekitar delapan persembilan dari ukuran seluruhnya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi teks.
19. The following statements are TRUE about theNorth and South Poles, except ________.A. they are the coldest parts of the earthB. land and sea are both covered by layers
of iceC. there is a small piece of ice floating in the
sea surrounding the polesD. the layers of ice in the poles are more
than 300 meters deep at the center
150 UNIT 2 Reports
Jawaban: CPenjelasan tentang Kutub Utara dan Selatanterdapat pada kalimat akhir paragraf pertama,yaitu ”In the coldest parts of the earth, aroundthe North and South Poles, land and sea areboth covered by layers of ice, more than 300meters deep at the center.”. Jadi, yang tidakbenar tentang kedua kutub itu adalah (C)karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
20. “. . ., then it rises again, and floats away asa new iceberg.” (Paragraph 2)What does the underlined word refer to?A. A great piece of iceberg.B. A tongue of ice called glacier.C. A new iceberg.D. Some icebergs.Jawaban: AKata ’it’ merujuk pada subjek yang telahdisebutkan pada klausa sebelumnya, yaitu”The great piece of ice sinks for a short timeunder the surface, then it rises again, andfloats away as a new iceberg.”. Dengandemikian, kata ’it’ mengacu pada ’a great pieceof iceberg’.
B. Write a report.Choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:
EcosystemAn ecosystem is a community of living things
interacting with each other and their surroundings.It can be anything from a piece of rotting wood toa huge swamp.
In every ecosystem, each organism dependson the others. When vegetation colonizes an area,the first plants to grow there are small and simple,such as mosses and lichens. Grass and sedgesappear next. The simple plants stabilize the soil sothat bigger and more complex plants can move in.This is called vegetation succession.
Rainforest ecosystems cover only 8% of theworld’s plant and animal species. Green plants areautothrops, or producers, which means they maketheir own food. Animals are heterotrophs, orconsumers, which means they get their food fromother living things. Primary consumers areherbivores that eat plants. Secondary consumersare carnivores that eat herbivores or each other.
Farming has a huge effect on naturalecosystems. It reduces the number of speciesdramatically.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth
Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 2. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.
151PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. Soni : Dad, my school plans to havea camping next holiday. ________?
Father : Okay, no problem. But, still you haveto tell your mother about it.
Soni : Will she permit me, Dad?Father : I think so.A. Is the activity beneficial for usB. Will I get nice experienceC. May I join it, DadD. Is camping a good activity
2. Aris : Can you drop by my house afterschool? There’s something I want togive you.
Adi : ________. But why don’t you tell mewhat it is now?
Aris : Oh no. Be patient, man.A. I don’t think soB. Sure, I canC. I like itD. Fine, go ahead
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Read the following dialog and answer questions3 and 4.
Ms. Santi : O.K., students, tomorrow we are goingto do an experiment. Please go to thelab directly, and make a group of fourstudents.
Fredy : Excuse me, Ma’am. What should weprepare for the experiment?
Ms. Santi : Open your book on page 35. Thereyou’ll find what you need for theexperiment. Is it clear?
Fredy : Yes, Ma’am.Ms. Santi : O.K., class, see you tomorrow.
3. Where does the dialog happen?A. In the canteen.B. In the classroom.C. In the school hall.D. In the library.
4. What should the students do tomorrow?A. They should repeat what they say.B. They should prepare themselves for the
test.C. They should review the previous lesson.D. They should go to the lab straightly.
Read the following text and answer questions5 to 7.
PlantsAll living things on the earth belong to the
plant or the animal family. The plant family getsfood and water from the soil. They also needsunlight to grow. Some of them live in water andget their food from the water.
There are thousands of plants. We candivide plants into two groups. There are theplants without stems, roots or leaves. These arethe algae and the mosses. Both kinds of plantsneed a lot of water. So, algae are usually foundin water and moss is found in wet places.
The non-flowering plants have sporesgrowing on the leaves. When they are dry, theyare carried by the wind. Those spores that fallon wet soil start to grow again. These are someof the ways that plants live and multiply.
Source: Ujian Nasional
5. What is the text about?A. The non-flowering plants.B. All living things on the earth.C. The general description of plant family.D. The plants without stems, roots or leaves.
6. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE about algae?A. They live in water.B. They need a lot of water.C. They grow well during the wet season.D. They do not have stems, roots or leaves.
7. “We can divide plants into two groups.”(Paragraph 3)The underlined word can be best replaced by________.A. classify B. countC. define D. clarify
Read the following text and answer questions8 and 9.
Listen, all.There will be a teenage music festival on April
the fourth, 2010. All participants should be juniorhigh students grade VII up to IX. Each group at leastconsists of a guitarist, a keyboardist and a singer.Get and complete the registration form at thenearest local radio station in your town. Total prizeten milions Rupiah is awaiting for the first, thesecond and the third winners. For furtherinformation please contact Ari at 567765.
152 UNIT 2 Reports
Jalan Pujangga 29Jakarta
April 20, 2007
Dear Putri,
Putri, I’m so glad knowing that youand your family will come here nextholiday. We haven’t met each other fora long time. I miss you so much. If youcome here, I will show a new park in mytown. It’s a nice place.
You said you and your family wouldgo by train. However, I don’t know whenyou will come here exactly. Please tell methe time, so I can pick you up at therailway station.
Okay, that’s all for now. Please replysoon. My love to auntie, uncle, and Raka.
Love,
Ratih
8. Which of the following statements is TRUEaccording to the text?A. The festival participants are students grade
XI.B. The festival will be held on April the third,
2010.C. Each group may consist of two personnel.D. There are prizes for the top three.
9. “Get and complete the registration form at thenearest local radio station in your town.”What does the underlined word refer to?A. The listeners’.B. The participants’.C. All the winners’.D. Students of junior high school’s.
Read the following text and answer questions10 to 12.
12. How would Putri’s family go to Ratih’s house?A. By car. B. By bus.C. By train. D. By plane.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
Read the following text and answer questions13 to 15.
Post offices in industrial countries have a policyto provide their customers with a better service. Oneof their better services is the handling of mails.Government also takes part to increase the functionof post offices. Now, the postage rates have risen.Private firms are not normally allowed to handleordinary mails, although some private carriers havebeen increasingly in circulating catalogues,magazines, and merchandise samples. Privateparcel carriers also compete with the post office.
The growth of electronic postal services hasbeen a major development. In developing countries,the postal service is being extended to ruralareas, and modernized into new technologicaldevelopments. Many small nations earn valuableincome from the stamp collectors. However, deliveryof letters remains the main job of post officers andworkers around the world.
Adapted from: The World Book Encyclopedia, 2007
13. What are not normally permitted to deal withordinary mails?A. Governments.B. Post offices.C. Private firms.D. The postage.
14. What is the main idea of paragraph 2?A. New technology in postal services.B. The growth of electronic postal services.C. The postal service in rural areas.D. The main job of post officers around the
world.
15. “Many small nations earn valuable incomefrom the stamp collectors.” (Paragraph 2)The opposite meaning of the underlined wordis ________.A. dangerous B. vulnerableC. additional D. worthless
For questions 16 and 17, choose the correctwords to complete the following dialog.
Febri : What are in your hand, Ana?Ana : Oh, these are photographs from my cousin.Febri : (16) ________ I see them?Ana : Yes, you may. Here you are.Febri : Wow, he looks marvelous! Where was this
picture taken?
10. When will Putri’s family come to Ratih’s town?A. Last month.B. Next holiday.C. Before new year.D. In March.
11. What will Ratih show Putri’s family?A. A new park.B. Her new place.C. A new train.D. A railway station.
153PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Ana : It was taken when he went to MountBromo. He likes going to mountains,(17) _________ he hates going to beaches.He almost drowned when he was playing onthe beach.
Febri : I see.
16. A. Can B. MayC. Could D. Might
17. A. so B. orC. but D. and
Read the following text and answer questions18 to 20.
A Product WarrantyA warranty is the basic agreement between
a buyer and a seller; the buyer gives money inexchange for an item that the seller guarantees willwork. For example, you want to buy an expensiveitem such as a camera, a refrigerator or a car, youlisten carefully to the salesperson’s explanationabout the product. You should evaluate the featureof a product and determines that guarantees thedealer or manufacturer offers. When you finallypurchase the item, you should put the productwarranty in a safe place in case something goeswrong.
Occasionally, a company requires the customerto send the registration card before the warrantygoes into effect. Be sure to fill this out and send it in,or the company may not honor your warranty.
There are two types of warranty; full andlimited. A full warranty guarantees that themanufacturer will repair or replace an item or refundthe purchase price if the item is defective.
A limited warranty states that the manufacturerwill repair defective parts of an item, but you usuallyhave to take it or mail it back to the manufacturer,pay labor charges and include money for returnshipping and handling costs.
Both full and limited warranties have time limits,guarantee only certain parts of the product and donot cover damage by neglect or misuse.
Source: Communicator I
18. What is the purpose of the text?A. To tell past events.B. To entertain the readers.C. To describe a particular thing.D. To describe the way things are.
19. The following statements are what you shoulddo when you buy a product, except ________.A. evaluate the feature of the productB. send the registration card to the company
C. determine that guarantees the dealer ormanufacturer offers
D. listen carefully to the salesperson’sexplanation about the product
20. “A limited warranty states that themanufacturer will repair defective parts of anitem, . . . .” (Paragraph 4) The underlined wordcan be best replaced by ________.A. faulty B. improperC. perfect D. complete
B. Complete the following text with thecorrect words from the box.
a. computers b. destinationc. e-mail addresses d. the Internete. recipients f. the domain nameg. abbreviation h. a text editori. the user’s name j. messages
E-mail, (1) ________ of the term electronicmail, is a method of transmitting data such as textfiles, digital photos, audio and video files from onecomputer to another, over an intranet or(2) ________.
E-mail enables computer users to send(3) ________ and data quickly through a local areanetwork or beyond through the Internet. E-mailusers create and send messages from individual(4) ________ using commercial e-mail programs.Most of these programs have (5) ________ forcomposing messages.
The user sends a message to one or more(6) ________ by specifying destination addresses.The address of an e-mail message includes thesource and (7) ________ of the message. E-mailmessages are addressed according to the followingconvention: the first part of the address contains(8) ________, followed by the symbol @,(9) ________ (yahoo, google, etc.), the institution’sor organization’s name (com, edu, gov), and finallythe country name (au, fr, uk).
E-mail messages display headers and footersabove and below the main message body. Theseparts record the sender’s and recipient’s names and(10) ________, the times and dates of messagetransmission and receipt and the subject of themessage.
Most e-mail programs allow the user to sendseparate files attached to e-mail transmissions. Thisenables the user to append large text–or graphics–based files to e-mail messages.
Source: Microsoft Encarta Reference Library 2008
154 UNIT 2 Reports
Jawaban Review Unit 2
A. Pilihan Ganda
1. C. Percakapan tersebut tentang rencanasekolah Soni yang akan mengadakankegiatan kemah. Dalam percakapantersebut Soni minta izin untuk ikut sertadalam kegiatan tersebut kepada ayahnya,sehingga ungkapan yang tepat untukmelengkapi percakapan tersebut adalahungkapan meminta izin, yaitu (C) yangartinya bolehkah saya ikut kemah, Ayah.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya apakah kegiatan itubermanfaat bagi kita (ungkapan memintapendapat), (B) artinya akankah sayamendapat pengalaman yang indah, dan(D) artinya apakah camping itu kegiatanyang bagus.
2. B. Kalimat Aris ”Can you drop by my houseafter school?” yang artinya ”Bisakah kamumampir ke rumahku sepulang sekolah?”merupakan ungkapan ajakan/undangan.Ungkapan tersebut menggunakan kata canyang menanyakan tentang kesanggupanseseorang. Jadi, ungkapan yang palingtepat untuk merespons ajakan tersebutadalah (B) Sure, I can yang artinya ya,saya bisa. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya saya kira tidak (ungkapanmemberi pendapat), (C) artinya sayamenyukainya (ungkapan suka), dan(D) artinya baik, lanjutkan.
3. B. Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara gurudan murid dalam konteks pelajaransekolah. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadidi ruang kelas (in the classroom).
4. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan BuSanti, yaitu ”Please go to the lab directlyand make a group of four students.”.
5. C. Teks itu secara keseluruhanmendeskripsikan keluarga tumbuhan, yangterbagi menjadi dua kelompok lengkapdengan karakteristik tiap kelompoktumbuhan serta cara tumbuhan hidup danberkembang biak. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena hanya sebagaipendukung dari gagasan utama.
6. C. Penjelasan tentang ganggang (algae)terdapat di paragraf dua. Berdasarkankalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf tersebut,yang bukan merupakan karakteristikganggang adalah (C) yang artinya mereka
(ganggang) hidup dengan baik padamusim hujan. Hal ini salah karena yanghidup di tempat basah sehingga dapattumbuh dengan baik pada musim hujanadalah lumut (moss).
7. A. Kata ’divide’ mempunyai arti yangsama dengan kata ’classify’, yaitumengelompokkan atau menggolongkan.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinyamenghitung, (C) artinya mendefinisikan,dan (D) artinya menjelaskan.
8. D. Pernyataan yang sesuai dengan isipengumuman di atas adalah (D) yangartinya ada hadiah bagi tiga besar. Hal inisesuai dengan kalimat ”Total prize tenmilions rupiah is awaiting for the first, thesecond and the third winners.” yang artinya”Hadiah total sebesarlima juta rupiahmenunggu pemenang pertama, kedua, danketiga.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”All participants should bejunior high students grade VII up to IX.”;(B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”There willbe a teenage music festival on April thefourth (April 4), 2010.”; dan (C) tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”Each group at leastconsists of a guitarist, a keyboardist anda singer.” yang berarti tiap kelompoksetidaknya terdiri atas tiga orang.
9. A. Teks tersebut adalah pengumuman lisanyang disimpulkan dari salam pembuka,yaitu ”Listen, all.”. Kata ganti ’your’mengacu pada kepemilikan orang ketigajamak, yaitu milik pendengar (thelisteners’). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan orang yang dimaksud.
10. B. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat”Putri, I’m so glad knowing that you andyour family will come here next holiday.”yang artinya ”Putri, saya sangat senangmengetahui bahwa kamu dan keluargamuakan datang ke sini liburan mendatang.”.Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah(B) Next holiday. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya bulan kemarin,(C) artinya sebelum tahun baru, dan(D) artinya bulan Maret (berarti bulankemarin karena surat tertanggal bulanApril).
11. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”If you come here, I willshow a new park in my town.” yang artinya”Jika kamu datang ke sini, saya akan
155PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
menunjukkan taman baru di kotaku.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya tempat Ratih yang baru,(C) artinya kereta api baru, dan (D) artinyastasiun kereta api.
12. C. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat”You said you and your family would go bytrain.” yang artinya ”Kamu mengatakanbahwa kamu dan keluargamu akanberangkat dengan kereta api.”. Jadi,keluarga Putri akan pergi ke rumah Ratihdengan naik kereta apai (by train). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
13. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat dalam paragraf satu, yaitu”Private firms are not normally allowed tohandle ordinary mails, . . . .” yang artinya”Perusahaan swasta bisanya tidakdiizinkan untuk menangani surat biasa,. . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
14. B. Gagasan utama paragraf ini disebutkanpada kalimat pertama paragraf ini, yaitu”The growth of electronic postal serviceshas been a major development.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena hanyasebagai pendukung gagasan utama, yaitumenjelaskan tentang pertumbuhan jasapos.
15. B. Kata ’valuable’ berarti berharga. Kata iniberlawanan makna dengan kata ’worthless’yang artinya tidak berharga. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyaberbahaya, (C) artinya rentan, dan(D) artinya tambahan.
16. C. Kalimat Febri tersebut diucapkan untukmeminta sesuatu, yaitu melihat foto yangdibawa Ana. Berdasarkan respons Ana,yaitu ”Yes, you may.”, modal yang tepatuntuk melengkapi kalimat permintaan ituadalah may.
17. D. Kalimat soal berbentuk kalimat majemuksetara (compound sentence) yangmenghubungkan dua gagasan yangbertentangan, yaitu suka gunung (”He likesgoing to mountains . . . .”) dan benci pergike pantai (”. . . he hates going to
beaches.”). Jadi, kata penghubung yangtepat melengkapi kalimat soal untukmenghubungkan dua makna yangbertentangan adalah but. Pilihan jawabanyang (A) kata gabung untuk menunjukkanhasil, (B) kata gabung untuk menyatakanpilihan, dan (D) kata gabung untuk maknagabungan.
18. D. Teks tersebut secara keseluruhanmendeskripsikan garansi produk secaraumum, yang meliputi dari mana garansi ituberasal dan yang harus dilakukan untukmemperoleh garansi produk, serta macam-macam garansi produk. Karenamendeskripsikan garansi produk secaraumum, teks tersebut berbentuk report yangmemiliki tujuan untuk mendeskripsikansesuatu seperti pada umumnya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) tujuanrecount, (B) tujuan narrative, dan(C) tujuan descriptive.
19. B. Hal yang tidak dilakukan saat membelisuatu barang adalah mengirimkan kartupendaftaran ke perusahaan karenalangkah ini dilakukan untuk mengefektifkangaransi produk yang ditawarkanperusahaan itu. Pilihan jawaban yang lainadalah hal yang seharusnya dilakukan saatmembeli barang. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena sesuai dengan penjelasanpada paragraf pertama. Pilihan jawaban(A) dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Youshould evaluate the feature of a productand determines that guarantees the dealeror manufacturer offers.”), sedangkan(D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”For example,you want to buy . . ., you listen carefully tothe salesperson’s explanation about theproduct.”.
20. A. Kata ’defective’ memiliki makna yang samadengan kata ’faulty’, yaitu cacat. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya tidakpatut, (C) artinya sempurna, dan(D) artinya lengkap.
B. IsianJawaban:1. g 2. d 3. j 4. a 5. h6. e 7. b 8. i 9. f 10. c
156 UNIT 2 Reports
Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk report yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatanlistening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragrafacak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.
Text 1
Underground Railways
Underground railways have many names, such as subways, metros or tubes. In some modern bigcities, such as New York or London, most people prefer going to work by subways to by their own cars orbuses. They do it to avoid the heavy traffic that often occurs in city centers. Moreover, this public transportcan carry hundreds of passengers quickly.
There are three kinds of underground railways. They are open-cut, cut-and-cover and tube. Open-cutsubways are built by digging rectangular ditches in streets. You can find many of them in New York,America. Cut-and-cover subways are when an open-cut subway is covered again with a road orpavement. Meanwhile, the tubes are deep, round tunnels created by boring through the ground, like mostof London’s lines.
Source: September 2, 2008 <http//www.wikipedia.com>
Text 2
Newspapers
I’ve once heard someone who said that “All I know is what I read in newspapers.” This is anuncommon expression, but I’m sure it is true that newspapers are important sources of information.
Many people begin their day by reading the papers. In this way they learn what is going on in theworld. However, sometimes they don’t have time to read the news carefully and must be satisfiedwith a quick look at the front page; at other times they may be in such a hurry that they only havetime to glance at the headlines.
There are newspapers to satisfy every reader. In big cities there are many types of papers, withseveral different editions every day. Some years ago, in small towns there were fewer newspapersand perhaps only one edition each day, but now the situation is different. In some areas, the papersare printed weekly.
Most newspapers have several sections, especially on Sunday when the edition is larger thanusual. There are, in addition to the front page with the most important news, the sports section,the society page, the comics, the amusement section, the business page and the editorial.
Another type of publication which helps people keep informed is a magazine. Some magazinesare published weekly; others are issued monthly. There are news magazines and magazines forspecial interests such as photography, sport, art and music. Some are primarily for men, others forwomen, and there is a selection of children magazines too.
Source: Ujian Nasional
157PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Makassar, May 27, 2009
Dear Sinta,Congratulations on your success inthe examination!I am very proud of you.
Your best friend,Isty
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Read the following text to answer question 1.
1. Where do you find the caution?A. At the railway station.B. At the harbor.C. At the airport.D. At the bus station.Jawaban: CKalimat tersebut artinya ”Lakukanlah check-inkopor Anda satu jam sebelum waktukeberangkatan”. Kalimat seperti ini biasa kitajumpai di bandara (airport). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (A) artinya stasiun kereta api, (B)artinya pelabuhan, dan (D) artinya stasiun bus.
Read the text to answer question 2.
Please check in your baggageone hour before boarding time
Read the text and answer questions 3 and 4.
2. Isty is very pleased with Sinta because she has________ in her examination.A. won B. succeededC. done D. joinedJawaban: BDalam teks tersebut Isty mengatakan,”Congratulations on your success in theexamination!” yang artinya ”Selamat ataskesuksesanmu dalam ujian.”. Berdasarkan katakunci ’success’, kata yang tepat melengkapikalimat soal adalah succeeded yang artinyaberhasil. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya menang, (C) artinya mengerjakan,dan (D) artinya bergabung.
From: +62815556165Just to inform you that the meeting will becanceled for tomorrow Mon, May 23 ’09 at10 a.m. as the principal will arrive fromSingapore tonight.
Lilian
3. From the text we know that ________.A. the principal was away when the message
was sentB. the sender cannot attend the meetingC. the principal will wait for the meeting that dayD. the sender was in Singapore when he sent
the messageJawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan darikalimat ”. . . as the principal will arrive fromSingapore tonight.” yang artinya ”. . . karenakepala sekolah akan tiba dari Singapura nantimalam.”. Jadi, saat pesan itu dikirim, kepalasekolah sedang berada di Singapura (theprincipal was away when the message wassent). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya pengirim tidak dapat menghadiripertemuan, (C) yang artinya kepala sekolahakan menunggu untuk pertemuan hari itu, dan(D) artinya pengirim berada di Singapura saat iamengirim pesan itu.
4. The short message is written to ________.A. tell what had happened in the meetingB. inform the cancelation of a meetingC. say that the principal won’t come to the meetingD. inform that the sender has just arrived from
SingaporeJawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”Just to inform you that the meeting will becanceled for tomorrow . . . .” yang artinya”Hanya ingin memberi tahu Anda bahwapertemuan itu ditunda sampai besok . . . .”. Jadi,pesan singkat itu untuk memberitahukanpenundaan pertemuan (inform the cancelationof a meeting). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya mengatakan apa yang telah terjadi
158 Latihan Ujian Nasional
pada pertemuan itu, (C) artinya mengatakanbahwa kepala sekolah tidak akan hadir padapertemuan, dan (D) artinya memberikaninformasi bahwa pengirim baru saja datang dariSingapura.
Read the following text and answer questions5 and 6.
Read the text and answer questions 7 to 9.
5. The persons who may join the party are VIIIAstudents and their ________.A. couples B. relativesC. parents D. friendsJawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”Bring one or two friends and. . . .” yang artinya ”Bawalah satu atau duateman . . . .”. Jadi, orang yang dapat mengikutipesta itu adalah siswa kelas VIIIA dan temanmereka. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya pasangan, (B) artinya kerabat, dan(C) artinya orang tua.
6. The text is written ________ a dinner party.A. to announce students to haveB. to invite people to go toC. to inform people to declineD. to force students to go toJawaban: BDalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat ”Hi friends,we are having a DINNER PARTY on WednesdayAugust 13 in Class VIIIA at eight o’clock . . . .All students of VIIIA are supposed to join.” yangartinya ”Hai, teman-teman, kami akanmengadakan pesta makan malam pada hariRabu tanggal 13 Agustus di Kelas VIII A padapukul delapan. Semua siswa kelas VIIIAdiharapkan ikut.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa tekstersebut bermaksud mengundang orang kepesta makan malam (to invite people to go toa dinner party). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks; (A) artinyauntuk memberi tahu siswa untuk mengadakan(pesta makan malam), (C) artinya untuk memberitahu orang untuk menolak (pesta makan malam),dan (D) artinya untuk memaksa siswa datang ke(pesta makan malam).
Scout Association of SMP Bunga BangsaSemarang
To: All Scout Members
We are going to go camping at Bringin area,from June 14–16, 2009. The contribution isRp75,000.00. Members who would like to jointhe activity should register their names toMrs. Katmiati. Registration will be on June 10,2009.
Naufal A. C.The Chief
7. To whom is the announcement above?A. Mrs. Katmiati.B. The chief of the association.C. All scout members.D. Scout association of SMP Bunga Bangsa
Semarang.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”To: All Scout Members” yangartinya ”Untuk: Semua Anggota Pramuka”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.
8. When will the camping activity start?A. June 10, 2009.B. June 14, 2009.C. June 15, 2009.D. June 16, 2009.Jawaban: BUndangan tersebut diawali dengan kalimat”We are going to go camping at Bringin area,from June 14–16, 2009.” yang artinya ”Kitaakan pergi berkemah di daerah Bringin, daritanggal 14 sampai 16 Juni 2009”. Jadi, kegiatankemah dimulai pada tanggal 14 Juni. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi teks.
9. “The contribution is Rp75.000,00.”What is the meaning of the underlined word?A. Food, drinks or services which are
provided by an organization for guests.B. Sum of money that is given to a person or
organization to pay for something.C. The act of making official report of something
or someone.D. Payment made by someone because he
has a debt.
159PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: BKata ’contribution’ artinya ’iuran’. Kata inimemiliki arti yang sama dengan (B) sum ofmoney that is given to a person or organizationto pay for something yang artinya sejumlahuang yang diberikan kepada seseorang atauorganisasi untuk membayar sesuatu. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya makanan,minuman, atau pelayanan yang disediakan olehsebuah organisasi untuk para tamu (disebutaccomodation), (C) artinya pembuatan laporanresmi mengenai sesuatu atau seseorang, dan(D) artinya pembayaran yang dilakukan olehseseorang karena ia mempunyai hutang.
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 12.My favorite thing is aquarium. It is a place in
which aquatic plants and animals, particularly fish,are kept. The term is applied to single tanks forhome use in which fish are kept for their decorativeeffect and interesting habits, and to publicinstitutions with tanks for exhibition and scientificstudy of aquatic life.
I make home aquariums to stimulate a naturalenvironment. Aquatic plants supply the oxygenneeded by the fish, but often an aerating device isused to furnish additional oxygen. Goldfish enjoycool water, but the popular tropical fish must havewater at a constant temperature of 22°C (72°F) ormore. I must keep the water pure and free of algaefor long periods by sufficient aeration and bykeeping mollusks in the aquarium. A layer ofsand or gravel at the bottom of the tank will holdthe roots of such important aquatic plants as tapegrass, vallisneria spiralis, and aid in the removal ofdebris. My home aquariums range in size fromsmall fishbowls holding two or three pets tohuge tanks.
10. To give additional oxygen, ________ is used ina home aquarium.A. a natural environmentB. aquatic plantsC. an aerating deviceD. a layer of sandJawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua, yaitu ”. . .but often an aerating device is used to furnishadditional oxygen.” yang artinya ”. . . tetapisering kali alat pencampur udara digunakanuntuk memberi tambahan oksigen.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya lingkunganalam, (B) artinya tanaman-tanaman air, dan(D) artinya selapis pasir.
11. Which is NOT needed to stimulate a naturalenvironment in a home aquarium?A. Putting aquatic plants in the aquarium.B. Using a suitable aerating device.C. Keeping mollusks in the aquarium.D. Removing the debris regularly.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”A layer of sand or gravel at thebottom of the tank will . . . aid in the removal ofdebris.” yang artinya ”Satu lapisan pasir ataukerikil di bagian dasar tangki . . . akanmembantu menghilangkan kotoran.”. Jadi,pemilik akuarium tidak perlu membersihkankotoran secara teratur karena sudah ada pasir/kerikil yang dapat membantu menghilangkankotoran. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Aquaticplants supply the oxygen needed by the fish”yang artinya ”Tanaman-tanaman airmenyediakan oksigen yang diperlukan ikan”,(B) sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . but often anaerating device is used to furnish additionaloxygen.” yang artinya ”. . . tetapi sering alatpencampur udara digunakan untuk memberitambahan oksigen.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat”I must keep the water pure . . . by keepingmollusks in the aquarium.” yang artinya ”Sayaharus tetap menjaga air murni . . . denganmemelihara kerang-kerangan di dalamakuarium.”.
12. What is the above passage about?A. The writer’s home aquariums.B. A natural environment.C. Making an aquarium.D. Aquatic plants and animals.Jawaban: ASecara keseluruhan teks tersebut mendeskripsi-kan akuarium penulis, sehingga pilihan jawabanyang benar adalah (A) yang artinya akuariumrumah penulis. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(B) artinya lingkungan alam, (C) artinyapembuatan akuarium, dan (D) artinya tanaman-tanaman dan hewan-hewan air.
Read the text and answer questions 13 to 15.Yesterday night was the night of the fair, the
following day was holiday. The children at Tim’sschool were really excited. They ran down the pathout of school as fast as they could. Tim ran all theway home, and changed into his jeans andsneakers. He ate his dinner quickly, and sat at thewindow waiting for his dad to come. He couldn’t waitfor six o’clock when the fair would begin. He hadbeen saving his pocket money for weeks.
160 Latihan Ujian Nasional
When Tim and his family arrived at the fair,it had just opened. Already there were crowds ofpeople swarming around food stalls, displays anddozens of rides. “Can I buy some chips anda drink?” asked Tim.
“O.K.,” said Tim’s dad. “But hang on tightly toyour wallet. There are a lot of people around.” “I’ll befine,” said Tim impatiently.
He found a food stall, and ordered his food.When the man brought his chips and drink, withoutthinking, Tim put his wallet on the counter andpicked up his food and drink. When he glancedback, his wallet had vanished! Tim desperatelylooked around him, but it was no use. All his pocketmoney was gone.
Source: Exploring Writing by Sue Garnett
13. The fair started ________.A. in the morningB. in the afternoonC. in the eveningD. after schoolJawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Yesterdaynight was the night of the fair, the following daywas holiday.” yang artinya ”Kemarin malamadalah malam pekan raya, besoknya adalahhari libur.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa pekan rayamulai pada malam hari (in the evening). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pagi hari,(B) artinya siang hari, dan (D) artinya sepulangsekolah.
14. The children at Tim’s school felt excitedbecause ________.A. they would go to the fairB. the following night was a holidayC. their parents came to visit themD. they got new jeans and sneakersJawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”Yesterday night was the nightof the fair, the following day was holiday. Thechildren at Tim’s school were really excited.”yang artinya ”Kemarin malam adalah malampekan raya, besoknya adalah hari libur. Anak-anak di sekolah Tim sangat senang.”. Jadi,yang menyebabkan anak-anak itu senangadalah karena mereka akan pergi ke pekanraya dan esok harinya mereka libur. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya esokmalamnya adalah hari libur, (C) artinya orangtua mereka akan mengunjungi mereka, dan(D) artinya mereka mendapatkan celana jeansdan sepatu karet baru.
15. “When he glanced back, his wallet has vanished!”(Last paragraph)The underlined word means ________.A. moved B. disappearedC. stolen D. changedJawaban: BKata ’vanished’ artinya lenyap. Kata ini memilikiarti yang sama dengan pilihan jawaban (B)disappeared. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya pindah, (C) artinya mencuri, dan(D) artinya berubah.
Read the following text to answer questions16 to 18.
Creole Onion SoupThis is a traditional French dish adapted by theCreoles of New Orleans. It is sometimes known as‘Looney soup’.
Ingredients:– 75 gr unsalted butter– 6 large onions,
peeled and sliced– Salt and pepper– 1 tbsp brown sugar– 600 ml beef stock– 60 gr plain flour– 2 tsp soy sauce– 1 tsp Worcester
sauce– 6 slices of French
bread– 6 tbsp grated cheese
Method:1. Melt butter slowly.2. Add sliced onion, a pinch of salt and pepper
and the sugar.3. Cook on a low heat, stirring from time to time,
until the onions have browned.4. Add beef stock and bring to the boil.5. Sift the flour, stirring hard to avoid lumps.6. Add chicken stock.7. Simmer for 3–4 hours.8. Add sauces.9. Top each bowl with bread and cheese, and
place under grill for two minutes until cheesehas melted. The bowls will be hot, so warn yourguests. It is a very filling soup so you won’t wantmuch else to eat. It should be served for 4 to 6people.
16. How much Worcester sauce do you need tomake creole onion soup?A. One tsp. B. One tbsp.C. Two tsp. D. Six tbsp.
Pic. source: September 20,2009 <http://
upload.wikimedia.org---Plate_french_onion_soup>
161PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: APada bagian Ingredients tertulis ’1 tspWorcester sauce’ yang artinya ’1 sendok tehsaus Worcester’. Jadi, saus Worcester yangdibutuhkan sebanyak satu sendok teh. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya satusendok makan, (C) artinya dua sendok teh, dan(D) artinya enam sendok makan.
17. Why should you warn your guests while havingthe soup?A. You won’t want much else to eat.B. The bowl is placed under grill.C. The cheese has melted.D. The bowls are hot.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengankalimat ”The bowls will be hot, so warn yourguests.” yang artinya ”Mangkuk-mangkuk ituakan terasa panas, jadi peringatkanlah tamu-tamu Anda.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya Anda tidak akan menginginkan yanglain untuk dimakan, (B) artinya mangkuk itudiletakkan di bawah alat pemanggang, dan(C) artinya kejunya sudah mencair.
18. “Simmer for 3–4 hours.”What does ‘simmer’ mean?A. Boil gently.B. Stir carefully.C. Sift smoothly.D. Melt slowly.Jawaban: AKata ’simmer’ artinya didihkan dengan api kecil.Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihanjawaban (A) boil gently yang artinya didihkandengan hati-hati. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (B) artinya aduk dengan hati-hati;(C) artinya ayak dengan halus, dan (D) artinyacairkan perlahan-lahan.
Read the text to answers questions 19 to 22.Once upon a time, there were two butterflies,
Teri and Roni. They are friends. Teri and Roni hadthe same crown.
One day, Kodi a frog, saw Teri and Roniquarreling. “You took it!” said Roni. “No. I did not!”said Teri.
“Hey, what’s the matter?” asked Kodi.“Teri stole my crown!” said Roni.“No. I didn’t,” said Teri.“Yesterday, I still had my crown when she came
to visit me,” said Roni. “Today I cannot find thecrown! Look! She is wearing it!” Roni shouted.
“My mom gave me this crown,” Teri explained.
Kodi suggested they all went to Roni’s house.“Where did you put it?” said Kodi to Roni.“I put it on the table,” Roni answered.They didn’t find the crown.“Maybe it fell down.” Kodi looked under the
table. Nothing was there.“It was my favorite crown!” Roni sobbed.“I didn’t steal yours, but if you like it so much,
you can have mine,” Teri gave Roni the crown.“It’s here!” Kodi saw the crown behind the
curtain.Roni stopped crying, “Thank God, Kodi found
it!”“Sorry, Teri, I accused you. I’m a terrible friend!”“It’s O.K.,” said Teri. “Let’s say thanks to Kodi!”
19. Where did Kodi find the crown?A. Under the table.B. On the table.C. Behind the curtain.D. In the house.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”’It’s here!’Kodi saw the crown behind the curtain.” yangartinya ”’Itu di sini!’ Kodi melihat mahkota itu dibelakang korden.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya di bawah meja, (B) artinya diatas meja, dan (D) artinya di dalam rumah.
20. ‘“I put it on the table,’ Roni answered.” (line 16)What does the underlined word refer to?A. The crown.B. The house.C. The table.D. The curtain.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat-kalimatsebelumnya yang membahas mengenaipertengkaran antara Roni dan Teri karenahilangnya mahkota Roni. Jadi kata ’it’ dalamkalimat tersebut mengacu pada mahkota Roni.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinyarumah, (C) artinya meja, dan (D) artinya korden.
21. From the story, we can learn that ________.A. trusting each other is very importantB. the goodness is always the winnerC. a wise friend can be trustedD. we shouldn’t accuse of others without proofJawaban: DDalam cerita itu terlihat bahwa Roni telahmenuduh Teri mengambil mahkotanya, danternyata pada akhirnya diketahui bahwamahkota itu tidak dicuri Teri, melainkantersembunyi di balik korden. Dari sini pelajaranyang dapat diambil ialah kita seharusnya tidakboleh menuduh orang sembarangan tanpa
162 Latihan Ujian Nasional
Y2K VCD LENS CLEANERCan make your VCD player in the bestoperating condition. It can remove the dirtfrom laser lens thoroughly. Always keep thesound and picture clear when playing. Thecleaning disc will show you the perfectmotion and sound after cleaning. Protectyour VCD player long lasting effectively.
REMARK
If the result is still bad after the normalcleaning, it may be the problem of disc ormachine of VCD. Please send toprofessional maintenance.
DIRECTIONS
Dry type cleaning:• Insert VCD lens cleaner into your
player, press the play button. The discwill then spin to start cleaning process.
• When cleaning is finished, you will beplayed with preset program to show youthe perfect result of cleaning.
• Carefully replace the cleaner in thecase.
bukti. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah(D) yang artinya kita sebaiknya tidak menuduhorang lain tanpa bukti. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (A) artinya saling mempercayaisangat penting, (B) artinya kebaikan selalumenjadi pemenang, dan (C) artinya seorangteman yang bijaksana dapat dipercaya.
22. From the story above we can conclude thatKodi is a ________ friend.A. wise B. goodC. polite D. happyJawaban: ADalam teks tersebut Kodi menyarankan Ronidan Teri untuk pergi ke rumah Roni bersama-sama, dan ternyata ia dapat menemukanmahkota itu di sana. Jadi, Kodi mampu bersikapbijaksana (wise).
Read the text and answer questions 23 and 24.
Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”It can remove the dirt fromlaser lens thoroughly.” yang artinya ”(Y2K VCDlens cleaner) dapat menghilangkan kotoran darilensa laser secara menyeluruh.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinyamembantunya lebih kuat, (B) artinya membuatVCD bekerja lebih cepat, dan (D) artinyamembuat suara dapat terdengar.
24. “Carefully replace the cleaner in the case.” (Lastline) The underlined word has a similarmeaning to ________.A. take toB. clean carefullyC. change into anotherD. put it backJawaban: DDalam konteks kalimat itu, kata ’replace’ palingtepat diartikan mengembalikan, sehinggapilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (D) yangartinya mengembalikan. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (A) artinya suka kepada, (B) artinyamembersihkan dengan hati-hati, dan(C) artinya menggantinya dengan yang lain.
Read the text and answer questions 25 and 26“The Earth’s greatest gorge”, the Grand Canyon
is located in northwestern Arizona. Its vastness is217 mile long, and its widest spans over 17 milesacross. It is not surprising that it has beendesignated one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
The walls of the canyon are made of limestone,sandstone, lava and other rocks. As the day passes,the rocks reflect different colors. Many tourists cometo the canyon just to watch the rocks change color.
Cottonwood and willow trees grow at thebottom of the canyon. Many varieties of cactus growhere as well. The canyon is also home to manyanimals, such as bobcats, coyotes, kangaroo ratsand deer.
Today about 4 million visitors come to GrandCanyon each year. Seeing the Grand Canyon isalways a breathtaking and unforgettable experience.
25. What makes the visitors feel interestedwatching the rocks?A. They have different sizes.B. They reflect human’s life.C. They can change into different color.D. They can change their form.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua, yaitu
23. What can Y2K VCD lens cleaner do to yourVCD player?A. Help it much stronger.B. Make the VCD run faster.C. Remove the dirt from laser lens.D. Keep the sound very audible.
163PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
”As the day passes the rocks reflect differentcolors. Many tourists come to the canyon just towatch the rocks change color.” yang artinya”Seiring berlalunya waktu, batu-batu itumemantulkan warna yang berbeda. Banyakturis datang ke ngarai tersebut hanya untukmelihat batu-batu itu berubah warna.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya (batu-batuitu) mempunyai ukuran yang berbeda,(B) artinya (batu-batu itu) mencerminkankehidupan manusia, dan (D) artinya (batu-batuitu) dapat berubah bentuk.
26. “. . . Grand Canyon is always a breathtaking andunforgettable experience.” (Last paragraph)The underlined word has the same meaning as________.A. strong emotionalB. availableC. amazingD. unbelievableJawaban: CKata ’breathtaking’ artinya mempesonakan.Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihanjawaban (C) amazing yang artinyamengagumkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah; (A) artinya emosi yang kuat, (B) artinyatersedia, dan (D) artinya luar biasa.
Questions 27 to 29 are based on the text.Have you ever visited a place which made you
want to stay forever? I have. Last year, I went to SituCileunca. At first, I thought the place was only thesame as other places in Bandung. But I was verysurprised to find that it was the most beautiful placeI’ve ever visited.
There were fantastic meadows, a lake anda river. The meadow was very large. In the middle ofthe meadow there were many cows and sheep. Allthe animals were fat and healthy because theycould easily get some grass in that large meadow.At the edge of the meadow, there was a small river.The water in the river was very cold. But, the soundof the streaming water was good to hear, especiallyin the evening.
Not far away from the herd of cattle, there wasa lake. The lake wasn’t too big, but it was verybeautiful. The water was very clear and clean. Wecould see many fish in the lake. The most amazingthing was the water itself. It was not cold; although,the weather around was extremely freezing.
Unfortunately, I stayed there for just three daysbecause we had to go back to Jakarta. But I havepromised myself to come back later.
27. What does the writer tell you about?A. Visiting fantastic meadows.B. Living in Situ Cileunca.C. Seeing many fish in the lake.D. Visiting Situ Cileunca.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat pada paragraf satu, ”Last year,I went to Situ Cileunca. At first, I thought theplace was only the same as other places inBandung.” yang artinya ”Tahun lalu, saya pergike Situ Cileunca. Pada awalnya, saya pikirtempat itu saam dengan tempat-tempat lain diBandung.”. Jadi, topik teks tersebut mengenaikunjungan ke Situ Cileunca. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah; (A) artinya mengunjungipadang rumput yang luar biasa, (B) artinyamenetap di Situ Cileunca, dan (C) artinyamelihat banyak ikan di danau.
28. What does paragraph three tell us about?A. The beauty of the lake.B. The weather around the lake.C. The fish in the lake.D. The water in the river.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awalparagraf ”Not far away from the herd of cattle,there was a lake. The lake wasn’t too big, but itwas very beautiful.” yang artinya ”Tidak jauhdari kawanan ternak itu, ada sebuah danau.Danau itu tidak begitu besar, tetapi sangatindah.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa topik paragrafitu mengenai keindahan danau. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) yangartinya cuaca di sekitar danau itu dan (C) yangartinya ikan di danau itu salah karena hanyamerupakan kalimat-kalimat pendukung. Pilihanjawaban (D) yang artinya air di sungai itu salahkarena paragraf ini mengenai danau, bukansungai.
29. Why was the writer very surprised?A. The place was exceptional.B. The weather around the lake was cold.C. The fish in the lake was beautiful.D. The water was warm.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengankalimat akhir paragraf satu ”But I was verysurprised to find that it was the most beautifulplace I’ve ever visited.” yang artinya ”Akantetapi, saya sangat terkejut ketika mengetahuibahwa tempat itu merupakan tempat terindahyang pernah saya kunjungi.”. Jadi, yang
164 Latihan Ujian Nasional
membuat penulis sangat terkejut adalah(A) yang artinya tempat itu luar biasa. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B)artinya cuaca di sekitar danau dingin,(C) artinya ikan di danau itu bagus, dan(D) artinya air di sana hangat.
Read the following text and answer questions30 to 33.
Do you know thata giraffe may grow morethan six meters tall? Yes,the giraffe is a very tallanimal. In fact, it is thetallest animal in theworld.
A giraffe has a verylong neck.Unfortunately,the giraffe cannot bendits neck easily. Thus,when it wants to drinkwater at a pool, thegiraffe has to spread itsfront legs apart, so it canreach the water.
A giraffe feeds on plant only. Hence, it canreach the leaves on trees easily because of itsheight. Also, a giraffe has a very long tongue–about0.5 meters long. The giraffe uses this long tongueskillfully to pick leaves off plants and trees.
This tall animal can protect itself very well.It has a very good sense of smell and sight. It canhear very well, too. Finally, it can gallop very fast–ata speed of 50 km.p.h.
The giraffe’s hind legs and long neck are alsovery useful. For example, a giraffe can kick itsenemy with its hind legs or even hit out with its longneck.
30. What does a giraffe use to kick its enemy?A. Front legs.B. A bent neck.C. Hind legs.D. A long tongue.Jawaban: CKalimat kedua paragraf lima adalah ”Forexample, a giraffe can kick its enemy with itshind legs or even hit out with its long neck.”yang artinya ”Contohnya, seekor jerapah dapatmenendang musuhnya dengan kaki-kakibelakangnya atau bahkan menyerangnyadengan lehernya.”. Jadi, jerapah menendangmusuhnya dengan kaki belakangnya (hind
legs). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya kaki-kaki depan, (B) artinyaleher yang dibengkokkan, dan (D) artinya lidahyang panjang.
31. What can a giraffe do with its height?A. It may grow more than six meters tall.B. Its legs must be spread apart for drinking.C. It is able to reach the leaves on trees.D. It can gallop at speed of 50 km.p.h.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat keduaparagraf tiga, yaitu ”Hence, it can reach theleaves on trees easily because of its height.”yang artinya ”Oleh karena itu, (jerapah) dapatmencapai daun-daun pada pohon denganmudah karena badannya yang tinggi.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya (jerapah) dapat tumbuh lebih darienam meter, (B) artinya kakinya harusdirentangkan agar dapat minum, dan(D) artinya (jerapah) dapat berlari cepatdengan kecepatan 50 km per jam.
32. What does the text tell us about?A. The protective animal.B. The height of giraffe.C. The giraffe’s long tongue.D. Giraffes in general.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar karena teks tersebutmendeskripsikan jerapah secara umum. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena hanyamerupakan gagasan-gagasan pendukung.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya hewan yangdilindungi, (B) artinya tinggi jerapah, dan(C) artinya lidah panjang jerapah.
33. “. . . can protect itself very well.” (Paragraph 4)What does the underlined word mean?A. Having serious attention.B. Keeping safe from danger.C. Increasing in height.D. Taking care seriously.Jawaban: BKata ’protect’ artinya melindungi. Kata inimemiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihanjawaban (B) yang artinya menyelamatkan diridari bahaya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;(A) artinya mempunyai perhatian yang serius,(C) artinya bertambah tinggi, dan (D) artinyamerawat dengan serius.
165PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Dear Irfan,
I am very glad to write this letter to you.How is your school? Here in Sleman, we arepreparing for the Independence Daycelebrations. So everybody is very busy.
First, we are going to have some sportscompetitions. There will be soccer, volleyballand a tug of war competitions. The winningteam will receive a big goat as a prize. I’mgoing to play in the soccer and volleyballcompetitions.
Read the text and answer questions 34 to 36. 35. Which is INCORRECT about the hotel?A. There are three bedrooms in Penthouse.B. Its function rooms can accomodate more
than one thousand people.C. The guests can bring their children on the
sandy beach near it.D. It provides its guest with an open air
swimming pool.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”Banquet and function facilitiesare available . . . for up to 1 000 participants.”yang artinya ”Fasilitas ruang untuk perjamuandan fungsi lain . . . sampai 1000 orang.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai denganteks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat”. . . 1 Penthouse (3 bedrooms)”, (C) sesuaidengan kalimat ”. . . open air swimming pool,where you can bring your children to playaround on a sand beach atmosphere.”, dan(D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Recreation facilitieswrapped in a unique shape of open airswimming pool.”.
36. “Banquet and function facilities are available . . .”The underlined word means we can ________easily.A. findB. provideC. refuseD. forceJawaban: AKata ’available’ artinya tersedia. Kata ini berartikita dapat menemukannya dengan mudah.Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (A)yang artinya menemukan. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah; (B) artinya menyediakan, (C) artinyamenolak, dan (D) artinya memaksa.
Read the text and answer questions 37 to 40.
34. How many rooms does Hotel Jayakarta havefor the guests?A. 39B. 45C. 54D. 136Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan frasapada awal teks, yaitu ”136 guestroomsincluding 1 Penthouse (3 bedrooms),1 Presidential suite (3 bedrooms), 54 JayakartaSuites, 39 Executive and 45 Deluxe Rooms.”.Dari sini diketahui bahwa jumlah kamar yangdimiliki hotel Jayakarta untuk tamu adalah 136.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) adalah jumlah kamar eksekutif,(B) adalah jumlah kamar deluxe, dan(C) adalah jumlah kamar Jayakarta suite.
166 Latihan Ujian Nasional
39. “He will perform all night long.” (Paragraph 3)The word ‘he’ refers to ________.A. IrfanB. JokoC. the winnerD. the dalangJawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya,”The dalang is a famous one from Yogyakarta.”.Kata ganti ’he’ mengacu pada subjek kalimattersebut, yaitu ’dalang’. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena bukan merupakan kata yangdimaksud.
40. “We will give out prizes to . . . .” (Paragraph 4)What does the underlined phrase mean?A. Receive.B. Send.C. Distribute.D. Buy.Jawaban: CKata ’give out’ artinya ’membagi-bagikan’. Kataini sama artinya dengan kata ’distribute’. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya menerima,(B) artinya mengirim, dan (D) artinya membeli.
Read the text to answer questions 41 to 43.Withdrawing Cash with an ATM Card
Steps:1. Read the direction.2. Put your card into the slot.3. Punch in your PIN.4. When the choices appear, select ‘withdrawal
from checking’.5. Enter the amount that you want to withdraw.6. When your money appears, remove it.7. When the machine asks if you are finished,
press ‘yes’.8. Take out the receipt.
41. What should you do after inserting your card?A. Press ‘yes’.B. Enter the PIN.C. Select ‘continue’.D. Take the receipt.Jawaban: B”Inserting your card” yang artinya ”Masukkankartu Anda” merupakan langkah kedua. Setelahmemasukkan kartu, hal yang dilakukan adalahlangkah ketiga, yaitu ”Punch in your PIN” yangartinya ”Tuliskan nomor PIN Anda.”. Jadi, pilihanjawaban yang benar adalah (B) yang artinyamasukkan nomor PIN Anda. Pilihan jawaban
Then, we are going to have a wayangshow on the night before the IndependenceDay. The dalang is a famous one fromYogyakarta. He will perform all night long.Have you ever seen a wayang show? It isvery entertaining.
Finally, I’m going to attend a flag raisingceremony at school on the IndependenceDay. After that, we will give out prizes to thecompetition winners.
What are your plans for theIndependence Day celebrations? Pleasewrite back and tell me.
Best regards,Joko
37. What is the prize for the winners of the sportscompetitions?A. An amount of money.B. A golden trophy.C. A new ball.D. A big goat.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengankalimat ”First, we are going to have somesports competitions . . . . The winning team willreceive a big goat as a prize.” yang artinya”Pertama, kami akan mengadakanpertandingan olahraga . . . . Regu yang menangakan mendapatkan seekor kambing besarsebagai hadiah.”. Jadi, hadiah untuk pemenangolahraga adalah seekor kambing besar. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya sejumlah uang, (B) artinya trofi emas,dan (C) artinya sebuah bola baru.
38. How many competitions will Joko join?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.Jawaban: BDalam surat tersebut Joko mengatakan, ”I’mgoing to play in the soccer and volleyballcompetitions.” yang artinya ”Saya akan ikutdalam pertandingan sepak bola dan bola voli.”.Jadi, Joko akan mengikuti dua pertandingan(two competitions). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
167PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyatekan ’ya’, (C) artinya pilih ’lanjutkan’, dan (D)artinya ambil kuitansinya.
42. What is the text about?A. The best way to keep our money safe.B. The procedures of saving money in a bank.C. The description of an Automatic Teller
Machine.D. The ways to withdraw money from Automatic
Teller Machine.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan judulteks tersebut, yaitu ”Withdrawing cash withan ATM card” yang artinya ”Mengambil uangtunai dengan kartu ATM”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya carayang paling tepat untuk menjaga agar uang kitaaman, (B) artinya posedur menabung di bank,dan (C) artinya deskripsi ATM.
43. What do you have to do if you want to withdrawagain?A. Punch in your PIN again and take the money.B. Press ‘NO’ when the machine asks if you’re
finished.C. Enter the amount that you want to draw.D. Remove the money when it appears.Jawaban: BSetelah kita mengambil uang sejumlah yangkita inginkan, tetapi kita ingin mengambil lagi.Yang harus dilakukan adalah ketika mesinbertanya apakah Anda sudah selesai,Anda seharunya menekan kata ’No’ yangmenunjukkan bahwa kita ingin melakukantransaksi lagi. Hal ini sesuai dengan pilihanjawaban (B) yang artinya, tekan ’No’ saat mesinbertanya apakah Anda sudah selesai. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)yang artinya tulis kembali nomor PIN Anda danambil uang itu, tidak perlyu dilakukan karenaproses transaksi kita belum selesai. Pilihanjawaban (C) yang artinya tulis jumlah yangAnda ingin ambil, dan (D) yang artinya ambiluang itu saat sudah muncul salah karenamerupakan langkah yang harus kita lakukansetelah menekan kata ’No’.
For numbers 44 to 46, choose the suitable wordsto fill in the blanks.
Theater is a place where people entertain theaudience well. The people who (44) ________,called actors and actresses, act in plays on a stage.A (45) ________ can be raised platform, or it can bepart of the floor in a room, either in the center of theroom or against the wall. The audience is very
important part of a theater because it is for theaudience that actors and actresses act(46) ________, and the playwright writesinterestingly. Without an audience, they are onlyrehearsing or practicing.
44. A. performB. disguiseC. pretendD. workJawaban: AKalimat soal artinya ”Orang yang . . ., yangdisebut aktor dan artis, berperan dalam dramadi atas panggung.”. Kata yang tepat melengkapikonteks kalimat tersebut adalah (A) performyang artinya tampil. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya menyamar,(C) artinya berpura-pura, dan (D) artinyabekerja.
45. A. stageB. screenC. showD. scriptJawaban: AKalimat soal artinya ”Sebuah . . . dapat berupapanggung yang ditinggikan, atau dapat berupabagian dari lantai di sebuah ruangan, baik ditengah ruangan maupun menempel tembok.”.Kata yang tepat melengkapi konteks kalimattersebut adalah (A) stage yang artinyapanggung pementasan. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya layar,(C) artinya pertunjukan, dan (D) artinya naskah.
46. A. spontaneouslyB. perfectlyC. friendlyD. personallyJawaban: BKalimat soal artinya ”Penonton adalah bagianyang sangat penting dari teater tersebutkarena untuk merekalah aktor dan artisberperan . . . dan dramawan menulis denganmenarik.”. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimattersebut berupa kata keterangan, yaitu(B) perfectly yang artinya dengan sempurna.Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya secaraspontan dan (D) yang artinya secara pribadi,walaupun berupa kata keterangan, tidak tepatmelengkapi kalimat karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks kalimat. Pilihan jawaban (C) yangartinya ramah, salah karena merupakankata sifat.
168 Latihan Ujian Nasional
For numbers 47 and 48, arrange the words into agood sentence.
47. when – leave – the gas stove – on – do – 1 2 3 4 5
unattended – not 6 7
A. 5–7–6–3–4–2–1B. 5–7–3–4–6–1–2C. 5–7–6–3–1–2–4D. 5–7–2–3–6–1–4Jawaban: DKalimat soal merupakan kalimat instruksi/peringatan, yang biasanya diawali dengan kataDo (5), not (7), dilanjutkan dengan kata kerjadasar leave (2), kata benda the gas stove (3),kata sifat unattended (6), kemudian kataketerangan when (1) dan on (4). Jadi, kalimatlengkap itu berbunyi ”Do not leave gas stoveunattended when on.” yang artinya ”Jangantinggalkan kompor gas tanpa diawasi ketikadalam keadaan menyala.”.
48. delicious – it’s – simple – a – very – it’s – but – 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
dish – very 8 9
A. 2–5–1–8–7–6–9–4–3B. 6–4–5–3–1–7–2–9–8C. 2–4–5–3–8–7–6–9–1D. 6–9–1–3–7–2–5–4–3Jawaban: CKalimat soal merupakan kalimat pernyataan,yang diawali dengan subjek It’s (2), artikel a (4),dilanjutkan dengan kata keterangan very (5),kata sifat simple (3), kata benda dish (8), katahubung pertentangan but (7), subjek kedua it’s(6), kata keterangan very (9), dan kata sifatdelicious (1). Jadi, kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi,”It’s a very simple dish but it’s very delicious.”yang artinya ”(Makanan itu) sangat sederhana,tetapi sangat enak.”
49. Arrange the following sentences into a goodnarrative text.1. The five-footed bear liked to help other
animals.2. One afternoon, when the five-footed bear
went home, he found a rabbit undera mahogany tree.
3. But all animals who lived with him didn’tfeel strange.
4. Once upon a time there was a strangebear who lived in a jungle.
5. Then, the five-footed bear brought himto his home.
6. His home was open for anyone whowanted to stay.
7. He had five feet.8. The rabbit looked hungry.
A. 4–7–3–5–6–8–2–1B. 4–7–1–3–8–6–5–2C. 4–7–3–1–6–2–8–5D. 4–7–3–1–5–2–6–8Jawaban: CTeks tersebut dimulai dengan pengenalanmengenai tokoh, yaitu seekor beruang anehyang tinggal di hutan (4), dan karakteristikfisiknya, yaitu berkaki lima (7). Teks dilanjutkandengan anggapan hewan-hewan lain mengenaiberuang itu, yaitu mereka tidak mengang-gapnya aneh (3). Setelah itu, keteranganmengenai yang sering dilakukan beruang itu,yaitu ia suka membantu hewan-hewan lain (1),salah satu contohnya, rumahnya terbuka bagisiapa saja yang ingin tinggal (6). Kemudian,peristiwa yang terjadi pada suatu siang, yaituketika beruang itu pulang, ia menemukanseekor kelinci di bawah pohon mahoni (2).Kalimat dilanjutkan dengan deskripsi mengenaikelinci tersebut, yaitu ia kelihatan lapar (8).Selanjutnya, beruang itu membawa kelincike rumahnya (5).
50. Arrange the following sentences into a goodrecount text.1. The bus was air-conditioned, so I felt
comfortable.2. All the passengers got off, did their prayers,
and had dinner.3. Then, I took a taxi to my grandparents’ house.4. In my holiday I visited my grandparents in
Bandung.5. The bus stopped at Pekalongan.6. I went there by bus. It left at five in the
afternoon.7. The bus reached Bandung at six.
The best arrangement to make a text is ________.A. 4–6–5–1–7–2–3B. 4–6–2–1–5–7–3C. 4–6–1–5–2–7–3D. 4–6–5–2–1–3–7
169PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2
Jawaban: CTeks dimulai dengan topik bacaan, yaitupada saat liburan, penulis pergi ke rumaheyangnya di Bandung (4), penjelasanmengenai cara ia pergi dan saatnya, yaitunaik bus pada pukul lima sore (6). Kalimatdilanjutkan dengan deskripsi mengenaikondisi bus tersebut yang ber-AC sehinggamembuatnya nyaman (1), tempat
pemberhentian bus, yaitu di Pekalongan (5).Setelah bus berhenti, penumpang turun,berdoa, dan makan malam (2), kemudiandilanjutkan dengan penjelasan mengenai saattiba di Bandung pada pukul enam (7), dan apayang dilakukan penulis setelah sampai, yaitunaik taksi ke rumah eyangnya (3).
170 Latihan Ujian Nasional
Anonymous. 2008. Microsoft Encarta Reference Library. © Microsoft Corporation.
______. 2008. Microsoft ® Encarta ® 2008. © 1993–2007 Microsoft Corporation.
Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Inc.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia.
Jardon, J. 2002. 1000 Facts on Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
______. 2002. 1000 Facts on Buildings and Transport. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
______. 2004. Science Library: Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Leaney, C. 2005. Your Environment: Polution. London: Franklin Watts.
Molinsky, S.J., B. Bliss. 1995. Communicator I: The Comprehensive Course in Functional English. New Jersey:Prentice Hall.
Mustriana, B.B., C. Kurniawati, J. Siswanto, Y. Dwi Arini. 2007. New Let’s Talk Grade IX for Junior High School(SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya.
Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students GradeVIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd.
Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs).Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2008. Contextual Teaching and Learning:Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan DepartemenPendidikan Nasional.
170 Daftar Pustaka
